zx-spectrum.com

http://www.davidharrison.org/microbib.html

Online resources:
Old-Computers.com

Bookfinder.com

Contents

[ART] denotes an article. These are listed in each section after the books.

Archives

ICL Archive. Science Museum, London.
Based upon the collection originally held in the ICL Company Musem, Stevenage. Includes material from the various companies that merged to eventually form ICL: British Tabulating Machine Co. (BTM), Powers-Samas, International Computers and Tabulators (ICT), English Electric.

Books & Articles

General Works (before 1970)

Alt, Franz Leopold. Electronic Digital Computers: Their Use in Science and Engineering. New York: Academic Press, 1958.

Bashkow, Theodore Robert, ed. Engineering Applications of Digital Computers. New York; London: Academic Press, 1968.

Brotton, Derick Maxwell. The Application of Digital Computers to Structural Engineering Problems. London: E. & F. N. Spon, 1962.
Spon's Civil Engineering series.

Barron, David William. Assemblers and Loaders. London: Macdonald, 1969.
2nd (1972); 3rd (1978).

Bell, William D. A Management Guide to Electronic Computers. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1957.

Benrey, Ronald Michael. Understanding Digital Computers. New York: J. F. Rider, 1964.
UK edition: London: Iliffe, 1965.

Booth, Andrew Donald. Digital Computers in Action. Oxford: Pergamon Press, [1965].

Boschen, Lee. Computer Circuit Projects You Can Build. Indianapolis: Howard W. Sams, 1963.
143pp. English edition: Slough: W. Foulsham, 1964 (143pp; With a specially written chapter for the guidance of the English reader by W. Oliver; The original TP has been removed, and a new TP and preface bound in. Foulsham-Sams Electronics series). Boschen's original preface dated April 1963. Contents (Foulsham edition): 1. Parts, Tools, and Techniques; 2. Automatic Signal Flasher; 3. A Rally Computer; 4. Simple Stroboscope...Plus; 5. A Magic Lamp; 6. Analog Addition; 7. Electronic Tachometer; 8. Counting with Relays; 9. Logic Lock; 10. Battery Trickle Charger; 11. At Last-Perpetual Motion; 12. The Sonolamp; 13. The Black Box; 12. Puzzle Box; 13. Regulated Power Supply.

Bowden, Bertram Vivian, ed. Faster Than Thought: A Symposium on Digital Computing Machines. London: Pitman, 1953.
xix, 416pp. Reprinted: 1955; 1957; 1963; 1964; 1967; 1971. Foreword by the Earl of Halsbury, Managing Director of the National Research Development Corporation. Preface dated January 1953. Contents (1967 reprint): 1. A Brief History of Computation; 2. The Circuit Components of Digital Computers; 3. The Organization of a Typical Machine; 4. The Construction, Performance, and Maintenance of Digital Computers; 5. Programming for High-Speed Digital Calculating Machines; 6. The University of Manchester Computing Machine; 7. Calculating Machine Development at Cambridge; 8. Automatic Computation at the National Physical Laboratory; 9. The Harwell Electronic Digital Computer; 10. The Telecommunications Research Establishment Parallel Electronic Digital Computer; 11. The Imperial College Computing Engine; 12. The Royal Aircraft Establishment Sequence-Controlled Calculator; 13. Calculating Machines at the Birkbeck College Computation Laboratory; 14. Computers in America; 15. Machines for the Solution of Logical Problems; 16. Special-Purpose Automatic Computers; 17. Digital Computation and the Crystallographer; 18. The Use of High-Speed Computing Machines in Meteorology; 19. An Application to Ballistics; 20. Digital Computers and the Engineer; 21. Machines in Government Calculations; 22. The Application of Digital Computers to Business and Commerce; 23. Electronic Machines and Economics; 24. Problems of Dynamic Astronomy; 25. Digital Computers Applied to Games; 26. Thought and Machine Processes. With plates and a frontispiece depicting Ada, Countess of Lovelace. 24 contributors are listed. Alan Turing is listed as a contributor to chapter 25.

Braun, Edward Louis. Digital Computer Design: Logic, Circuitry, and Synthesis. New York: Academic Press, 1963.

Bukstein, Edward J. Digital Counters and Computers. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, [1960].

Burton, Alfred Joseph, and Ronald Gerald Mills. Electronic Computers and their Business Applications. London: Ernest Benn, 1960.

Chapin, Ned. An Introduction to Automatic Computers. Princeton, N. J.: Van Nostrand, [1957].
2nd edition: [1963]. Van Nostrand series in Business Administration and Economics.

Christopoulis, J. C. "Logic Design of Digital Computers." MSc Thesis. University of Newcastle upon Tyne, 1969.

Conway, B., J. Gibbons, and D. E. Watts. Business Experience with Electronic Computers. A Synthesis of what has been Learned from Electronic Data Processing Installations. A Research Study and Report Prepared for Controllers Institute Research Foundation. New York: Waterhouse, 1959.

Chu, Yaohan. Digital Computer Design Fundamentals. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1962.
Prentice-Hall Behaviorial Sciences in Business series.

Davison, John Frederick. Programming for Digital Computers. London: Business Publications, 1961.
2nd edition: 1967.

Dineley, Jack Leonard, ed. The Use of Digital Computers in Electric Power Systems. Newcastle upon Tyne: Oriel, [1967].
Based on a conference on the use of digital computer techniques for power system calculations, held in the Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, 1965.

Evans, George William, II, Clay Lamont Perry, and R. E. Keirstead, Jr. Programming and Coding for Automatic Digital Computers. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1961.
McGraw-Hill series in Information Processing and Computers.

Evans, George William, II, Graham F. Wallace, and Georgia L. Sutherland. Simulation Using Digital Computers. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, [1967].
Prentice-Hall series in Automatic Computation.

Fahnestock, James D. Computers and How They Work. New York: Ziff-Davis, 1959.
xii, 228pp, 113 illustrations. Contents: 1. What Electronic Computers Do; 2. Computer Language; 3. Computer Arithmetic; 4. Digital-Computer Programming; 5. Computer Logic Circuitry; 6. How Men and Machines Communicate; 7. How Computers Remember; 8. Analog Computers; 9. Data-Acquisition Systems; 10. Typical Computer Systems.

Flores, Ivan. Computer Logic: The Functional Design of Digital Computers. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 1960.
Prentice-Hall Electrical Engineering series.

Flores, Ivan. Computer Software: Programming Systems for Digital Ccomputers. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 1965.
Prentice-Hall series in Applied Mathematics.

George, Frank Honywill. Automation, Cybernetics, and Society. London: L. Hill, 1959.

George, Frank Honywill. Basic Principles of Digital Computing. Bristol: Teaching Programs, 1965.
Bristol Self-Teaching Programmed Book. Reprinted 1966.

George, Frank Honywill. Computer Arithmetic. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1966.
Commonwealth and International Library. Programmed Texts.

George, Frank Honywill. An Introduction to Computer Programming. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1968.
Commonwealth and International Library. Programmed Texts.

George, Frank Honywill. An Introduction to Digital Computing. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1966.
Commonwealth and International Library. Programmed Texts.

George, Frank Honywill. A Survey of Digital Computing. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1968.
Commonwealth and International Library. Programmed Texts.

Green, Bert Franklin. Digital Computers in Research: An Introduction for Behavioral and Social Scientists. New York: McGraw-Hill, [1963].
Lincoln Laboratory publications.

Gschwind, Hans W. Design of Digital Computers: An Introduction. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1967.
2nd edition by Hans W. Gschwind and Edward J. McCluskey (New York: Springer-Verlag, 1975).

Haas, Gerhard. Fundamentals and Components of Electronic Digital Computers. Eindhoven: Philips' Gloeilampenfabrieken; London: Cleaver-Hume Press Ltd., 1963.
Translated from the German by E. Grubba. Philips Technical Library. Original edition: Grundlagen und Bauelemente Elektronischer Ziffernrechenmaschinen (Eindhoven: 1961).

Haberman, Charles M. Use of Digital Computers for Engineering Applications. Columbus, Ohio: C. E. Merrill, [1966].

Hastings, Cecil, Jr., Jeanne T. Hayward, and James P. Wong, Jr. Approximations for Digital Computers. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press; London: Oxford Univ. Press, 1955.
Reprinted: Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press, 1970.

Hawkins, Joseph K. Circuit Design of Digital Computers. London; New York: Wiley, 1968.

Heath, Frederick George. Digital Computer Design. Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd, 1969.
Electronic and Electrical Engineering Texts, 3.

Ivall, Thomas Edward, ed. Electronic Computers: Principles and Applications. London: Iliffe; New York: Philosophical Library, 1956.
2nd impression: 1957; 2nd edition: 1960.

Jeenel, Joachim. Programming for Digital Computers. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959.

Kilner, D. P. A Survey of Digital Computers Available in the United Kingdom. [United Kingdom]: [c.1959]. 2 vols.
Issued by the Advisory Panel on Electronic Computing and Control Devices. Distributed by the British Transport Commission.

Ledley, Robert Steven, and James Bruce Wilson. Programming and Utilizing Digital Computers. New York: McGraw-Hill, [1962].
McGraw-Hill series in Information Processing and Computers.

Livesley, Robert Kenneth. An Introduction to Automatic Digital Computers. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1957.
Cambridge Engineering series. 2nd edition: 1960.

Lytel, Allan Herbert, and Benjamin Wilfred Willis Oliver. Digital Computers in Automation. With a Specially Written Chapter for the Guidance of the English Reader by W. Oliver. Slough: W. Foulsham & Co., [1966].
Original edition: Indianapolis: H. Sams [1966].

Maisel, Herbert, and Donald L. Wright. Introduction to Electronic Digital Computers: With Emphasis on the System/360, FORTRAN IV, and PL/1. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1969.

Maley, Gerald A., and John Earle (Manager, Exploratory System Logic Group, IBM). The Logic Design of Transistor Digital Computers. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 1963.
Prentice-Hall International series in Electrical Engineering.

Maley, Gerald A., and Melvin F. Heilweil. Introduction to Digital Computers. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 1968.
Prentice-Hall series in Electronic Technology.

Maley, Gerald A., and Edward J. Skiko. Modern Digital Computers. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, [1964].
Prentice-Hall Electrical Engineering series.

Mandl, Matthew. Fundamentals of Digital Computers. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 1958.

Mandl, Matthew. Fundamentals of Electronic Computers: Digital and Analog. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

Marchant, John Philip, and David Pegg. Digital Computers: A Practical Approach. London; Glasgow: Blackie, 1967.
2nd edition: London; Glasgow: Blackie, 1969.

McCormick, Edward Mack. Digital Computer Primer. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959.
McGraw-Hill series in Information Processing and Computers.

McCracken, Daniel Delbert, Harold Weiss, and Tsai-Hwa Lee. Programming Business Computers. New York: Wiley, 1959.

Michaelson, John Martin. "Some Applications of Electronic Digital Computers to Statistics." MSc Thesis. London School of Economics, 1964.

Murphy, John Stewart. Basics of Digital Computers. New York: J. F. Rider, 1958. 3 vols.
Revised 2nd edition: New York: Hayden Book Co., [1970]. 3 vols. in 1.

Ligomenides, Panos A. Information-Processing Machines. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1969.

Philips Electron Tube Division. Tubes for Computers. Eindhoven: Philips, 1956.
Philips Technical Library. ix, 51pp.

Phister, Montgomery. Logical Design of Digital Computers. New York; London: Wiley, 1958.
2nd printing: 1959; 3rd printing: 1959; 4th printing: 1959; 5th printing: 1960; 6th printing: 1961; 7th printing: 1963; 8th printing: 1966; 10th printing: 1967.

Postley, John A. Computers and People: Business Activity in the New World of Data Processing. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1960.

Pressman, Abraham I. Design of Transistorized Circuits for Digital Computers. New York: John F. Rider; London: Chapman & Hall, 1959.
xi, 316pp. Preface dated March 1959. 1st printing: March 1959; 2nd printing: June 1959; 3rd printing: January 1960. UK distribution by Chapman & Hall, London, using an slip pasted under the imprint. Dustjacket (3rd printing) states: 'Using "worst-case" design, this book explains how switching time and drive capabilities and requirements of all the essential digital computer building blocks may be calculated, and how these blocks may be assembled in chains to perform computer-type logical operations. Methods for performing computer logic to obtain maximum operating speed and pyramiding factor are analyzed in detail'; 'The author received his M.S. in Physics from Columbia University, New York, in 1939. During World War II he served as a Captain in the Signal Corps, in charge of radar maintenance teams and depots in the European Theater of Operations. Working at Brookhaven National Laboratory after the war, he designed the frequency-control system for the 3-billion-volt Cosmotron, the highest energy particle accelerator built to that date. Later, Mr. Pressman joined Raytheon Manufacturing Corporation as Senior Design Engineer on RAYDAC, one of the earliest high-speed general purpose digital computers. Subsequently he was with Remington Rand for three years as Chief Electronics Engineer on the UNIVAC high-speed printer, and has since acted as consultant on vacuum tube, transistor, and magnetic circuits, for leading companies in the digital computer field. Mr. Pressman is at present on the staff of the Radio Corporation of America as Digital Circuits Consultant'. Contents: 1. Basic Building Blocks in Digital Computers; 2. Logical Chains in Digital Computers; 3. Transistor Fundamentals; 4. Transistor Transient Response; 5. Diode Gating; 6. Voltage-Switching Diode Gate Logic with Transistor Inverting Amplifiers; 7. Current-Switching Diode Gate Logic with Transistor Inverting Amplifiers; 8. Resistance Logic with Transistor Inverting Amplifiers; 9. Direct-Coupled Transistor Logic; 10. Miscellaneous Transistorized Logic Circuits; 11. Design of Flip-Flops and Delay Multivibrators; Appendix: Measurement of Transistor Turn-On, Turn-Off, and Storage Times.

Pritchard, Alan. A Guide to Computer Literature: An Introductory Survey of the Sources of Information. London: Clive Bingley, 1969.
130pp. 2nd edition: London: Clive Bingley, 1972 (194pp). 2nd edition published simultaneously in the US by Linnet Books, an imprint of Shoe String Press, Inc., Hamden, Connecticut.

Ralston, Anthony, and Herbert S. Wilf, eds. Mathematical Methods for Digital Computers. New York: Wiley, 1960-1977. 3 vols.
Vols. 1-2: 2nd printing: 1962; 4th printing: 1964; 5th printing: 1964; 6th printing: 1965; 7th printing: 1965; 8th printing: 1965; 10th printing: 1967 (some copies of vol. 2 of the 10th printing incorrectly given as '2nd edition' on the spine). Vol. 3 (1977) with the title Statistical Methods for Digital Computers edited by Ralston, Wilf, and Kurt Enslein.

Richards, Richard Kohler. Arithmetic Operations in Digital Computers. New York: Van Nostrand, 1955.
397pp. Reprinted: Princeton, New Jersey: Van Nostrand, 1960.

Richards, Richard Kohler. Digital Computer Components & Circuits. Princeton, New Jersey: D. Van Nostrand, 1957.
vii, 511pp. Reprinted: 1958; 1965. Intended as a companion to Arithmetic Operations in Digital Computers (1955). Dustjacket states: 'Basic engineering approaches related to digital techniques carefully organized for practical use, including a wide range of components and circuits of an experimental nature, a discussion of logical functions, digital storage, and advantages and disadvantages of the several approaches to design'. Preface states: 'intended to supply engineers with the information needed to reduce the ideas about arithmetic and logic [in the 1955 text] to a working machine'. Contents: 1. History and Introduction; 2. Diode Switching Circuits; 3. Vacuum Tube Systems of Circuit Logic; 4. Transistor Systems of Circuit Logic; 5. Magnetic Core Systems of Circuit Logic; 6. Large Capacity Storage: Non-Magnetic Devices; 7. Storage on a Magnetic Surface; 8. Magnetic Core Storage; 9. Circuits and Tubes for Decimal Counting; 10. Analog-to-Digital and Digital-to-Analog Converters.

Roberts, Frank David Kenyon. "Pseudo-Random Number Generators for Digital Computers." MSc Thesis. Liverpool University, 1966.

Sackman, Harold. Computers, System Science, and Evolving Society: The Challenge of Man-Machine Digital Systems. New York: Wiley, [1967].
xviii, 638pp.

Sangren, Ward Conrad. Digital Computers and Nuclear Reactor Calculations. New York: Wiley, 1960.
208pp.

Smith, James Maberley Sandford. The Management Approach to Electronic Digital Computers. London: Macdonald & Evans, 1957.
xi, 227pp. The author was a chartered accountant and management consultant. Contents: 1. The Development of Statutory and Management Accounting; 2. Integrated Data-Processing Machines; 3. The Main Units of a Computer; 4. Input; 5. Arithmetic Unit; 6. Storage; 7. Output; 8. The Program Controller; 9. Checks and Controls; 10. Programming; 11. The Impact of Integrated Data-Processing on Organisational Structure; 12. The Size of Business which can Use a Computer; 13. The Practical Approach; 14. Some Available Business Computers; 15. The Auditor and the Computer; 16. The Computer in the United States; 17. The Social Significance of the Introduction of the Computer. Chapter 14 describes and illustrates: British Tabulating Machine Co. Apollo, Hec 4; Burroughs E101, Datatron; Elliott-National Cash Register 405; EMI Electronic Business Machine; English Electric Deuce; Ferranti Mercury and Pegasus; IBM 650 and 705; Lyons' LEO II; Powers-Samas PCC; Standard Telephones and Cables Stantec-Zebra.

Sangren, Ward Conrad. Digital Computers and Nuclear Reactor Calculations. New York: Wiley, 1960.

Saxon, James Anthony, and Wesley W. Steyer. Basic Principles of Data Processing. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, [1967].
2nd edition: 1970.

Say, Maurice George, Alistair Colin D. Haley, and Wilfred Emberton Scott, eds. Analogue and Digital Computers. London: Newnes, 1960.

Scott, Norman Ross. Analog and Digital Computer Technology. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1960.
2nd edition with the title Electronic computer technology. New York; Maidenhead: McGraw-Hill, 1970. McGraw-Hill Series in Information Processing.

Sellers, Frederick F., Jr., Mu-Yue Hsiao, and Leroy W. Bearnson. Error Detecting Logic for Digital Computers. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1968.

Sherman, Philip M. Programming and Coding Digital Computers. New York: Wiley, 1963.

Siegel, Paul. Understanding Digital Computers. New York: Wiley, [1961].
2nd edition: [1971].

Smirnov, Gennady Dimitrievich. Electronic Digital Computers. New York: Pergamon Press, 1961.
Translated by G. Segal. Translation editor: Jack C. Burfoot. International Tracts in Computer Science and Technology, 7. Original title: Elektronnye Tsifrovye Mashiny.

Smith, Charles Victor Lovett. Electronic Digital Computers. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959.

Southworth, Raymond William, and Samuel Leonard DeLeeuw. Digital Computation and Numerical Methods. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1965.
McGraw-Hill series in Information Processing and Computers.

Theodore, Chris Athanasios. Boolean Algebra and Digital Computers. Columbus, Ohio: C. E. Merrill, [1969].

Trakhtenbrot, Boris Avraamovich. Algorithms and Automatic Computing Machines. Boston: Heath, [1963].
Topics in Mathematics series. Translated and adapted from the 2nd Russian edition, 1960, by Jerome Kristian, James D. McCawley, and Samuel A. Schmitt. Original title: Algoritmy i Mashinnoe Reshenie Zadach.

Turing, Ethel Sara. Alan M. Turing. Cambridge: W. Heffer & Sons, 1959.
Biography.

United Kingdom, British Standards Institution. Glossary of Terms Relating to Automatic Digital Computers. London: British Standards Institution, 1955.
British Standard 2641: 1955.

United Kingdom, Institution of Structural Engineers, London. Report of a Committee on the Use of Digital Computers in Structural Engineering. London: Institution of Structural Engineers, 1962.

United Kingdom, Mathematical Association (Midland Branch). A Guide to Digital Computers. Birmingham: Mathematical Association, 1962.

United Kingdom, National Physical Laboratory. Wage Accounting by Electronic Computer. London: Dept. of Scientific and Industrial Research, 1956.
Inter-Departmental Study Group on the Application of Computer Techniques to Clerical Work, Report 1.

United States of America, National Academy of Sciences/National Research Council. Digital Computer Needs in the Universities and Colleges: A Report of the Committee on Uses of Computers. Washington, D. C.: National Academy of Sciences, 1966.
NAS-NRC Publication No. 1233.

Wallace, Frank. Appraising the Economics of Electronic Computers: An Approach for a Company to Determine the Feasibility of Acquiring a Computer. New York: Controllership Foundation, 1956.

Wass, Charles Alfred Alan. Introduction to Electronic Analogue Computers. London: Pergamon Press, 1955.
Pergamon science series. 2nd edition: By Wass and Kenneth Charles Garner, Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1965, International Series of Monographs in Electronics and Instrumentation, 6.

Weik, Martin H. A Survey of Domestic Electronic Digital Computing Systems. Maryland: Ballistic Research Laboratories, 1955.
Report 971. 3rd edition: 1961, Report 1115.

Weinstein, Seymour Maurice, and Armand Keim. Fundamentals of Digital Computers. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, [1965].

Wilkes, Maurice Vincent. Automatic Digital Computers. London: Methuen, 1956.
Reprinted with minor corrections in 1957.

Wilkes, Maurice Vincent. An Experiment with a Self-Compiling Compiler for a Simple List-Processing Language. Cambridge: Univ. of Cambridge Mathematical Laboratory, 1963.
Technical Memorandum, 63/1.

Wilkes, Maurice Vincent. Time-Sharing Computer Systems. New York: American Elsevier. [1968].
2nd edition: 1972; 3rd edition: 1975.

Wilkes, Maurice Vincent, David J. Wheeler, and Stanley Gill. The Preparation of Programs for an Electronic Digital Computer, with Special Reference to the EDSAC and the Use of a Library of Subroutines. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1951.
2nd edition: 1957; Reprinted: Los Angeles: Tomash Publishers, [c.1982].

Williams, Samuel Byron. Digital Computing Systems. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959.
McGraw-Hill series in Information Processing and Computers.

Wrubel, Marshal Henry. A Primer of Programming for Digital Computers. New York; London: McGraw-Hill, 1959.
McGraw-Hill series in Information Processing and Computers.

Multi-Platform and Processor-Based Works

[DIY Systems]
Adamson, Malcolm. Small Real-Time System Design: From Microcontrollers to RISC Processors. Wilmslow: Sigma, 1990.

[DIY Systems]
Anderson, Don. FireWire System Architecture: IEEE 1394A. 2nd edition; Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1998.

[DIY Systems]
Anderson, Don, and Dave Dzatko. Universal Serial Bus System Architecture. 2nd edition; Boston: Addison-Wesley, 2001.
With a CD-ROM.

[DIY Systems]
Anderson, Phil. Computers and the Radio Amateur. Englewood Cliffs; London: Prentice-Hall, [c.1982].

[DIY Systems]
Axelson, Janet Louise. The Microcontroller Idea Book: Circuits, Programs and Applications Featuring the 8052-BASIC Microcontroller. Madison, Wisconsin: Lakeview Research, 1994.

[DIY Systems]
Axelson, Janet Louise. Parallel Port Complete: Programming, Interfacing & Using the PC's Parallel Printer Port. Madison, Wisconsin: Lakeview Research, [1997].
With a 3.5" floppy disk.

[DIY Systems]
Axelson, Janet Louise. Serial Port Complete: Programming and Circuits for RS-232 and RS-485 Links and Networks. Madison, Wisconsin: Lakeview Research, [1998].
With a 3.5" floppy disk.

[DIY Systems]
Axelson, Janet Louise. USB Complete: Everything You Need to Develop Custom USB Peripherals. With Firmware Tips & Host Code in Visual Basic and Visual C++. 2nd edition; Madison, Wisconsin: Lakeview Research, 2001.
1st edition c.1999, with a CD-ROM.

[DIY Systems]
Barden, William T., Jr. Z-80 Microcomputer Design Projects. Indianapolis: H. W. Sams, 1980.

[DIY Systems]
Berk, A. A. The Art of Micro Design. London: Newnes Technical, 1984.

[DIY Systems]
Bishop, Owen Neville. Simple Interfacing Projects. London: Granada, 1983.

[DIY Systems]
Brunning, Peter E. Experimenting with PC Computers: A Beginner's Introduction to the Design of Simple Electronic Circuits, Writing of Assembly Language Programmes, and Interfacing to a PC Computer. Clacton-on-Sea, Essex: Brunning Software, 1996.
300pp. Spiral bound. With a disk containing BrunWord MCA assembler. Contents: 1. Introduction and Software Installation; 2. What is Computer Control?; 3. Simple Digital to Analogue Converter; 4. Three Bit Digital to Analogue Converter; 5. Measuring the Performance; 6. Using a Ladder Network; 7. Analogue to Digital Converter; 8. Creating Simple Computer Graphs; 9. Successive Approximation A/D Converter; 10. Dynamic Temperature Measurements; 11. Plotting Temperature Measurements; 12. Using Screen Mode 12h; 13. Using a Thermocouple; 14. Working with Audio Waves; 15. Analysing Audio Waves; 16. Fourier Analysis; [Appendices:] A. Components and Tools Required; B. The 8086 Registers; C. The 8086 Instruction Set; D. Software Interrupts; E. Logic Circuit Parameters.

[DIY Systems]
Bursky, Dave. The S-100 Bus Handbook. Rochelle Park, New Jersey: Hayden Book Co., [1980].

[DIY Systems]
Carr, Joseph J. Digital Interfacing with an Analog World. No. 1070; Blue Ridge Summit, Philadelphia: Tab Books, 1978.
406pp. 1st printing: September 1978. 2nd edition: No. 2850; Blue Ridge Summit, Philadelphia: Tab Books, 1987 (xiii, 464pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. Transducers; 2. Types of Transducers; 3. Operational Amplifiers; 4. Operational Amplifier Circuit Design; 5. Signal-Processing Circuits; 6. Some Useful Digital Circuits; 7. Analog Function Modules; 8. Controlling the World; 9. Digital Codes; 10. Basics of Computer Conversion; 11. D/A Converters: Some Real Products; 12. A/D Converters: Some Real Products; 13. Some Data Converter Applications; 14. Analog & Digital Multiplexing; 15. Data Acquisition Systems; 16. Readout & Display Devices; 17. Serial Data Transmission; 18. Tape Recorder & Data Loggers; 19. Telephone Dialler Circuits.

[DIY Systems]
Chubb, Bruce A. Build Your Own Universal Computer Interface. Blue Ridge Summit, Pennsylvania: Tab Books, 1989.
ix, 309pp. 2nd edition: New York: McGraw-Hill, 1997 (xv, 411pp; with a 3.5" floppy disk). Contents (2nd edition): 1. Basics for Building a Computer Interface; 2. Selecting the Best Interface Options; 3. The Internal Bus Extender Card; 4. Universal Serial Interface Card; 5. Configuring and Installing the IBEC; 6. The Universal Bus Extender Card; 7. Connecting UBEC to Your Computer; 8. Digital I/O Circuits and Test Card; 9. Testing the Parallel (IBEC-Based) System; 10. Serial Interface Software; 11. Testing the Serial (USIC-Based) System; 12. Testing the Parallel (UBEC-Based) System; 13. Connecting External Hardware to the I/O Cards; 14. Adding Analog Interface Cards to a UCIS; 15. Generating I/O Handling Software; 16. Original I/O Circuits and Test Card; 17. Sample Interface Application: External Hardware; 18. Sample Interfacing Application: System Hookup and Software; Appendix A. Circuit Board Order Blank and Circuit Artwork; Appendix B. Electronic Parts Ordering: Address Summary.

[DIY Systems]
Ciarcia, Steve. The Best of Ciarcia's Circuit Cellar. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1992.
ix, 453pp. From Vols. 1-7. Includes: Z8-Based Control Computer with BASIC; Basic-52 Computer/Controller; SB180 Single-Board Computer.

[DIY Systems]
Ciarcia, Steve. Build Your Own Z80 Computer. Design Guidelines and Application Notes. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Books/McGraw-Hill, 1981.
ix, 332pp. The classic work.

[DIY Systems]
Clements, Alan. Microcomputer Design and Construction: Building Your Own System with the Motorola 6800. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall International, 1982.
xviii, 520pp.

[DIY Systems]
Dietsche, K.-H., and M. Ohsmann. MatchBox BASIC Computer: A Miniature Controller System. Dorchester: Elektor Electronics, 1999.
274pp with a 3.5" floppy disk. Describes a microcontroller system built on a 65 x 45mm PCB, running MBL, a higher programming language derived from BASIC and Pascal. Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The MatchBox BASIC Computer; 3. A Development System for the MatchBox; 4. MBL, the MatchBox Language; 5. Connecting Peripherals to the MatchBox; 6. Specialities of the 8051; 7. MatchBox BASIC Computer Applications; 8. Microcontroller Systems; 9. Appendix.

[DIY Systems]
Dirksen, A. J. Microcomputers: What They Are and How To Put Them to Productive Use. Slough: W. Foulsham, 1982.
231pp. Translated from the Dutch (1978). Published in the USA as TAB Book No. 1406, Blue Ridge Summit: TAB, 1982 (231pp). Based on the 8080 processor. A detailed examination including a circuit for a Hex microtrainer. Contents (Foulsham edition): 1. What is a Computer?; 2. What is a Microcomputer?; 3. The Microcomputer in General; 4. How Does a Computer Compute?; 5. Circuitry in a Computer; 6. Main Memory; 7. Simple Programming; 8. CPU Architecture-1; 9. CPU Architecture-2; 10. Microcomputer Architecture; 11. Description of the Instructions; 12. Syntax and Subroutines; 13. Addressing Techniques; 14. Flowcharts; 15. From Task to Solution; 16. Sample Programs; 17. Traffic Lights; 18. System Software; 19. Development Systems; 20. Peripheral Equipment; 21. I/O Interfacing; Appendix A. 8080 Instruction Set; Appendix B. 8080 Instruction Timing.

[DIY Systems] The Elektor Junior Computer.
Nachtman, A., and G. H. Nachbar. The Elektor Junior Computer: The Practical Introduction to a Powerful System. Book 1. Canterbury: Elektor Publishers, 1980.
148pp. Contents: 1. Getting Acquainted with the 'Junior Computer'; 2. The Binary Number System; 3. Programming; 4. A Simple Beginning; Appendix 1. Instruction Codes in Numerical Order; Appendix 2. Instruction Listing; Appendix 3. Hex Dump of the Monitor Program; Appendix 4. Pin Assignment of the Connectors.

[DIY Systems] The Elektor Junior Computer.
Nachtman, A., and G. H. Nachbar. The Elektor Junior Computer: The Practical Introduction to a Powerful System. Book 2. Canterbury: Elektor Publishers, 1981.
212pp. Contents: 5. The Editor and the Assembler; 6. The Peripheral Interface Adapter or PIA; 7. The Monitor Program; 8. The Editor Program; 9. The Assembler Program; Appendix 1. The Program Listing of the EPROM; Appendix 2. Listings of the Programs used in Chapters 5 and 6.

[DIY Systems] The Elektor Junior Computer.
Nachtman, A., and G. H. Nachbar. The Elektor Junior Computer: The Practical Introduction to a Powerful System. Book 3. Canterbury: Elektor Publishers, 1981.
199pp. Contents: 10. Junior Grow Up: From Single Board to Double-Decker 'Sandwich'; 11. The Cassette Interface: A Magnetic Memory; 12. Adding Peripherals to the Junior Computer; Appendix 1. The Main Board Plus a Single RAM/EPROM Card; Appendix 2: Using the PIA RAM with the Original Monitor Routine; Appendix 3. The Vectors and Bus Board Memory; Appendix 4. The Hex Dump for the Tape Monitor (TM) Program; Appendix 5. The Hex Dump for the Printer Monitor (PM) Program; Appendix 6. RAM Test Program; Appendix 7. ASCII Character Codes.

[DIY Systems] The Elektor Junior Computer.
Nachtman, A., and G. H. Nachbar. The Elektor Junior Computer: The Practical Introduction to a Powerful System. Book 4. Canterbury: Elektor Publishers, 1982.
221pp. Contents: 13. Editing and Assembling; 14. 1.2K Bytes of PM Software; 15. The PME Software; 16. The Cassette Software; Appendix 1. The Complete Listing of the PME System Program; Appendix 2. The Hex Dump of the PME System Program; Appendix 3. The Complete Listings of the Tape Monitor and Printer Monitor System Programs; Appendix 4. Working in Decimal; Appendix 5. BASIC on the Junior Computer.

[DIY Systems] The Elektor Junior Computer.
Nachtman, A., and G. H. Nachbar. The Elektor Junior Computer: VIA6522. Canterbury: Elektor Publishers, 1983.

[DIY Systems]
Fuller, Walter. Build Your Own Microcomputer Based on the Intel 8088. Albany, New York: Delmar, 1995.
ix, 193pp. Contents: 1. The Voltage Regulator Circuit; 2. The Power Bus; 3. Wire-Wrap Technique and Practice; 4. The 8088 Clock Circuit; 5. The 8088 Microprocessor Installation; 6. The Memory Circuit; 7. The Programmable Timer Circuit; 8. The 8255A Parallel I/O Port; 9. The 8259 Interrupt Controller; 10. The Serial I/O Circuit; 11. The Monitor Program; 12. Simple Parallel I/O Using the 8255A; 13. Exploring Interrupts; 14. The Polled Centronix [sic] Printer Interface; 15. The Interrupt Driven Centronix [sic] Interface; 16. The Interrupt Driven Serial I/O Circuit; 17. Analog-to-Digital Conversion; Appendix A. Parts List for the Microcomputer; Appendix B. Programming Features of the Monitor Program; Appendix C. How to Write and Assembly Language Program for the Microcomputer.

[DIY Systems]
Gook, Michael. PC Hardware Interfaces: A Developer's Reference. Wayne, Pennsylvania: A-List Publishing, 2004.

[DIY Systems]
Haviland, Robert Paul. The 'Compulator' Book: Building Super Calculators and Minicomputer Hardware with Calculator Chips. How to Mate the COMPuter with the CalcULATOR. No. 975; Blue Ridge Summit: Tab Books, 1977.
320pp. 1st printing: July 1977. Contents: 1. Calculator Operating Principles; 2. Elements of Calculator Electronics; 3. The Components of the Calculator System; 4. The Experimenter's Calculator; 5. Interfacing: The General Problem; 6. Interfacing Calculator Output: Giant Displays and Other Uses; 7. Interfacing Calculator Inputs: Counting and Timing; 8. Elements of Teletypewriter Operation; 9. Construction Hints for Two-Sided Circuit Boards; 10. The Tape-Controlled Calculator; 11. The Code Converter: A Calculator Output Interface; 12. The Data Printer and the Recording Calculator; 13. Additional Projects.

[DIY Systems]
Haviland, Robert Paul. How to Design, Build, and Program Your Own Advanced Working Computer System. No. 1332; Blue Ridge Summit: Tab Books, 1981.
321pp. 3rd printing: 1981. Contents: 1. Review of the Microprocessor Field: Advanced Systems Concepts; 2. New Fast Memory Cards: Improved Construction Techniques; 3. A NIBL-Based Operating System; 4. ROM Cards, NIBL in ROM and NIBL Extension; 5. Hard-Copy Devices for I/O; 6. A Tape Cartridge Data System and Its Controls; 7. PROM Programming; 8. An Auxiliary Processor Panel and Its Programs; 9. Using Other Microprocessors (INS-8073; Z80); 10. Multitasking, Multiprogramming and Multiprocessing. The appendix includes 13 programs reprinted from Computer Newsletter.

[DIY Systems]
Haviland, Robert Paul. How to Design, Build, and Program Your Own Working Computer System. No. 1111; Blue Ridge Summit: Tab Books, 1979.
308pp. 1st printing: March 1979; 2nd printing: January 1980. The system is based upon the National Semiconductor SC/MP-II (SCAMP). Contents: 1. A Home-Built Computer-The Basic Approach; 2. Main-Frame Construction: Peripherals and Input/Output Programming; 3. The Central Processor: Address Programming; 4. The Control Panel & First System Test: The Operating System; 5. The Read/Write Memory Board: Building Your Operating System; 6. A Serial I/O Board: Building the Operating System; 7. Read-Only Memory Cards: Elements of Assemblers; 8. Expanding Your Computer.

[DIY Systems]
Hordeski, Michael F. Microprocessor Cookbook. No. 1053; Blue Ridge Summit: Tab Books, 1979.

[DIY Systems]
Lancaster, Don. The Cheap Video Cookbook. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1978.
256pp.

[DIY Systems]
Lancaster, Don. Don Lancaster's Micro Cookbook. 2 vols. I: Fundamentals; II: Machine Language Programming. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1982-1983.

[DIY Systems]
Lancaster, Don. TV Typewriter Cookbook. Indianapolis, Indiana: Howard W. Sams, 1976.
256pp. 3rd printing: 1976. One of the seminal works of the home computer revolution. Contents (3rd printing): 1. Some Basics; 2. Integrated Circuits for TVT Use; 3. Memory; 4. System Timing - Calculations and Circuits; 5. Cursor and Update Circuits; 6. Keyboards and Encoders; 7. Serial Interface; 8. Television Interface; 9. Hard Copy and Color Graphics.

[DIY Systems]
Lancaster, Don. Son of Cheap Video. Indianapolis, Indiana: Howard W. Sams, 1980.
223pp. Sequel to The Cheap Video Cookbook. Contents: 1. Scungy Video; 2. The Snuffler - Super Simple Transparency; 3. Custom Characters; 4. A Music Display; 5. 8080 Cheap Video - Heath H8 Hardware; 6. 8080 Cheap Video - Heath H8 Software; 7. Lower-Case Hardware for Your Apple II; 8. Lower-Case Software for Your Apple II; Appendix A. More Character Generator Details; Appendix B. Pinouts of Selected ICs; Appendix C. Printed Circuit Patterns.

[DIY Systems]
Libes, Sol, and Mark Garetz. Interfacing to S-100/IEEE 696 Microcomputers. Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, [c.1981].

[DIY Systems]
MCS BASIC-52 Reference Manual. Santa Clara, California: Intel, 1986.

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A. Computer Music Projects. BP173. London: Babani, 1985.

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A. Electronic Circuits for the Computer Control of Model Railways. 1987; London: Babani, 1989.

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A. Electronic Circuits for the Computer Control of Robots. BP179. 1986; rep. London: Babani, 1994.

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A. Electronic Projects for Your PC. BP320. London: Babani, 1992.

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A. How to Interface PCs. London: Babani, 1999.

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A. Interfacing PC's and Compatibles. London: Babani, 1992.

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A. An Introduction to Computer Communications. London: Babani, 1986.

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A. An Introduction to Computer Peripherals.BP170. London: Babani, 1985.

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A. Micro Interfacing Circuits Book 1. BP130. London: Babani, [1984].

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A. Micro Interfacing Circuits Book 2. BP131. 1984; rep. London: Babani, 1990.

[DIY Systems]
Penfold, R. A., and J. W. Penfold. Computer Hobbyist's Handbook. BP251. London: Babani, May 1989.
Reprinted April 1990; Reprinted May 1992 (120pp). Contents (1992): 1. The Popular Microprocessors; 2. Interfaces; 3. Languages; 4. Numbering Systems; 5. Operating Systems; 6. Computer Graphics; 7. Lexicon; 8. MIDI Technicalities; Appendix A. ASCII Table; Appendix B. Epson Standard Printer Controls; Appendix C. Abbreviations; Appendix D. Support Chips; Appendix E. Decimal - Binary - Hex; Appendix F. The Standard Symbols for Use in Flow-Charts.

[DIY Systems]
Poe, Elmer C., and James C. Goodwin II. The S-100 and Other Micro Buses. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1979.
144pp. 2nd edition: Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1981 (206pp).

[DIY Systems]
Prochnow, David. Experiments with EPROMS. Blue Ridge Summit, Pennsylvania: Tab Books, 1988.
No. 2962. x, 230pp. Advanced Technology Series. Contents: 1. EPROM Technology; 2. Programmable Memory Structures; 3. Popular PROMs; 4. Popular EPROMs; 5. Popular EPROMs; 6. The Bit Smasher; 7. EPROgraMmer; 8. Programming an EPROM; 9. Erasing an EPROM; 10. Commercial Programmers and Erasers; 11. SAM Technology; [Appendices:] A. Building an EPROM Project; B. IC Data Sheets; C. Supply Source Centre.

[DIY Systems]
Rafiquzzaman, Mohamed. Microprocessors and Microcomputer-Based System Design. Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press, 1990.
xvii, 1075pp. 2nd edition: Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press, 1995 ([14], 776pp). Contents (2nd edition): 1. Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcomputer-Based Applications; 2. Intel 8085; 3. Intel 8086; 4. Intel 80186/80286/80386; 5. Motorola MC68000; 6. Motorola MC68020; 7. Motorola MC68030/MC68040, Intel 80486 and Pentium Microprocessors; 8. RISC Microprocessors: Intel 80960, Motorola MC88100 and PowerPC; 9. Peripheral Interfacing; 10. Design Problems; [Appendices:] A. The Hewlett-Packard (HP) 64000; B. Motorola MC68000 and Support Chips - Data Sheets; C. Intel 8085, 8086, and Support Chips - Data Sheets; D. MC68000 Instruction Execution Times; E. 8086 Instruction Set Reference Data; F. Glossary/ASCII Codes.

[DIY Systems]
Safford, Edward L., Jr. The Complete Microcomputer Systems Handbook. Blue Ridge Summit, Pennsylvania: Tab Books, 1979.
No. 1201. 322pp.

[DIY Systems]
Schmidt, Friedhelm. The SCSI Bus and IDE Interface: Protocols, Applications and Programming. Harlow, Essex: Addison-Wesley, 1995.
ix, 301pp. With a 3.5" floppy disk. Translated from the German edition SCSI-Bus unde IDE-Schnittstelle by J. Michael Schultz. Preface dated February 1993. Reprinted: 1995 (twice). 2nd edition: Harlow, Essex: Addison-Wesley, 1998 (x, 396pp; with a 3.5" floppy disk). Contents (1st edition): [Part I. Introduction:] 1. Computers and Peripherals; 2. Traditional Peripheral Interfaces; 3. Computer Buses; [Part II. The IDE Interface:] 4. Background; 5. The Physical IDE Interface; 6. IDE Protocol; 7. The Model of an IDE Disk Drive; 8. IDE Commands; [Part III. The SCSI Bus:] 9. Background; 10. SCSI Hardware; 11. SCSI Bus Protocol; 12. SCSI Commands; 13. Direct Access Devices; 14. Tape Drives; 15. Printers; 16. Scanners; 17. Processor Devices; 18. Communications Devices; 19. Optical Storage and WORM Drives; 20. CD-ROM; 21. Medium-Changer Devices; 22. The SCSI Monitor Program; 23. Software Interfaces; 24. Test Equipment; 25. SCSI Protocol Chips; [Appendices:] A. SCSI Commands (By Opcode); B. SCSI Commands (Alphabetically); C. SCSI Sense Codes; D. The SCSI Bulletin Board; E. Source Code for SCANSCSI.PAS.

[DIY Systems]
Seyer, Martin D. RS-232 Made Easy: Connecting Computers, Printers, Terminals, and Modems. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall Inc., 1984.
xiii, 214pp. 2nd edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1991 (xii, 436pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. Introduction to RS-232; 2. Communication Jargon; 3. Asynchronous Modems and RS-232-C; 4. RS-232-C Operation in a Private-Line Environment; 5. Synchronous Environments; 6. Secondary Signals and Flow Control; 7. Cross Connections; 8. Interfacing Equipment; 9. Answers to Review Questions; Appendix A. EIA Standard RS-232-C; Appendix B. EIA Standard RS-449; Appendix C. Industrial Electronics Bulletin No. 12; Appendix D. RS-232 Circuit Summary with CCITT Equivalents; Appendix E. Tools of the Trade; Appendix F. RS-232 Pin Assignments for Computers and Peripherals; Appendix G. Interfacing Problems and Remedies.

[DIY Systems]
Stevens, W. Richard. TCP/IP Illustrated. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., 1994-1996.
3 vols. 1. The Protocols; 2. The Implementation; 3. TCP for Transactions, HTTP, NNTP, and the UNIX Domain Protocols. Volume 2 was co-authored with Gary R. Wright. Contents (vol. 1; xix, 576pp; 1994): 1. Introduction; 2. Link Layer; 3. IP: Internet Protocol; 4. ARP: Address Resolution Protocol; 5. RARP: Reverse Address Resolution Protocol; 6. ICMP: Internet Control Message Protocol; 7. Ping Program; 8. Traceroute Program; 9. IP Routing; 10. Dynamic Routing Protocols; 11. UDP: User Datagram Protocol; 12. Broadcasting and Multicasting; 13. IGMP: Internet Group Management Protocol; 14. DNS: The Domain Name System; 15. TFTP: Trivial File Transfer Protocol; 16. BOOTP: Bootstrap Protocol; 17. TCP: Transmission Control Protocol; 18. TCP Connection Establishment and Termination; 19. TCP Interactive Data Flow; 20. TCP Bulk Data Flow; 21. TCP Timeout and Retransmission; 22. TCP Persist Timer; 23. TCP Keepalive Timer; 24. TCP Futures and Performance; 25. SNMP: Simple Network Management Protocol; 26. Telnet and Rlogin: Remote Login; 27. FTP: File Transfer Protocol; 28. SMTP: Simple Mail Transfer Protocol; 29. NFS: Network File System; 30. Other TCP/IP Applications; [Appendices:] A. The tcpdump Program; B. Computer Clocks; C. The sock Program; D. Solutions to Selected Exercises; E. Configurable Options (BSD/386 v.1.0; SunOS 4.1.3; System V Release 4; Solaris 2.2; AIX 3.2.2; 4.4BSD); F. Source Code Availability.

[DIY Systems]
Tracton, Ken. How to Build Your Own Working 16-Bit Microcomputer. No. 1099; Blue Ridge Summit: Tab Books, [1979].

[DIY Systems]
Uffenbeck, John E. Microcomputers and Microprocessors. The 8080, 8085, and Z-80: Programming, Interfacing, and Troubleshooting. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1985.
xv, 670pp. 2nd edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1991 (xiv, 690pp). 3rd edition: Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000 (xix, 729pp).

[DIY Systems]
Ward, Brice. Computer Technician's Handbook. No. 554; Blue Ridge Summit, Philadelphia: Tab Books, 1971.
1st printing: March 1971; 2nd printing: November 1972; 3rd printing: May 1974 (475, [5]pp). Contents: [I. Techniques & Circuitry:] 1. Introduction to Computers; 2. Number Systems; 3. Coding Systems; 4. The Teletype; 5. Boolean Algebra; 6. Basic Computer Circuits; 7. Computer Blocks; 8. Decoding, Gating & Steering Arrays; 9. Counters, Shift Registers & Memories; 10. Adders; [II. Analysis of a Typical Small Computer:] 11. General Description of the PDC808; 12. Processor Instructions; 13. Input-Output Section; 14. I-O Interface Reference; [III. Maintenance:] 15. Introduction to Maintenance; 16. System & Functional Components; 17. Processor Operation; 18. Input-Output Operation; 19. Diagnostic Information.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Alderwick, Brian V. "TV to RGB Monitor Conversion." Electronics and Computing Monthly April 1983. pp.62-64.
Constructional article including PCB layout. Adapting a Ferguson 14" Movie Star portable TV to an RGB monitor.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Allason, Julian. "Firmware: All Roads Lead to ROM." Practical Computing May 1980. pp.98-100.
Advocates the use of ROM over disc storage.

[DIY Systems: ART]
An, Dr. Pei. "8031 & 80535 Single Board Computer." Electronics Today International Part 1: April 1996. pp.44-54; Part 2: May 1996. pp.58-62; Part 3: June 1996. pp.40-43.
MCS-51 based SBC.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Atkins, C. P. "6802 Evaluation Board." Electronics Today International May 1985. pp.27-32, 58.
Constructional article with a PCB foil. A 7-chip system: 6802, 2716 EPROM, 7400, two 6821 PIAs, and two TIL311 Hex displays.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Barker, Philip G. "Experiments with IROM and EPROM." Electronics and Computing Monthly January 1982. pp.37-39.
IROM are Instant Read Only Memory chips.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Barron, Richard. "PE Hobby Bus." Practical Electronics Part 2: June 1986. pp.32-33.
Constructional article in several parts. 12 socket backplane for home conputers.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Bedford, Mike. "Foreign Ports." Electronics Today International March 1987. pp.13-18.
Computer interfacing standards: Serial and parallel, RS422, RS423, RS449, 20mA current loop, Centronics, and IEEE-488.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Bedford, Mike, and Gordon Bennett. "ETI Stand-Alone EPROM Programmer." Electronics Today International January 1989. pp.42-49, 55-56; February 1989. pp.46-51.
Constructional article with PCB foils and full firmware listing. Works with any computer that has an RS232 serial port. On-board firmware in a 2764 EPROM. An update of a design featured in the magazine in August to September 1983 (MkI) and May to August 1985 (Mk2).

[DIY Systems: ART]
Bedford, Mike. "PC Interfacing." Electronics Today International June 1989. pp.13-20.
Detailed, technical feature. Covers the PC and AT buses.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Bedford, Mike. "EPROM Emulator." Electronics Today International February 1990. pp.54-59, 62.
Constructional article with PCB foil. 32K card that will interface with 6502 and 6809 home computers.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Bedford, Mike. "The ETI SBC-09." Electronics Today International January 1991. pp.46-51, 62; February 1991. pp.50-55; Correction: April 1991. p.57.
Constructional article with PCB foils. A general purpose 6809 microcontroller system with 2K or 8K RAM and 16K of EPROM.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Bird, O. S. "Versatile A to D." Computing Today June 1981. pp.24-26.
Constructional article. 8-bit ADC based on the Ferranti ZN427 suitable for any VIA based micro. Designed by Ferranti Electronics. Originally intended as a PET joystick interface.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Böhling, H. -J. "80C32 BASIC Control Computer." Elektor Electronics Part 1: Introduction and Circuit Descriptions. February 1998. pp.30-33; Part 2: Construction and Testing. March 1998. pp.40-43, 45.
Two-board design. Runs the MCS-51 BASIC interpreter. 32Kb SRAM, 32Kb EPROM for the 8Kb interpreter and extensions, and up to 16Kb of EPROM space for programs. Schematic and PCB. Software available separately.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Böhling, H. -J., and D. Wulf. "MCS BASIC-52 v.1.3. Rejuvenating a Popular Interpreter." Elektor Electronics February 2001. pp.20-23.
The MCS BASIC-52 v.1.0 interpreter was originally developed by Intel in 1985 for the 8052-AH microcontroller. Intel has kindly released the interpreter as freeware, leading to on-going development.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Bricknell, Tony, and Maurice Hunt. "RS232 to 8-Bit Digital I/O Coverter Module." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine January 1996. pp.40-45.
PIC16C54-based design with sample programs given in BASIC.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Brighton, Mark. "Frame Store." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine I (CPU Card): Vol. 6, No. 23. June-August 1987. pp.10-15.
Constructional series. Part I describes the construction of the Z80B-based CPU card (6MHz, 64K or 256K RAM).

[DIY Systems: ART]
Brown, Peter R. "Introduction to the Seven-Chip Microcomputer." Electronics and Computing Monthly January 1982. pp.30-31.
Series. Z8671-based 7-chip SBC. Schematics. Uses a Z6132 4K RAM, 2716 2K ROM, 1488 and 1489 serial chips, 74LS04 hex inverter, and 74LS373 octal latch.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Buckin, Andrew. "Hard Disk Interface for the Printer Port." Elektor Electronics January 2002. pp.12-17.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Burchell, Jonathan C. "Acoustic Modem." Radio and Electronics World February 1983. pp.10-13.
Constructional article.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Campbell, Bob. "Z80 DRAM Board." Electronics Today International March 1984. pp.45-48, 69.
Constructional article with a PCB foil pattern. 64K DRAM board for Z80 systems. Uses a 24S10 PROM and eight 4164-15 memory chips.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Campbell, Bob. "Digital Cassette Deck." Electronics Today International Part 1: September 1984. pp.27-30.
2 part constructional article. Uses the Tanashin Electric TN-3600 cassette deck.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Cassera, Tony. "Interfacing Printers: Parallel Ports Mean Faster Data Transfer." Practical Computing May 1980. pp.96-97.
Detailed explanation.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Chown, Pete. "Interfacing Dynamic RAM." Electronics Today International November 1989. pp.28-29.
A general purpose interface for DRAMs. Includes a schematic.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Clements, A. "Keeping an Orderly House: Monitors for Microprocessors." Personal Computer World November 1978. pp.60-65.
Monitor program design issues, particularly MIKBUG and FBUG.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Colton, Mark. "Punch Lines: Interfacing a Westrex Punch to a 6800 MPU System." Personal Computer World July 1978. pp.59-61.
Constructional project, with a schematic. The Westrex is a model of paper tape punch.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Cox, Francis E. "Bus of the Century: The S-100 Bus." Personal Computer World September 1978. pp.54-56.
A description of the S-100 bus.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Cottis, Bob, Dave Howland, and Pat Crowe. "E78. The Europa Bus. A Microprocessor Bus Specification for Eurocard." Personal Computer World Vol. 1, No. 2. 1978. pp.69-72; Addenda: July 1978. p.76.
Description of the new bus standard.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Coutts, D. S. "PW Tele-Tennis/Football/Squash/Pelota." Practical Wireless Vol. 53, No. 2, Issue 844, June 1977. pp.124-130.
Constructional article. A television games system using the General Instruments AY-3-8500 chip.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Croucher, Neville. "RS232 Relay Board." Electronics Today International July 1989. pp.36-39.
Constructional article. 6 relays that can switch up to 10A at mains voltages.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Doherty, Tony. "4 Rail Micro Computer Power Supply." Electronics and Computing Monthly March 1982. pp.42-44.
Constructional article.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Durant, Graeme. "Spectrum Co-Processor." Electronics Today International February 1988. pp.24-29, 60-61; March 1988. pp.39-44, 51; April 1988. pp.43-47, 51; May 1988. pp.40-45.
Constructional article with PCB foils and software listing. The processor card has a 4MHz Z80A with its own operating system in EPROM. The memory card has 256K of paged DRAM. The third board is the interface. Although intended for the ZX Spectrum, the CPU and memory cards are 'general purpose' and can be used on any Z80 system.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Chewter, John. "Building a Hi-Res Graphics Home Computer." Electronics and Computing Monthly October 1982. pp.37-40, 50-51.
Part 1. Includes the circuit diagram of the 6809 CPU card (effectively a SBC). A new design, 77-68 bus compatible. Expandable to include a RAM card, a cassette interface, and extendible video card (monochrome operation, or with the card fully populated, hi-res colour), ultimately running Flex-9 from 5.25" or 8" Floppy Disk Drives. Built boards were made available by 6809 specialists Stirling Microsystems, who later renamed it the Dennis Computer System.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Chewter, John. "High-Speed Cassette Interface." Electronics and Computing Monthly November 1982. pp.22-26.
Construction and testing of the CPU card and cassette interface (300-2400 baud).

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Chewter, John. "The V.D.U. Card." Electronics and Computing Monthly January 1983. pp.20-23.
Part 4. Description of the graphics board.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Chewter, John. "Video Board Stage II." Electronics and Computing Monthly February 1983. pp.70-73.
Part 5. Further description of the graphics board and notes on the hardware.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Chewter, John. "High Resolution Graphics." Electronics and Computing Monthly April 1983. pp.41-45, 91-93.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Chewter, John. "Software for the System." Electronics and Computing Monthly May 1983. pp.91-92.
Part 7. With a demonstration program in T.S.C BASIC.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Evans, Gary. "Hi-Res Computer Project." Electronics and Computing Monthly June 1983. pp.87-88.
Brief update.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Izod, Paul, and Alan Stirling. "Floppy Disc Controller." Electronics and Computing Monthly July. pp.63-66.
WD2793-based. For up to 4 drives, SD or DD, 5.25" or 8" (with a 1MHz CPU, 8" drives are limited to SD).

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Izod, Paul, and Alan Stirling. "FLEX Explained." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1983. pp.44-46.
Describes the FLEX-9 OS with particular reference to the E&CM computer.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Izod, Paul, and Alan Stirling. "The Analogue Board." Electronics and Computing Monthly October 1983. pp.66-69.
Description and circuit diagram.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Izod, Paul, and Alan Stirling. "The A/D Board. Part 2." Electronics and Computing Monthly December 1983. pp.75-77.
Including corrections of errors in the November article.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly Hi-Res Computer.
Izod, Paul, and Alan Stirling. "On Screen Multimeter." Electronics and Computing Monthly May 1984. pp.58-61.
Machine code listing. For the hi-res graphics and analogue boards.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly SAT-16 Computer.
"SAT-16." Electronics and Computing Monthly December 1983. pp.30-33.
Part 1. Produced in conjunction with Satellite Services. 16-bit design using a 68000 CPU with a 68701 second processor to handle I/O. Uses the G64 bus standard. Sold built and as a kit by Satellite Services.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly SAT-16 Computer.
"SAT-16." Electronics and Computing Monthly February 1984. pp.54-56.
Assembling the PCBs.

[DIY Systems: ART] Electronics and Computing Monthly SAT-16 Computer.
"SAT-16." Electronics and Computing Monthly April 1984. pp.56-59.
The MPU.

[DIY Systems: ART] ETI Cortex.
"16 Bit Computer." Electronics Today International [Part 1.] November 1982. pp.24-31.
Constructional series. Kits were supplied by Powertran Cybernetics.

[DIY Systems: ART] ETI Cortex.
"Cortex Part 3." Electronics Today International [Part 3.] January 1983. pp.42-43.
Constructional series.

[DIY Systems: ART] ETI Cortex.
"Cortex BASIC." Electronics Today International [Part 4.] February 1983. pp.44-45.
Constructional series.

[DIY Systems: ART] ETI Cortex.
"Cortex Centronics Interface." Electronics Today International Part 1: June 1984. pp.65-67; Part 2: August 1984. pp.23-24, 70.
Constructional article in 2 parts, with a PCB foil.

[DIY Systems: ART] ETI Cortex.
Roberts, Richard. "Parallel I/O for the Cortex." Electronics Today International September 1985. pp.53-57.
Constructional article. A centronics port, two joystick ports, and 22 lines of programmable I/O.

[DIY Systems: ART] ETI Cortex.
Armstrong, Andy. "Cortex Video Fix." Electronics Today International February 1986. pp.52-53.
Fixing a problem with the video output.

[DIY Systems: ART]
"ETI Microfile: Terminals." Electronics Today International March 1977. pp.30-31.
Options for the hobbyist.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Eugeni, E. "RS232-to-RS485 Half-Duplex Adapter." Elektor Electronics May 2002. pp.24-28.
PIC16C54-based design.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Goadby, David. "Putting Bits in their Place: A Simple 2708 Programmer." Personal Computer World July 1978. pp.56-58; Corrections: September 1978. p.10.
Constructional project with a schematic. The 2708 is a 1K EPROM.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Godwin, Harold. "The Maplin Modem." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 1, No. 5. December 1982-February 1983. pp.2-6.
Constructional article. 300 baud. Uses the 4412VP and XR2211 chips.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. "The 8031 Single Board Computer." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Part 1: Vol. 19, No. 149. May 2000. pp.25-27; Part 2: Vol. 19, No. 150. June 2000. pp.41-45.
SBC design in at least 3 parts.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. "8088 Interrupt Based Control Computer." Electronics Today International Part 2: September 1995. pp.56-63, 70.
Constructional article. Part 2 includes the schematic, PCB and sample code.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. [8088 Interrupt Based Control Computer.] "Single Stepping the 8088 in Real Time." Electronics Today International November 1995. pp.47-50.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. "The ETI 80188 Single Board Computer." Electronics Today International Part 1: January 1995. pp.20-25, 70.
Constructional series. Part 1 includes the schematic and PCB. A multitasking SBC. Uses an 8259 peripheral controller.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. "Universal Infra-Red Printer Adaptor." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 18, No. 138. June 1999. pp.62-64.
Constructional article. IrDa 'lite' interface. Schematic and PCB layout. Uses a PIC16LF84 and HP HSDL1001 IR module.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Hampshire, Nick. "PE SBC-1 (HD63701V)." Practical Electronics Part 1: June 1986. pp.36-38.
Constructional article in 4 parts. The 1 MHz Hitachi HD63701V microcontroller has 4K of on-chip EPROM, 192 bytes of RAM, with serial and parallel I/O. The instruction set is based upon that of the 6800. The circuit is designed to be built on a Eurocard with the HD63701V in 'expanded multiplexed' mode with an 8-line parallel port and two serial lines (using MC1488 and MC1489 ICs). The design uses four 8K x 8-bit memory chips, either HD6264 RAM or 2764 EPROM.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Harrison, Neil. "Showing Characters." Personal Computer World August 1978. pp.31-34.
Memory-mapped TV display for a Z80 system, with a program listing.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Harvey, [Robert]. "Centronics Printer Buffer." Electronics and Computing Monthly April 1984. pp.16-18; May 1984. pp.30-32; Errors corrected (IC5 should be 74LS04; RESET pin should be pin 35; Pin marked AD0 should be pin 8; Pin marked AD1 should be pin 9): August 1984. p.74.
Z80-based printer buffer with 8K-64K DRAM and software in EPROM (hex dump given).

[DIY Systems: ART]
"HEBOT II." Hobby Electronics November 1982. pp.9-16, 72.
The Hobby Electronics robot designed to be run by a ZX81. A full kit was offered by Powertran Cybernetics.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Homes, S. J. "Animation Graphics." Radio and Electronics World January 1983. pp.59-65.
Constructional article. High-resolution colour graphics. Intended for the Nascom but easily adaptable for other Z80 micros. Uses the TMS9928A (525 lines, 60Hz) or TMS9929A (625 lines, 50Hz) chips. Can accomodate the earlier TMS9918 or TMS9918A chip. The board has provision for two AY8910 sound generators.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Hughes, M. J. "PW 'Easybuild' Video-Writer." Practical Wireless Part 1: August 1976. pp.324-331.
Constructional article. An electronic typewriter that uses a TV as a display. Uses an RO-3-2513 character generator.

[DIY Systems: ART]
James, K. R. "A Mighty Micromite: A COSMAC Microprocessor Based System." Personal Computer World July 1978. pp.22-25.
An introduction to the 1802 CPU.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Joostens, J. "Micro PLC System." Elektor Electronics Part 1 (hardware): December 1995. pp.74-79; Part 2 (the industrial PLC): January 1996. pp.7-11.
3 parts. Constructional article. Based on an 87C750 chip, a control computer designed to run programmable logic controller (PLC) functions. Part 1 includes the schematic and PCB. Titles vary, part 2 entitled "Hands-On PLC Programming (Part 1)".

[DIY Systems: ART]
"Keypad Encoder IC with Serial Output." Elektor Electronics July/August 2001. p.107.
Notes on the EDE1144, designed to interface 16-key or less keypads to a microcontroller or processor.

[DIY Systems: ART
Kitching, Alan. "TV-VDU Conversion." Television March 1980. pp.248-250.
Constructional project with a schematic for a TTL-RGB convertor designed to be implemented within a colour TV chassis.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Kronis, Petros. "EPE Hybrid Computer." Everyday Practical Electronics November 2002. pp.798-806; December 2002. pp.896-903.
Hybrid as in analogue and digital.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Lea, Martin. "Brew-It-Yourself." Personal Computer World January 1980. pp.58-63.
Z80 SBC design with a circuit diagram.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Legrand, B., and D. Mautaulon. "Emulator for 27C256 EPROM with RS232 Control." Elektor Electronics January 2001. pp.36-41.
PC emulator for the EPROMs most popular with hobbyists.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Lemmens, L. "2532/2732 EPROM Adapter." Elektor Electronics December 2000. p.20.
A pin-swopping PCB design that permits a 2732 EPROM to be used as a replacement for a 2532 in older kit.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Lerche, David. "TV to RGB Conversion." Electronics Today International October 1988. pp.40-43, 56.
Constructional article with PCB foils. Includes a circuit to improve the RGB output of an Acorn Electron.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Lorig, K. D. "64K on the 16K Dynamic RAM Card." Elektor September 1983. pp.29-31.
Constructional article. Replacing the 16K 4116 chips with 64K 4164s on the 16K DRAM project described in Elektor April 1982. Stated to be 'from an idea by K. D. Lorig'.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Manison, K. "HE Microlog: The Return of the Analog Computer." Hobby Electronics December 1982. pp.9-17, 87.
Constructional project.

[DIY Systems: ART] Maplin Z80 SBC. Main Board.
Goodman, Dave. "Z80 CPU Module." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine: Project Book 15. Rayleigh, Essex: Maplin Electronic Supplies, 1985. pp.24-29.
Z80 or Z80A CPU. Up to 8Kb memory.

[DIY Systems: ART] Maplin Z80 SBC. Keypad.
Dixey, Graham. "Keypad for the Z80." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine March 1987. pp.28-31.
Eight 7-segment displays.

[DIY Systems: ART] Maplin Z80 SBC. Revised version.
Dixey, Graham, and the Maplin Development Team. "The Z80A Development System." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine October 1992. pp.56-68.
The revised version has a touch sensitive keyboard.

[DIY Systems: ART] Maplin Z80 SBC. PC-Based Development System.
Abbott, Robin, and Maurice Hunt. "Z80 Development System." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine January 1996. pp.4-11.
Designed by Robin Abbott, Chris Barlow, and Maurice Hunt.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Marshall, Trevor. "CUTS Cassette Interface." Electronics Today International November 1978. ['Computing Today' Supplement, bound within Electronics Today International, pp.15-18.]
Constructional article with PCB foil.

[DIY Systems: ART]
"'Matchbox' BASIC Computer." Elektor Electronics Part 3: December 1995. pp.42-45.
3 parts. Constructional article. Based on an 87C51 chip, a derivative of the 8051. Software by Dr. M. Ohsmann.

[DIY Systems: ART]
McIvor, W. "The Hard Keyboard." Personal Computer World September 1978. pp.46-47.
Constructional article. A self-debouncing keyboard that assembles a byte of data before setting the data ready flag. Intended to reduce the size of keyboard routines in monitors.

[DIY Systems: ART] Microbox II 6809-Based SBC.
[Mills, Gary, and Dave Rumball.] "6809-Based Microcomputer." Electronics Today International Part 1 (by Gary Mills of Micro Concepts): December 1985. pp.27-29; Part 2 (by Dave Rumball): January 1986. pp.36-39; Part 3 (by Mills and Rumball): February 1986. pp.31-37, 58; Part 4(by Mills): March 1986. pp.47-49; Part 5 (by Mills): April 1986. pp.49-51.
Constructional series. 6809 CPU, 8K EPROM, 64K RAM (56-60K usable), Flex OS, 128K VRAM, RAMdisc, EPROMdisc, two parallel ports, two serial ports, WD1770 FDC.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Money, Steve A. "TV Games in Colour." Television Part 1: July 1977. pp.461-463; Part 2: August 1977. pp.526-527.
Constructional article with schematic and PCB layout using the National Semiconductor MM57105 games chip, and the LM1889 video modulator.

[DIY Systems: ART] Nanocomp Microprocessor Trainer.
Barton, P. C. "Nanocomp to Teletypewriter Interface." Electronics and Wireless World October 1983. pp.75-76.
With software for the 6502 version. The article concludes: 'Bob Coates described the 6502 Nanocomp microprocessor trainer in the January 1981 issue, pp.32-36, and the 6809 version in July 1981, pp.33-37. An eprom programmer for both versions was described in the January 1982 issue, pp.30-33, and interfaces for expansion in November of the same year, pp.32-34'.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Ogilvie, Daniel. "Digital Framestore." Electronics Today International Part 1: December 1984. pp.61-65; Part 2: January 1985. pp.44-47; Part 3: February 1985. pp.55-58; Part 4: March 1985. pp.59-62, 65; Part 5: April 1985. pp.48-50, 68-69.
5 part constructional article to build a digital framestore based on 512K of DRAM and interface it to a micro. With a PCB foil pattern.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Ogilvie, Daniel. "Low Cost Framestore." Electronics Today International Part 1: September 1986. pp.36-41; Part 2: October 1986. pp.48-50; Part 3: November 1986. pp.43-45, 60-61.
3 part constructional article to build a digital framestore. With a PCB foil pattern.

[DIY Systems: ART
Parr, Andrew. "Introduction to VDUs." Television December 1979. pp.78-83.
A technical overview.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Parkin, L. G. "Step & Freeze Instructions with the Microstepper." Practical Electronics April 1984. pp.18-25.
Single-step any microcomputer system.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Penfold, Robert. "Interface." Everyday Electronics March 1992. pp.160-161.
Column. Using D/A converters.

[DIY Systems: ART] PhizzyB Computer.
Maxfield, Clive 'Max', Alvin Brown, and Alan Winstanley. "PhizzyB Computers." Everyday Practical Electronics November 1998. pp.804-813; December 1998; January 1999. pp.48-55; February 1999; March 1999. pp.177-182, 184-189; April 1999. pp.274-282; May 1999. pp.356-363; June 1999. pp.450-455.
7 parts. PhizzyB SBC, simulator and PhizzyBot robot. Original hardware design by Andrew Ayre. Developed as a product by Maxfield & Montrose Interactive Inc.

[DIY Systems: ART]
"R&EW Data Brief: MC1377 Colour Signal Encoder." Radio and Electronics World January 1984. pp.85-86.
Data file. Encodes RGB signals into composite video in either PAL or NTSC formats. Often paired with the MC1374 modulator.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Reelsen, H. "8032/8052 Single-Board Computer." Elektor Electronics May 1991. pp.17-23.
The Mark II version of the design published in November 1987. Constructional article. Built on a single-sided Eurocard. Can use an 8032, 80C32, or 8052AH-BASIC microcontroller. 32K ROM, 32K RAM, on-board EPROM programmer, memory back-up battery. To 15MHz (8032 or 8052AH-BASIC) or 24MHz (80C32). Includes a schematic, PCB, and program to unload the BASIC interpreter from the 8052AH-BASIC, transfer it to EPROM, and run it with an 8032 or 80C32.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Rietjens, A. "Faster MCS52 Processor." Elektor Electronics December 1996. p.62.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Allows a DS87C530 (running at up to 33MHz) to replace an 8031, 8032, 8051, or 8052 microcontroller.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Schwark, S. "IDE Hard Disk Interface for 8-Bit Controllers." Elektor Electronics March 2001. pp.44-49.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Sear, Lionel. "A FAX Receiver." Radio and Electronics World January 1984. pp.34-39.
Constructional article. A two-board design for processing weather FAX data and printing it on an Epson MX80 printer. One board handles demodulation, tone detection, logic, and timing. The second board is a dedicated Z80 SBC with 2K RAM and the program in a 2K ROM (using a 2716). Includes PCB foils.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Spence Jim. "Computer Controlled Stepper Motors." Electronics Today International August 1994. pp.18-22, 69.
An application for the ETI FORTH Experimenter's Computer. The software is to be covered in the next month's article.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Stone, Richard. "6802 Development Board." Everyday with Practical Electronics August 1994. pp.608-615.
Contructional article with schematic and PCB layout. 6802, 6522 VIA, 6551 ACIA, 8K ROM, 8K RAM.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Stuart, Ray. "Computer Terminal." Practical Electronics I: February 1984. pp.16-21.
Constructional article. Baed on the Thomson SFF96364 CRTC chip. BBC Micro interface promised for part 2 of the article.

[DIY Systems: ART] System 68.
"System 68 is Here!" Electronics Today International [Introduction.] March 1977. p.33.
Constructional series. System 68 is 6800 CPU-based, but with a modular CPU board allowing others to be used. 4K-64K memory, keyboard, and VDU interfaces.

[DIY Systems: ART] System 68.
"ASCII Keyboard." Electronics Today International [Part 1.] April 1977. pp.25-30.
Constructional series.

[DIY Systems: ART] System 68.
"Mainframe PSU." Electronics Today International [Part 2. By Jim Perry.] May 1977. pp.55-59.
Constructional series.

[DIY Systems: ART] System 68.
"Video Display Unit." Electronics Today International [Parts 3-4. By John Miller-Kirkpatrick.] June 1977. pp.33-38; July 1977. pp.54-58.
Constructional series. These two VDU boards allow the system to use a normal TV as a VDU, or to connect it to other monitors.

[DIY Systems: ART] System 68.
"System Bus & VDU Interfacing." Electronics Today International [Part 5. By John Miller-Kirkpatrick.] August 1977. pp.45-47.
Constructional series.

[DIY Systems: ART] System 68.
"6800 CPU Card." Electronics Today International [Parts 6-7. By John Miller-Kirkpatrick.] September 1977. pp.22-26; October 1977. pp.63-68.
Constructional series.

[DIY Systems: ART] System 68.
"TTY Card." Electronics Today International [Parts 8-9. By John Miller-Kirkpatrick.] November 1977. pp.45-50; December 1977. pp.59-62.
Constructional series. An optional I/O board with two UARTs and a 20mA loop interface. Part 9 (December) includes a circuit for a simple cassette interface.

[DIY Systems: ART] System 68.
"CUTS Card." Electronics Today International [Parts 10-11. By John Miller-Kirkpatrick.] January 1978. pp.61-63; February 1978. pp.45-48.
Constructional series. An interface card for a Kansas City format cassette interface. General corrections for the series are given on p.48 of part 11.

[DIY Systems: ART] System 68.
"Software." Electronics Today International [Part 12. By John Miller-Kirkpatrick.] March 1978. pp.59-61.
Constructional series. A complete listing of the ETIBUG2 PROM.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Trevennor, Alan. "Simple Z80 Single Stepper Circuit." Practical Electronics December 1986. p.48.
Constructional article.

[DIY Systems: ART] Triton.
Hughes, Mike. "One Board Home Computer." Electronics Today International November 1978. pp.16-33.
Constructional article with schematics for the Triton SBC sold by Transam.

[DIY Systems: ART] Triton.
Hughes, Mike. "Triton 8K EPROM Card." Electronics Today International June 1979. pp.73-78, 117.
Constructional article with PCB foil.

[DIY Systems: ART]
"TV Games Unit." Electronics Today International May 1977. pp.12-16.
Constructional article with a PCB foil. Based on the AY-3-8500. Four basic games with two more that can only be played with an additional rifle. A project for a rifle was published in the July 1977 issue.

[DIY Systems: ART]
[Tyler, Jon. "Typewriter Interface."] "Typewriter Interface Update." Electronics Today International March 1984. pp.25-26.
Corrections to the constructional article in the October 1983 issue. The typewriter concerned is the Silver Reed EX42.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Tyler, Jon. "Keyboard Interface." Electronics Today International September 1984. pp.24-26, 71.
Constructional article to allow the use of a Silver Reed EX42 typewriter as a computer keyboard. Uses a KR2376 keyboard encoder.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Vermeulen, H. "VDU Card." Elektor. September 1983. pp.38-45.
Constructional project. General purpose VDU interface. Uses a 6845 VDU Controller, 2732 EPROM to hold the character data, and 2K VRAM (6116) for 80 x 24 text.

[DIY Systems: ART]
"VGA-to-BNC Adapter." Elektor Electronics July/August 2001. pp.108-109.
To connect a VGA output to a monitor with three BNC inputs and composite synchronisation ('sync on green').

[DIY Systems: ART]
"Video Graphics: How Does a Video Card Work?" Elektor September 1983. pp.18-21.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Vowles, Russel. "Smart Talker." Electronics Today International January 1988. pp.39-45, 76.
Constructional article with a PCB foil. A speech synthesiser that connects to a variety of computers using an RS232 or RS423 serial interface.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Vowles, Russell. "The Ultimate Speech Synthesiser." Electronics and Computing Monthly March 1984. pp.24-25; April 1984. pp.42-44.
Constructional article. Can be used by any computer with a centronics parallel port. Uses the SPO256-AL2 chip. Kit supplied by LB Electronics. BBC and Dragon test routines given.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Walker, Phil. "Designing Memory." Electronics Today International February 1985. pp.18-21.
Using the examples of the 64K DRAM card (December 1984) and DRAM fix (January 1985) projects, Walker describes the process involved in obtaining a working design.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Warne, Alan. "RF/RGB TV Interface." Radio and Electronics World June 1983. pp.8-11.
Constructional article. For the Ferguson TX9.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Warne, Alan. "RGB Interface for the Ferguson TX-90." Radio and Electronics World January 1984. pp.46-49.
Constructional article. Converts a Ferguson 37140 TV, which uses the TX-90 chassis. Includes PCB foil.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Watford Electronics. "TV Games Rifle." Electronics Today International June 1977. pp.20-22.
Constructional article with a PCB foil. Works with the TV Games Unit project published in the May 1977 issue.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Whewell, Leycester. "Multi-Standard Printer Buffer." Electronics Today International November 1987. pp.43-48, 59.
Constructional article. 6803 CPU-based 64K or 256K printer buffer with Centronics and RS232 serial interfaces. With schematic, PCB foil, and firmware listing (to go on a 2764 or 27128 EPROM).

[DIY Systems: ART]
Whitlock, Richard. "STE Bus." Practical Electronics Part 1: 'The Omnibus is Here!', December 1986. pp.38-41.
A standardised 8-bit bus.

[DIY Systems: ART]
Williams, John. "68705 EPROM Blower." Electronics and Computing Monthly April 1984. pp.61-63; May 1984. pp47-49.
Constructional article. EPROM blower based on the 68705 chip.

[DIY Systems: ART] Wireless World FORTH Computer.
Woodroffe, Brian. "FORTH Computer." Wireless World Part 1 (CPU and memory): May 1983. pp.53-58; Part 2 (Circuit, video, and peripherals): June 1983. pp.55-58; Part 3 (Software, disk controller, and PSU): July 1983. pp.58-61; Part 4 (Construction tips): August 1983. pp.44-45; Part 5 (Disk drives, including the use of 8" drives): September 1983. pp.64-67.
5 parts. 6809-based, 1.5MHz clock, EF69364 display processor, 6850 CIA (for the RS232 interface), and a 6821 PIA.

[DIY Systems: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Burchell, Jonathan C. "Z-8 Program Development System." Radio and Electronics World I: February 1982. pp.12-17; II: March 1982. pp.12-17; III: April 1982. pp.31-34.
Constructional article. Z8-based development system using the Z8671 microcontroller (a Z8601 masked by Zilog to contain a 2K BASIC interpreter). Includes 8K RAM, an on-board 2716/2732 EPROM programmer, 4K utility software in EPROM, 19k2 serial interface, and a cassette interface.

[DIY Systems: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Burchell, Jonathan C. "Autostarting the Z8 TBPDS." Radio and Electronics World July 1982. pp.79-80.
Constructional article.

[DIY Systems: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Jasper, B. "Z8 Assembler in EPROM." Radio and Electronics World December 1982. pp.64-69.

[DIY Systems: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Burchell, Jonathan C. "Minimum Chip Z8 System." Radio and Electronics World January 1983. pp.10-13.
Constructional article. Designed to execute programs developed using the full development system.

[DIY Systems: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Hinder, Richard. "Z8 EXEC. An Operating System for the Z8 Microcomputer Board." Radio and Electronics World May 1983. pp.30-33.
A command-line interpreter supplied in three EPROMs with 15 commands, 6 routines, and an interrupt-driven real time clock.

[DIY Systems: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Harris, Chris. "Z8 Backplane." Radio and Electronics World July 1983. pp.43-45.
Constructional article.

[Language: General]
Hofeditz, Calvin A. Computer Programming Languages in Practice. London: Heinemann, 1985.
xvi, 246pp. Made Simple Computer Books. Contents: 1. What Programming Is; 2. Components of a Programming Language; 3. BASIC - Beginner's All-Purpose Symbolic Instruction Code; 4. COBOL - Common Business Oriented Language; 5. Other Languages, Old and New.

[Language: General]
Juliff, Peter Laurence. Program Design. The Art of Structured Programming. London: Interface, 1984.

[Language: General]
Marshall, Garry J. Computer Languages and Their Uses. London: Granada, 1983.

[Language: General]
Perry, Greg. SAMS Teach Yourself Beginning Programming in 24 Hours. Indianapolis, Indiana: SAMS, 1998.
xv, 492pp. 2nd edition: Indianapolis, Indiana: SAMS, 2002 (xiv, 479, with a CD-ROM containing Liberty BASIC 2.02 compiler and Java Forte compiler). Contents (2nd edition): 1. Start Programming Today; 2. Programming Fundamentals; 3. Stepping Up to Java; 4. Other Programming Languages (Visual BASIC; C; C++; HTML; JavaScript; Dynamic HTML; XML; .NET); 5. The Business of Programming; 6. Appendices.

[Language: General: ART] Herman, Gary. "Language in Control." Electronics and Computing Monthly April 1984. Your Robot Supplement. pp.13-14.
Languages suitable for the control of robots.

[Language: General: ART] James, Mike. "Programming Languages." Computer Shopper December 2004. pp.235-238, 240.
Overview of: C# Express, DarkBASIC 1.13, Eclipse Project, EthosBASIC, Imagine Logo, JBuilder Foundation, Liberty BASIC, NetBeans, PureBASIC, Python, True BASIC Bronze, and Visual BASIC .NET Express.

[Language: BASEX]
Warme, Paul K. BASEX: A Simple Language and Compiler for 8080 Systems. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Books, 1979.
For the 8080 family (8080, Z80, 8085).

[Language: BASEX]
Warme, Paul K. My Micro Speaks BASEX (and Loves It). Rochelle Park, New Jersey: Hayden Book Co., 1981.

[Language: BASIC: Manual]
Microsoft Corporation. MS-DOS Version 3.3; GW-BASIC Version 3.2. [n.p.]: Microsoft Corporation for Hyundai, 1987.
590pp. [Part I: MS-DOS:] 1. More about Files and Directories; 2. About Commands; 3. MS-DOS Commands; 4. Batch Processing; 5. MS-DOS Editing and Function Keys; 6. The Line Editor (EDLIN); 7. Link: A Linker; 8. Debug; Appendix A. Instructions for Users with Single Floppy Disk Drive Systems; Appendix B. How to Configure Your System; Appendix C. Installable Device Drivers; Appendix D. Configuring Your Hard Disk (FDISK); Appendix E. How to Use Code Pages; Appendix F. MS-DOS Message Directory; Index; [Part II: GW-BASIC:] 1. Introduction; 2. Using the GW-BASIC Interpreter; 3. Writing Programs Using the GW-BASIC Editor; 4. Working with Files and Devices; 5. Using Advanced Features; 6. Language Reference; Appendix A. ASCII Character Codes; Appendix B. Error Codes and Error Messages; Appendix C. Mathematical Functions Not Intrinsic to GW-BASIC; Index. Document Nos. 410630013-330-R04-0787; 410130001-320-000-0286. Coded: E4009203802A.

[Language: BASIC]
Alcock, Donald Geoffrey. Illustrating BASIC (A Simple Programming Language). Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1977.
Reprinted: 1988. Reprinted with corrections: 1978. Subsequent reprints: 1978, 1979 (twice), 1980, 1981 (3 times), 1982, 1983 (twice; second reprint: ix, 134pp; comb bound; preface dated January 1977). Contents (2nd 1983 reprint): 1. Components of the Language; 2. Input & Output, Expressions and Functions; 3. Control; 4. Arrays; 5. Matrices; 6. Complete Example Programs; 7. Commands and Signing On; 8. Files of Data; 9. Syntax.

[Language: BASIC]
Ault, Roz. BASIC Programming for Kids. BASIC Programming on Personal Computers by Apple, Atari, Commodore, Radio Shack, Texas Instruments, Timex Sinclair. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1983.

[Language: BASIC]
Axelson, Janet Louise. The Microcontroller Idea Book: Circuits, Programs and Applications Featuring the 8052-BASIC Microcontroller. Madison, Wisconsin: Lakeview Research, 1994.

[Language: BASIC]
Chien, Chao C. Advanced Business BASIC for Microcomputers. Homewood, Illinois: R. D. Irwin, 1985.

[Language: BASIC]
Compaq Computer Corporation. BASIC Version 3.2 Reference Guide. 3rd edition; [n.p.]: Compaq Computer Corporation, 1987.
3rd edition: February 1987. Ring bound, multi-paged. Binder has the title BASIC Version 3 Reference Guide. Assembly: 106653-001; Text: 106654-001; Binder: 106655-001. Contents: 1. Welcome to BASIC; 2. Getting Started and Using BASIC; 3. Reviewing and Practicing BASIC; 4. The BASIC Interpreter or What Makes BASIC Work; 5. Disk Files and How to Use Them; 6. Special Editing Keys Used in BASIC; 7. Constants, Variables, Expressions, and Operators; 8. Statements, Functions, Commands, and Variables Used in BASIC; Appendix A. Error Codes and Messages; Appendix B. Derived Mathematical Functions; Appendix C. ASCII Character Codes; Appendix D. Assembly Language (Machine Code) Subroutines; Appendix E. Converting Other BASIC Programs to BASIC as Developed by COMPAQ; Appendix F. RS-232 Communications; Appendix G. Hexadecimal Equivalents; Appendix H. Key Scan Codes (Standard Compaq Keyboard); Appendix I. Display Information.

[Language: BASIC]
Gosling, Peter E. Beginning BASIC. London: Macmillan, 1977.
vi, 105pp. Second edition: London: Palgrave Macmillan, 1982 ([vi], 106pp). Contents (2nd edition): 1. What is a Computer?; 2. Talking to a Computer; 3. Introduction to BASIC; 4. Teleprinter Algebra; 5. Printing Literals; 6. Conditional and Unconditional Jumps; 7. Commas and Semicolons; 8. FOR...NEXT Loops; 9. Lists and Arrays; 10. Function Statements; 11. REM Statements; 12. Saving and Deleting Programs; 13. Using the Paper-Tape Punch and Reader; 14. Specimen Programs; Summary of BASIC.

[Language: BASIC]
Gosling, Peter E. Program Your Microcomputer in BASIC. London: Macmillan, 1981.
91pp. US edition: Beaverton, Oregon: Dilithium Press, 1981 (91pp). Reprinted: London: Macmillan, 1982; Reprinted: London: Macmillan, 1983 (91pp). Contents (1983 reprint): Introduction; Conversing with a Computer; Basic BASIC; Glossary of Terms; 1. Use of INPUT, LET, PRINT; 2. Mathematical Functions; 3. Literals and Use of Commas and Semi-Colons; 4. GOTO and IF...THEN...; 5. ON...GOTO...; 6. AND, OR and NOT; 7. FOR...NEXT Loops; 8. READ and DATA; 9. TAB, SPC and POS; 10. User-Defined Functions; 11. Lists; 12. Arrays; 13. Strings; 14. Subroutines; 15. Serial Files; 16. General; BASIC Commands; Bug-Hunting, or Why My Programs Never Work First Time; The Operating System.

[Language: BASIC]
Hartwig, Olaf. Atari ST. ST BASIC to C: Move Quickly Beyond the BASICS with the Powerful C Language. Grand Rapids, Michigan: Abacus Software, [1986].
Vol. 11 in the series. With an optional 3.5" floppy disk. A Data Becker book. Copyright statements for 1986 (Data Becker GmbH, Düsseldorf, Germany) and 1986 (Abacus). 2nd printing: May 1988 (231pp). Contents (2nd printing): 1. Development, Applications, and the C Language; 2. First Steps for (Former) BASIC Programmers; 3. The Basic Elements of C; 4. Screen Input/Output Operations; 5. Variable Types in C; 6. C Pointers; 7. Arithmetic Operators and Expressions; 8. Control Structures in C; 9. Common Mistakes of BASIC Programmers; 10. C Functions; 11. Structures; 12. An Overview of C; Appendices.

[Language: BASIC]
James, Mike. The Complete Programmer: A Guide to Better Programming in BASIC. London: Granada, 1983.
viii, 149pp. US edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1984 (viii, 149pp).

[Language: BASIC]
Lundy, Thomas, and Rory O'Sullivan. Beginning Structured Programming in BASIC and COMAL. Dublin: Gill and Macmillan, 1990.
318pp.

[Language: BASIC]
MCS BASIC-52 Reference Manual. Santa Clara, California: Intel, 1986.

[Language: BASIC]
Osborne, Adam, Gordon Eubanks, Jr., and Martin McNiff. CBASIC User Guide. Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 1981.
viii, 215pp.

[Language: BASIC]
Prigmore, Clive. 30 Hour BASIC. Cambridge: National Extension College, 1981.
248pp. Spiral bound. ZX81 adaptation by Richard Freeman and Robert Horvath (1982); ZX Spectrum adaptation by Paul Shreeve (1983).

[Language: BASIC]
Purdum, Jack Jay. BASIC-80 and CP/M. New York: Macmillan; London: Collier Macmillan, [1983].

[Language: BASIC]
Wittig, Siegmar. Into BASIC. [London]: Argus Specialist Publications, 1982.
3 parts. 128pp. Edited by Henry Budgett. Acknowledgements to German Translating Services and Tina Boylan. Stated to be 'Translated by Siegmar Wittig et al'. Issued over 3 months, perhaps as a free gift with a magazine.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
Alexander, Mark. "NIBL - Tiny BASIC for National's SC/MP Kit. Complete Documentation and Annotated Source Code." Dr. Dobb's Journal November/December 1976, Vol. 1, No. 10. pp.34-50 (pp.331-347 of the annual volume).
Includes program listing.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
Dickenson, John, Jerry Barber, John Teeter, Royce Eckard, and Eugene Fisher. "Lawrence Livermore Lab's 8080 BASIC. Includes Floating Point Package, User Documentation and Complete, Annotated Source." Dr. Dobb's Journal January 1977, Vol. 2, No. 1. pp.8-62 (pp.18-72 of the annual volume).
Includes program listing.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
Greeb, Fred J. "Denver Tiny BASIC for 8080s. A 2nd Version that Includes 1-D Arrays." Dr. Dobb's Journal March 1976, Vol. 1, No. 3. pp.20-30 (pp.75-85 of the annual volume).
For the 8080. Includes program listing. Additions given in a letter from Fred J. Greeb, Dr. Dobb's Journal September 1976, Vol. 1, No. 8. p.34 (p.261 of the annual volume).

[Language: BASIC: ART]
James, Mike. "Back to BASIC." Computer Shopper September 2000, No. 151. pp.401-405.
Review of LibertyBASIC, PowerBASIC, QBASIC, TrueBASIC, VisualBASIC 6, VisualBASIC for Applications, VisualBASIC Script, and XBASIC.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
James, Mike. "Building BASIC. Part 4. Strings." Electronics and Computing Monthly January 1982. pp.53-56.
8 part series.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
James, Mike. "Building BASIC. Part 5. Functions and Subroutines." Electronics and Computing Monthly February 1982. pp.65-66.
8 part series.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
James, Mike. "Building BASIC. Part 6. Logic." Electronics and Computing Monthly March 1982. pp.61-63.
8 part series.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
James, Mike. "Building BASIC. Part 7. Advanced BASIC." Electronics and Computing Monthly April 1982. pp.63-65.
8 part series.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
James, Mike. "Building BASIC. Part 8. Computers & Electronics." Electronics and Computing Monthly May 1982. pp.62-64.
8 part series.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
Mueller, Erik T. "MINOL - Tiny BASIC with Strings in 1.75K Bytes." Dr. Dobb's Journal April 1976, Vol. 1, No. 4. pp.9-17 (pp.95-103 of the annual volume).
For the 8080. Includes program listing. Additions and corrections given in letters from Erik T. Mueller, Dr. Dobb's Journal June/July 1976, Vol. 1, No. 6. p.36 (p.184 of the annual volume); August 1976, Vol. 1, No. 7. p.32 (p.222 of the annual volume).

[Language: BASIC: ART]
Scott, Jeff. "An Introduction to Programming in BASIC." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Part 1: Vol. 10, No. 42. February-March 1991. pp.58-63, 68-71.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
Wang, Li-Chen. "Palo Alto Tiny BASIC." Dr. Dobb's Journal May 1976, Vol. 1, No. 5. pp.12-25 (pp.129-142 of the annual volume).
For the 8080. Includes program listing. Additions given in a letter from Li-Chen Wang, Dr. Dobb's Journal June/July 1976, Vol. 1, No. 6. p.35 (p.183 of the annual volume).

[Language: BASIC: ART]
Wang, Li-Chen. "Palo Alto Tiny BASIC. Version Three." PCC's Reference Book of Personal and Home Computing. Edited by Dwight McCabe. Menlo Park, California: People's Computer Company, July 1977. pp.58-88.
For the 8080 or Z80. Full listing.

[Language: BASIC: ART]
Whipple, Dick, and John Arnold. "Tiny BASIC, Extended Version." Dr. Dobb's Journal January 1976, Vol. 1, No. 1. pp.14-17 (pp.18-21 of the annual volume); February 1976, Vol. 1, No. 2. pp.13-31 (pp.35-53 of the annual volume).
For the 8080. Includes program listing. Additions given in a letter from Charles Skeldon, Dr. Dobb's Journal June/July 1976, Vol. 1, No. 6. p.34 (p.182 of the annual volume). Additions given in a letter from The Penny Tiger, Dr. Dobb's Journal September 1976, Vol. 1, No. 8. p.30 (p.257 of the annual volume).

[Language: C/C++]
Barkakati, Nabajyoti. The Waite Group's QuickC Bible. Indianapolis, Indiana: Sams, 1989.
xiv, 804pp

[Language: C/C++]
Barr, Michael. Programming Embedded Systems in C and C++. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly, 1999.
xvii, 174pp. 2nd edition with the title Programming Embedded Systems with C and GNU Development Tools by Michael Barr and Anthony Massa: Sebastopol: O'Reilly, 2006 (xxi, 301pp).

[Language: C/C++]
Field, Simon, Kathleen Mandis, and Dave Myers. COMPUTE!'s ST Applications: Programming in C. Greensboro, North Carolina: Compute! Publications, 1986.
viii, 327pp.

[Language: C/C++]
Gifford, J. Daniel. QuickC Instant Reference. San Francisco, California: Sybex, 1989.
xxi, 391pp. For v.2.0.

[Language: C/C++]
Hartwig, Olaf. Atari ST. ST BASIC to C: Move Quickly Beyond the BASICS with the Powerful C Language. Grand Rapids, Michigan: Abacus Software, [1986].
Vol. 11 in the series. With an optional 3.5" floppy disk. A Data Becker book. Copyright statements for 1986 (Data Becker GmbH, Düsseldorf, Germany) and 1986 (Abacus). 2nd printing: May 1988 (231pp). Contents (2nd printing): 1. Development, Applications, and the C Language; 2. First Steps for (Former) BASIC Programmers; 3. The Basic Elements of C; 4. Screen Input/Output Operations; 5. Variable Types in C; 6. C Pointers; 7. Arithmetic Operators and Expressions; 8. Control Structures in C; 9. Common Mistakes of BASIC Programmers; 10. C Functions; 11. Structures; 12. An Overview of C; Appendices.

[Language: C/C++]
Lawrence, David, and Mark England. The C Compendium. London: Sunshine, 1985.
243pp.

[Language: C/C++]
McGrath, Mike. C Programming in Easy Steps. Southam, Warwickshire: Computer Step, 2002.
192pp. Reprinted: 2004. Contents: 1. Introducing C; 2. Storing Data; 3. Setting Constant Values; 4. Performing Operations; 5. Making Statements; 6. Using Functions; 7. Working with Bits; 8. Pointing to Data; 9. Manipulating Strings; 10. Building Structures; 11. Reading & Writing Files; 12. Interesting Functions.

[Language: C/C++]
Mednieks, Zigurd R., and Terry M. Schilke. C Programming Techniques for the Macintosh. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1986.
xi, 322pp. Contents: [Part I. Tutorial on Macintosh Programming in C:] 1. Beginnings; 2. C and Other Languages; 3. Knowing C, Thinking C; 4. QuickDraw and Windows; 5. Revolutionary Software, Classical Microcomputer Hardware; 6. The Resource Compiler; 7. An Example: Internal Structure of a Macintosh Application; 8. An Example: Exploring the Mandelbrot Set; 9. Extending Our Grasp; 10. Debugging; [Part II. Reference Handbook:] QuickDraw; Event Manager; Window Manager; Dialog Manager; Memory Manager; Menu Manager; Control Manager; Text Edit; Standard File Package; File Manager; Font Manager; Print Manager; Resource Manager; Toolbox Utilities; Desk Manager; Scrap Manager; Segment Loader.

[Language: C/C++]
Schildt, Herbert. C Made Easy. Berkeley, California: Osborne McGraw-Hill, 1985.
x, 292pp. Contents: 1. Introducing C; 2. General Overview of C; 3. Variables, Constants, Operators, and Expressions; 4. Program Control Statements; 5. Functions in Detail; 6. Input, Output, and Disk Files; 7. Pointers; 8. Arrays; 9. Structures, Unions, and User-Defined Types; 10. Writing a C Program; 11. Common Programming Errors; Appendix A. C Summary; Appendix B. Common C Library Functions.

[Language: C/C++]
Schildt, Herbert. ANSI C Made Easy. Berkeley, California: Osborne McGraw-Hill, 1989.
x, 452pp. Preface dated December 1988. Contents: 1. Getting Acquainted with C; 2. An Overview of C; 3. Introducing Variables, Constants, and Operators; 4. Selection, Iteration, and Jump Statements; 5. Arrays and Strings; 6. Pointers; 7. Functions; 8. Console I/O; 9. File I/O; 10. Structures and Unions; 11. Advanced Data Types; 12. Advanced Operators; 13. The C Preprocessor; 14. Writing a C Program; 15. Common Errors; Appendix A. Some Common C Library Functions; Appendix B. C Keyword Summary; Appendix C. The goto.

[Language: C/C++]
Townsend, Carl. QuickC Programming for the IBM. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1988.
xii, 393pp. 2nd printing: 1988. Contents: [Part I: Overview of QuickC:] 1. Introduction to QuickC; 2. Getting Started; [Part II: The Language:] 3. Representing Data; 4. Basic Input and Output; 5. Arithmetic Operations; 6. Program Control: 'if' and 'Switch' Structures; 7. Program Control: Iteration Structures; 8. Using Functions and Macros; 9. Managing the Storage of Variables; 10. Arrays and Pointers; 11. Using Character Strings; 12. Using Data Structures; 13. Using Files and Other Input and Output; 14. Using Graphics; [Part III: Developing Programs with QuickC:] 15. Introduction to Structured Programming; 16. Developing with QuickC; 17. Managing Databases with QuickC; 18. High-Level Design: Menus; 19. Adding Database Records; 20. Editing and Deleting Records; 21. Reporting and Processing Programs; [Appendices:] A. Installation and Setup; B. QuickC Library Summary; C. ASCII Character Set; D. QuickC Operators; E. QuickC Data Types; F. QuickC Keywords; G. Resources; H. Tips for QuickC Users.

[Language: C/C++]
Wortman, Leon A., and Thomas O. SideBottom. The C Programming Tutor. Bowie, Maryland: R. J. Brady Co., 1984.
xiv, 274pp. Preface dated November 1983. International edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall International, 1984 (xiv, 274pp). Contents: [Part 1. The Tutorial:] 1. Getting Started; 2. Interactive Programming; 3. Working with Numbers; 4. Numbers with Fractions; 5. Arrays and Input/Output to Strange Places; 6. Things Called Strings; 7. Paths and Pointers; 8. More Pointed Topics; [Part 2. Useful Programs:] 9. EPSET: A Printer Configurator; 10. TXTRDR1: Quantitative Analysis of Text; 11. TXTRDR2 and TXTRDR3: Qualitative Analysis of Text; 12. WFREQ: Analysis of Word Frequency; 13. XREF: C Program Cross Reference Listing; 14. Calls: C Program Call Chart Generator; Postlude: There's More To It!; Appendix A. Getting Started with Microcomputer C Compilers; Appendix B. ctype.h; Appendix C. ctype.c; Appendix D. math.h.

[Language: C/C++: ART]
King, Richard. "Aztec Language." Personal Computer News No. 48. 11 February 1984. pp.53-54.
Review of the Aztec-C compiler (for the Apple, CP/M-80/86, MS-DOS, PC-DOS, and the Commodore 64).

[Language: COBOL]
Bookman, Harvey. COBOL/370: For VS COBOL and COBOL II Programmers. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1993.
xxi, 355pp. J. Ranade IBM series.

[Language: COBOL]
Cooper, James William, Nancy Beth Stern, and Robert Alan Stern. Programming in COBOL/400. New York: Wiley, 1997.
xxi, 767pp. 2nd edition: New York: Wiley, 2002 (viii, 722pp).

[Language: COBOL]
Gelb, Neil G. Using COBOL in an MP/M System. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1983.
110pp. Illustrated by Ralph E. Lund, Jr.

[Language: COBOL]
Kirk, David Shelby. COBOL/370 for Power Programmers. New York: Wiley, 1994.
xxvi, 384pp. The Wiley-QED IBM Mainframe series.

[Language: COBOL]
Lancaster, G. T. Programming in COBOL. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1972.
ix, 141pp. Reprinted: 1978. Contents (1978 reprint): 1. Why COBOL?; 2. COBOL Language and Structure; 3. Identfication and Environmental Divisions; 4. Procedure Division - Arithmetic Verbs; 5. Procedure Division - Move; Go to; Conditional Verbs; 6. Procedure Division - Open; Close; Read; Write; Accept; Display Verbs; 7. Procedure Division - Other Verbs; 8. Data Division I; 9. Data Division II; 10. Testing COBOL Source Programs; 11. Program Questions; Appendix: Reserved Words.

[Language: COBOL]
Le Bert, Joseph J., and James B. Massoni. Advanced Interactive COBOL for Micros: A Practical Approach. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1988.
xvii, 283pp.

[Language: COBOL]
Saxon, James Anthony. COBOL: A Self-Instructional Manual. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, [1963].
190pp. 2nd printing: 1964. 3rd printing: 1965. 2nd edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1971 (xvii, 229pp).

[Language: COBOL]
Stang, Norman. COBOL for Micros. London: Newnes Technical, 1983.
193pp.

[Language: COBOL]
Stern, Nancy Beth, and Robert Alan Stern. COBOL Programming. New York: Wiley, 1970.
xi, 351pp. 2nd edition: New York: Wiley, 1975 (xii, 482pp). Later retitled Structured COBOL Programming.

[Language: COBOL]
Stern, Nancy Beth, and Robert Alan Stern. Structured COBOL Programming. 3rd edition; New York: Wiley, 1979.
Previously titled COBOL Programming. 4th edition: 1985; 5th edition: 1988; 6th edition: 1991; 7th edition: 1994; 8th edition: 1997 (with a 3.5" floppy disk); Year 2000 update edition: 1999 (with a 3.5" floppy disk); 9th edition: 2000 (with a 3.5" floppy disk). Later retitled COBOL for the 21st Century.

[Language: COBOL]
Stern, Nancy Beth, Robert Alan Stern, and James P. Ley. COBOL for the 21st Century. 10th edition; New York: Wiley, 2003.
With a CD-ROM. Previously Structured COBOL Programming by Stern and Stern.

[Language: COBOL]
Sullivan, Kevin. Practical COBOL for Microcomputers. Wilmslow: Sigma, [c.1983].

[Language: COBOL]
United States of America, American National Standards Institute. American National Standard COBOL. New York: ANSI, [c.1969].
Report No. X3.23-1968. Approved 23 August 1968. Federal Information Processing Standards Publication, 21.

[Language: COBOL]
United States of America, Short Range Task Force of the Conference on Data Systems Languages. Report to Conference on Data Systems Languages, including Initial Specifications for a Common Business oriented Language, COBOL, for Programming Electronic Digital Computers. Washington: [US Government], 1960.

[Language: COBOL]
United States of America, Maintenance Committee of the Conference on Data Systems Languages. COBOL-61 Extended. Report to Conference on Data Systems Languages, Including Extended Specifications for a Common Business Oriented Language [COBOL] for Programming Electronic Digital Computers. Washington: [US Government], 1962.

[Language: COBOL: ART]
McMillan, John. "COBOL Means Business." Practical Computing May 1980. pp.86-88.
Overview.

[Language: COMAL]
Christensen, Borge R. Beginning COMAL. Chichester: Ellis Horwood, 1982.
332pp.

[Language: COMAL]
Gratte, Ingvar. Starting with COMAL. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice/Hall International, 1985.
vii, 203pp.

[Language: COMAL]
Kelly, John J. Foundations in Computer Studies with COMAL. Dublin: Educational Company, 1983.
viii, 305pp. 2nd edition: Dublin: Educational Company of Ireland, 1984.

[Language: COMAL]
Lindsay, Len. The COMAL Handbook. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing Company, 1983.
xxiv, 310pp. 2nd edition (with 'Now for the Commodore 64' added to the title): Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing Company, 1984 (xii, 467pp).

[Language: COMAL]
Lundy, Thomas, and Rory O'Sullivan. Beginning Structured Programming in BASIC and COMAL. Dublin: Gill and Macmillan, 1990.
318pp.

[Language: FORTH]
Anderson, Anita, and Tracy Martin. Mastering FORTH. Bowie, Maryland: Brady Communications Co., 1984.
vii, 216pp. FORTH-83 standard. Revised and expanded edition: New York: Brady, 1989 (246pp). Contents (1984 edition): 1. Introduction; 2. Definitions; 3. The Stack; 4. Stack Manipulation; 5. The Editor; 6. Variables, Constants, and Arrays; 7. Flow of Control; 8. Loops; 9. More on Numbers; 10. Strings; 11. Defining Words; 12. Compiler Words; 13. The Input Stream and Mass Storage; 14. Advanced Topics; Solutions to Exercises; Index to FORTH Words.

[Language: FORTH]
Brodie, Leo. Starting FORTH. An Introduction to the FORTH Language and Operating Systems for Beginners and Professionals. 2nd edition; Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey; London: Prentice-Hall, [c.1987].
Foreword by Charles H. Moore. First published [c.1981].

[Language: FORTH]
Brodie, Leo. Thinking FORTH. A Language and Philosophy for Solving Problems. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey; London: Prentice-Hall, [1984].

[Language: FORTH]
Johns, David. The Beginner's Guide to FORTH. London: Interface, 1984.

[Language: FORTH]
Kail, Paul A. C. An Introduction to FORTH. Southampton: Micro Books, 1984.
v, 122pp. Contents: 1. A Quick Look; 2. Defining New Words; 3. Variables; 4. IFs and ANDs; 5. Bigger Numbers; 6. More About the Stack; 7. Sound and Light; 8. Tapes and Disks; 9. Input and Output; 10. Vocabularies; 11. Other Ways of Defining Words; Appendix 1. Programs; Appendix 2. Summary of Word Definitions; Appendix 3. ASCII Codes.

[Language: FORTH]
Kail, Paul A. C. FORTH: A Complete Course in the FORTH Programming Language. London: Kogan Page, 1989.

[Language: FORTH]
Rather, E., and Leo Brodie. Using FORTH. Hermosa Beach: FORTH, 1980.
Edited by C. Rosenberg.

[Language: FORTH: ART]
Freestone, N. K. "FORTH Computes OK." Electronics and Computing Monthly Part 1: September 1982. pp.22-24.
An overview.

[Language: FORTH: ART] Wireless World FORTH Computer.
Woodroffe, Brian. "FORTH Computer." Wireless World Part 1 (CPU and memory): May 1983. pp.53-58; Part 2 (Circuit, video, and peripherals): June 1983. pp.55-58; Part 3 (Software, disk controller, and PSU): July 1983. pp.58-61; Part 4 (Construction tips): August 1983. pp.44-45; Part 5 (Disk drives, including the use of 8" drives): September 1983. pp.64-67.
5 parts. 6809-based, 1.5MHz clock, EF69364 display processor, 6850 CIA (for the RS232 interface), and a 6821 PIA.

[Language: FORTRAN]
Maisel, Herbert, and Donald L. Wright. Introduction to Electronic Digital Computers: With Emphasis on the System/360, FORTRAN IV, and PL/1. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1969.

[Language: FORTRAN]
Marshall, Garry J. FORTRAN for Micros. London: Newnes Technical, 1983.

[Language: FORTRAN]
Page, Clive G. The Professional Programmers Guide to FORTRAN 77. London: Pitman, 1988.
ix, 180pp. Contents: What is FORTRAN?; 2. Basic FORTRAN Concepts; 3. FORTRAN in Practice; 4. Program Structure and Layout; 5. Constants, Variables and Arrays; 6. Arithmetic; 7. Character Handling and Logic; 8. Control Statements; 9. Procedures; 10. Input/Output Facilities; 11. The DATA Statement; 12. Common Blocks; Appendix A. Obsolete and Deprecated Features; Appendix B. Summary of Subset Differences; Appendix C. List of Intrinsic Functions.

[Language: FORTRAN]
Scales, L. E. Standard ICL 1900, CDC 7600 and IBM 360/370 FORTRAN. Liverpool: Univ. of Liverpool Computer Laboratory, 1976.
Laboratory Report, 001/3.

[Language: FORTRAN]
Shelley, John. Essentials of FORTRAN 77. Chichester, West Sussex: John Wiley, 1984.
xiv, 204pp. 2nd edition: Chichester, West Sussex: John Wiley, 1989 (ix, 182pp; preface dated December 1988). Contents (2nd edition): 1. Fundamental Programming Principles; 2. Programming Concepts; 3. First Acquaintance with FORTRAN 77; 4. Free-Format READ and WRITE; 5. Arithmetic; 6. Decisions and Simple Repetition; 7. Subscripted Variables; 8. DO-Loops/Repetition; 9. FORMATted READ and WRITE; 10. File Handling; 11. Subroutines; 12. Functions-Intrinsic, Statement and Sub-Program; 13. Characters; 14. Further Input and Output Control; 15. Further Features; Appendix A. An Introduction to Program Design; Appendix B. Structured Programming; Appendix C. Answers to Selected Problems and Further Examples.

[Language: Java]
Barker, Jacquie. Beginning Java Objects: From Concepts to Code. Berkeley, California: Apress, 2000.
xi, 665pp. UK edition: Birmingham: Wrox Press, 2000 (xi, 665pp). 2nd edition: Berkeley, California: Apress, 2005 (xii, 916pp; cover states: 'Includes J2SE 5 coverage'). Contents (1st edition): 1. A Little Taste of Java; 2. Abstraction and Modeling; 3. Objects and Classes; 4. Object Interactions; 5. Relationships Between Objects; 6. Collections of Objects; 7. Some Final Concepts; 8. The Object Modeling Process in a Nutshell; 9. Formalizing Requirements through Use Cases; 10. Modeling the Static/Data Aspects of the System; 11. Modeling the Dynamic/Behavioral Aspects of the System; 12. Wrapping Up Our Modeling Efforts; 13. A Deeper Look at Java; 14. Transforming Your Model into Java Code; 15. Rounding Out Your Applications: Adding File Persistence; 16. Rounding Out Your Applications: Adding a Graphical User Interface; 17. Next Steps; Appendix A. Suggestions for Using this Book as a Textbook; Appendix B. Alternative Case Studies; Appendix C. Setting Up a Basic Object Modeling/Java Environment; Appendix D. SRS Source Code; Appendix E. Note to Experienced C++ Programmers; Appendix F. How Polymorphism Works.

[Language: Java]
Manning, Michelle M. Teach Yourself JBuilder in 14 Days. Indianapolis, Indiana: Sams.net, 1997.
xxi, 542pp. Part No. JBC 1310WW21770. Borland JBuilder is an integrated development environment (IDE) for Java. Contents: 1. Introduction to JBuilder; 2. Java Basics; 3. Java Intermediate; 4. Java Advanced; 5. JBuilder IDE; 6. User Interface Design; 7. JavaBeans Component Library; 8. Applets, Applications, and Wizards; 9. Graphics, Fonts, and Multimedia; 10. Streams and I/O; 11. Compiling and Debugging; 12. Handling Events; 13. Exception Handling; 14. JBuilder Database Architecture; Appendix: Answers to Quiz Questions.

[Language: LISP: ART]
Liardet, Michael. "LISP." Personal Computer World June 1982. pp.136-137.
An overview.

[Language: LOGO]
Allan, Boris. Building with LOGO on the Commodore 64. Creative Use of the LOGO Language. London: Sunshine, 1984.
xii, 156pp. Contents: I: Introduction to LOGO; 1. Starting Out with LOGO; 2. Proceeding with LOGO; 3. Getting Used to LOGO; 4. Turtles Alive with LOGO; 5. Joyful Spritely LOGO; 6. Simultaneous Sprites in LOGO; II: Specific Applications: 7. Keyboard Control; 8. Names and Content; 9. Aspects of Graphical Design; 10. Simple Statistical Programming; 11. Tiny Routines; 12. Differential Drawing; 13. Spritely Icons.

[Language: LOGO]
Grant, Bob. The PCW LOGO Manual. Wilmslow: Sigma, 1992.

[Language: LOGO]
Harvey, Brian. Computer Science Logo Style. Volume 1: Intermediate Programming. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 1985.
xiv, 319pp. Contents: 1. Exploration; 2. Procedures; 3. Variables; 4. Predicates; 5.1. Recursion: Combining Method; 5.2. Recursion: Little People Method; 5.3. Recursion: Tracing Method; 5.4. Recursion: Leap of Faith Method; 6. Turtle Geometry; 7. Recursive Operations; 8. Planning; 9. Debugging; 10. Iteration, Control Structures, and Extensibility; 11. Nonlocal Exit; 12. Program as Data; 13. Demons; 14. Property Lists; 15. Data Files; Appendix A. Versions of Logo; Appendix B. Hints for Teachers.

[Language: LOGO]
Penfold, J. W. LOGO for Beginners. London: Babani, 1988.

[Language: Modula-2]
Koffman, Elliot B. Problem Solving and Structured Programming in Modula-2. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1988.
xvi, 661, [89]pp.

[Language: Modula-2]
Mayer, Herbert G. Programming in Modula-2: The Art and the Craft. New York: Macmillan; London: Collier Macmillan, 1988.
xvii, 334pp.

[Language: Modula-2]
Tremblay, Jean-Paul, John M. DeDourek, and David A. Daoust. Programming in Modula-2. New York; London: McGraw-Hill, 1989.
xiii, 521pp.

[Language: Modula-2]
Wirth, Niklaus. Programming in Modula-2. Berlin; New York: Springer-Verlag, 1982.
176pp. Preface dated February 1982. 2nd edition: Berlin; New York: Springer-Verlag, 1983 (176pp). 3rd edition: Berlin; New York: Springer-Verlag, 1985 (202pp; Preface dated September 1984). 4th edition: Berlin; New York: Springer-Verlag, 1988 (182pp; Preface dated July 1988). Contents (4th edition): 1. Introduction; 2. A First Example; 3. A Notation to Describe the Syntax of Modula; 4. Representation of Modula Programs; 5. Statements and Expressions; 6. Control Structures; 7. Elementary Data Types; 8. Constant and Variable Declarations; 9. The Data Structure Array; 10. Procedures; 11. The Concept of Locality; 12. Parameters; 13. Function Procedures; 14. Recursion; 15. Type Declarations; 16. Enumeration Types; 17. Subrange Types; 18. Set Types; 19. Record Types; 20. Records with Variant Parts; 21. Dynamic Structures and Pointers; 22. Procedure Types; 23. Modules; 24. Definition and Implementation Parts; 25. Program Decomposition into Modules; 26. Local Modules; 27. Sequential Input and Output; 28. Screen-Oriented Input and Output; 29. Low-Level Facilities; 30. Concurrent Processes and Coroutines; 31. Device Handling, Concurrency, and Interrupts; Report on the Programming Language Modula-2; Appendix 1. The Syntax of Modula-2; Appendix 2. Standard Utility Modules; Appendix 3. The ASCII Character Set; Appendix 4. Syntax Diagrams.

[Language: PASCAL]
Grogono, Peter. Programming in PASCAL. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1978.
vii, 359pp. Reprinted: Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1979 (vii, 359pp). Revised edition: Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1980 (ix, 363pp). 2nd edition: Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1984 (xi, 420pp); Reprinted with corrections: Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, December 1985 (xi, 420pp; Preface dated January 1984). Contents (December 1985 reprint of the 2nd edition): 1. Programming Concepts; 2. Data Expressions, and Assignments; 3. Decision and Repetition; 4. Procedures and Functions; 5. Variable Types; 6. Arrays and Records; 7. Files; 8. Dynamic Data Structures; 9. Advanced Topics; 10. Program Design; Remarks, Resources, and References; Appendix A. The Vocabulary of PASCAL; Appendix B. PASCAL Syntax Diagrams; Appendix C. PASCAL Portability and Implementation; Appendix D. Programming Conventions.

[Language: PASCAL]
Grogono, Peter. Programming in PASCAL, with PASCAL/1000. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1980.
xii, 379pp.

[Language: PASCAL]
Huggins, Eric. Mastering PASCAL Programming. Basingstoke, Hampshire: Macmillan Education, 1983.
x, 269pp. Macmillan Master series. Reprinted: 1985; 1987; 1988; 1989; 1990; 1991. Contents (1991 reprint): 1. Know Your Computer; 2. Introduction to Programming in PASCAL; 3. Syntax, Output Format, and FOR Loops; 4. Precedence of Operations: More Loops; 5. Applications 1: Mathematics; 6. Types 'CHAR'. and 'BOOLEAN'. Boolean Operators; 7. Functions and Procedures; 8. External Files; 9. Arrays; 10. Applications 2: Sorting, Searching and Merging; 11. Programming Strategy; 12. Applications 3: Simulation; 13. Applications 4: Graphics; 14. Data Types; 15. Records; 16. Sets; 17. Not for Beginners; 18. Applications 5: Real-Time and Multi-Programming; 19. Mainly for Beginners; Appendix I. The PASCAL Reserved Words and Required Identifiers; Appendix II. Syntax Diagrams; Appendix III. Interactive Input; Appendix IV. A Subset of the ASCII Code.

[Language: PASCAL]
Lewis, Theodore Gyle. PASCAL Programming for the Apple. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing Co., 1981.
vi, 234pp. Contents: 1. The French Connection (The System); 2. Walking the PASCAL Tree (The Tools); 3. The Shape of Things to Come; 4. PASCAL Spoken Here (The Novice); 5. Money, Money, Money! (Financial Applications); 6. For the Drow Pundit (Text Processing); 7. Programming in the Large; 8. Star-Spangled Graphics; 9. Making Music; 10. File Structures Supreme; 11. BASIC Versus PASCAL.

[Language: PASCAL]
Ruston, Jeremy. Learn PASCAL on Your BASIC Micro. London: Interface, 1983.
Reprint: London: Interface, 1984 (185pp in various pagings).

[Language: PASCAL]
Ruston, Jeremy. PASCAL for Human Beings. London: Interface, 1982.
82pp.

[Language: PASCAL: ART]
Davies, Gerry. "Parlez[-Vous] PASCAL." Electronics and Computing Monthly Part 2: December 1984. pp.60-63; Part 3: January 1985. pp.37-40.
Series.

[Language: PASCAL: ART]
Denning, Adam. "PASCAL in Practice." Electronics and Computing Monthly December 1984. pp.56-57.
Acornsoft S-PASCAL for the BBC Micro and Computer One PASCAL for the Sinclair QL examined.

[Language: PILOT: ART]
[8080 PILOT] Starkweather, John A. "Guide to 8080 PILOT, Version 1.1." Dr. Dobb's Journal April 1977, Vol. 2, No. 4. pp.17-29 (pp.173-185 of the annual volume).
Documentation.

[Language: PILOT: ART]
[8080 PILOT] Starkweather, John A. "Source Code for 8080 PILOT, Version 1.1." Dr. Dobb's Journal May 1977, Vol. 2, No. 5. pp.18-33 (pp.216-231 of the annual volume).
Source code.

[Language: PL/I: ART]
Barker, Philip. "Programming with PL/I-80." Electronics and Computing Monthly January 1983. pp.26-31; February 1983. pp.78-81.
2 parts. PL/I-80 being a microcomputer version of Programming Language One. The use of a PET for running PL/I is also described.

[Language: PROLOG]
Conlon, Tom. Learning Micro-PROLOG: A Problem-Solving Approach. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., 1985.
vi, 183pp. Preface dated September 1984. Reprinted: June 1986. The work uses 'Micro-PROLOG release 3.1 or higher'. A copy noted with a sheet pasted into the front: 'Addendum: As the UK edition of Start Problem-Solving with PROLOG is out of print, the US edition of this book is being supplied' (with alterations noted). UK edition (with the title Start Problem-Solving with PROLOG): Wokingham, Berkshire: Addison-Wesley, 1985 ([160]pp). Contents (US edition, 1986 reprint): 1. The Problem-Solving Machine; 2. Writing and Using Descriptions; 3. How PROLOG Solves Goals; 4. A Toolkit for Description; 5. Representing Objects; 6. A Framework for Problem-Solving; 7. Some Problems Solved; Answers to Exercises.

[Language: RPG]
Loschetter, Richard F. RPG for IBM Systems/360, 370 and System/3. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 1975.

[Language: RPG]
Saxon, James Anthony. System 360/20 RPG programming: A Self-Instructional Manual. Belmont, California: Dickenson Pub. Co., [1968].

[Language: Smalltalk]
Gray, Philip D., and Ramzan Mohamed. Smalltalk-80: A Practical Introduction. Glasgow: Department of Computing Science, Univ. of Glasgow, 1987.
55pp. Departmental Research Report CSC/87/R14.

[Language: Smalltalk]
Gray, Philip D., and Ramzan Mohamed. Smalltalk-80: A Practical Introduction. London: Pitman Publishing, 1990.
[12], 252pp. 'The book covers versions 2.1 to 2.5 of the ParcPlace Smalltalk-80 system. A majority of the exercises can also be executed using Apple Smalltalk version 0.4 and Digitalk Smalltalk/V Mac 1.0 and 1.1'. Contents: [Part I: The Language:] 1. Introduction; 2. Messages and Methods; 3. Basic Classes; 4. Building a Model: The Library Management System; 5. Interactive Applications; 6. Some Useful Classes; [Part II: The Interactive Programming Environment:] 7. The Smalltalk System; 8. Tools; [Appendices:] A. QuadEditor Source Listing; B. LMS Listing; C. ALMS Listing; D. Simple MVC Listing; E. ActionMenu Listing; F. Object Interfaces-Class Order; G. Choosing a System.

[Language: VRML]
Ames, Andrea L., David R. Nadeau, and John L. Moreland. The VRML Sourcebook. New York; Chichester: John Wiley, 1996.
2nd edition retitled The VRML 2.0 Sourcebook. New York; Chichester: John Wiley, 1997. With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Bottomley, Gareth. Implementation of a Scripting Language for VRML Using Java. Leeds: Univ. of Leeds School of Computer Studies, 1998.
Final year project.

[Language: VRML]
Carey, Rikk, and Gavin Bell. The Annotated VRML 2.0 Reference Manual. Reading, Massachusetts; Harlow: Addison-Wesley, 1997.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Fox, David S., and Philip Shaddock. Web Publisher's Construction Kit with VRML/Live 3D. Creating 3D Web Worlds. Corte Madera, California: Waite Group Press, 1996.
With CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Goralski, Walter, Matthew Poli, and Peter Vogel. VRML. Exploring Virtual Worlds on the Internet. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1996.
Covers VRML 1.1 and looks forward to VRML 2.0. With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Hartman, Jed, and Josie Wernecke. The VRML 2.0 Handbook. Building Moving Worlds on the Web. Reading, Massachusetts; Harlow: Addison-Wesley, 1996.

[Language: VRML]
Hassinger, Sebastian, and Mike Erwin. 60 Minute Guide to VRML. New York: John Wiley, 1995.

[Language: VRML]
Hassinger, Sebastian, Charlie Scott, and Ed Tittel. Building VRML Worlds. Berkeley, California; London: Osborne McGraw-Hill, 1996.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Jamsa, Kris A., Phil Schmauder, and Nelson Yee. VRML Programmer's Library. Las Vegas, Nevada: Jamsa Press, 1997.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Kay, David C., and Douglas J. Muder. VRML and 3D on the Web for Dummies. New York: John Wiley, 1996.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Kennedy, Randall C. Instant VRML Worlds. Emeryville, California: Ziff-Davis Press, 1996.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Lea, Rodger, Kouichi Matsuda, and Ken Miyashita. Java for 3D and VRML Worlds. Indianapolis, Indiana: New Riders, 1996.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Lemay, Laura, Justin Couch, and Kelly Murdock. Laura Lemay's Web Workshop: 3D Graphics and VRML 2. Indianpolis, Indiana: Sams.net, 1996.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Marrin, Chris, and Bruce Campbell. Teach Yourself VRML 2 in 21 Days. Indianapolis, Indiana: Sams.net, 1997.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Matsuba, Stephen, and Bernie Roehl. Using VRML. Special Edition. Indianapolis: Que, 1996.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
McCarthy, Martin, and Alligator Descartes. Reality Architecture: Building 3D Worlds with Java and VRML. New York; London: Prentice-Hall, 1998.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Moores, Richard. Creation of an On-Line Shoppping Environment Using VRML 2.0. Leeds: Univ. of Leeds School of Computer Studies, 1998.
Final year project.

[Language: VRML]
Pesce, Mark. VRML. Browsing and Building Cyberspace. Indianapolis, Indiana: New Riders, 1995.
With a CD-ROM. Foreword by Tim Berners-Lee.

[Language: VRML]
[Proceedings VRML 95.] Symposium on the Virtual Reality Modeling Language, San Diego, California, December 14-15, 1995. New York: Association for Computing Machinery, 1995.

[Language: VRML]
Proceedings VRML 97. Second Symposium on the Virtual Reality Modeling Language. New York: Association for Computing Machinery, 1997.

[Language: VRML]
Proceedings VRML 98. Third Symposium on the Virtual Reality Modeling Lanuage, Monterey, California, February 16-19, 1998. New York: Association for Computing Machinery, 1998.

[Language: VRML]
Proceedings VRML 99. Fourth Symposium on the Virtual Reality Modeling Lanuage, Paderborn, Germany, February 23-26, 1999. New York: Association for Computing Machinery, 1999.

[Language: VRML]
Proceedings Web3D - VRML 2000. Fifth Symposium on the Virtual Reality Modeling Language, Monterey, California, February 21-24, 2000. New York: Association for Computing Machinery, 2000.

[Language: VRML]
Roehl, Bernie, Justin Couch, Cindy Reed-Ballreich, Tim Rohaly, and Geoff Brown. Late Night VRML 2.0 with Java. Emeryville, California: Ziff-Davis Press, 1997.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Smith, David, Richard Boyd, and Alan Scott. Virtus VRML Toolkit. Indianapolis, Indiana: Hayden Books, 1995.
With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Soares, Nuno. Integration of Telepresence and VRML Models Across Computer Networks. Leeds: Univ. of Leeds School of Computer Studies, 1998.
Final year project.

[Language: VRML]
Vacca, John R. VRML. Bringing Virtual Reality to the Internet. Boston; London: Academic Press, 1996.
With a CD-ROM. Covers VRML 2.0. Second, revised edition published with the cover title VRML Clearly Explained. Boston; London: Academic Press, 1998. With a CD-ROM.

[Language: VRML]
Ward, Chris. Techniques for the Simplification of a 3D VRML Scene Composed of Textured Triangles. Leeds: Univ. of Leeds School of Computer Studies, 1998.
Final year project.

[Language: VRML]
Williams, Andrew Richard. The Solar System. A VRML World. Leeds: Univ. of Leeds School of Computer Studies, 1999.
Final year project.

[Microcontrollers: Manual]
Advanced Micro Devices. Élan SC300 Highly Integrated, Low-Power, 32-Bit Microcontroller. Advance Information. Sunnyvale, California: Advanced Micro Devices, 1996.
Rev. C: February 1996 (132pp; coded: Con-11M-3/96-0 18514C 2/96; Publication No. 18514).

[Microcontrollers: Manual]
Advanced Micro Devices. Élan SC310 Microcontroller: Programmer's Reference Manual. Sunnyvale, California: Advanced Micro Devices, 1996.
Rev. A: April 1996 (multi-paged; coded: Ban-5M-5/96-0 20665A). Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Power Management; 3. Memory Management; 4. PC/AT Peripheral Registers; 5. Configuration Registers; Appendix A. Configuration Index Register Reference; Appendix B. XT-Keyboard Interface.

[Microcontrollers: Manual]
Advanced Micro Devices. Élan SC400 Single-Chip, Low-Power, PC/AT-Compatible Microcontroller. Advance Information. Sunnyvale, California: Advanced Micro Devices, 1996.
Rev. A: October 1996 (115pp; coded: Con-7.5M-10/96-0 21028A; Publication No. 21028).

[Microcontrollers: Manual]
Advanced Micro Devices. Élan SC410 Single-Chip PC/AT-Compatible Microcontroller. Advance Information. Sunnyvale, California: Advanced Micro Devices, 1997.
Rev. A: February 1997 (14pp; coded: Doc-2.8M-3/97-0 21327A; Publication No. 21327).

[Microcontrollers: Manual]
Microchip Technology. PICSTART Design Contest: Application Brief Notebook. Chandler, Arizona: Microchip Technology Inc., 1993.
Multi-paged. Coded on rear: 'DS30229B'. Contents: 1. Introduction to Application Brief Notebook; 2. Communications Market Entries; 3. Consumer Market Entries; 4. Office Automation Market Entries; 5. Industrial Market Entries.

[Microcontrollers: Manual]
Microchip Technology. PIC16/17 Microcontroller Data Book 1996/1997. Chandler, Arizona: Microchip Technology Inc., 1996.
Multi-paged. Coded: '10/96 DS000158B'. Contents: 1. Introduction to Microchip Technology Inc.; 2. PIC12C5XX Microcontroller Product Specifications; 3. PIC14000 Microcontroller Product Specifications; 4. PIC16C5X Microcontroller Product Specifications; 5. Enhanced PIC16C5X Microcontroller Product Specifications; 6. PIC16C55X Microcontroller Product Specifications; 7. PIC16C62X Microcontroller Product Specifications; 8. PIC16C6XX Microcontroller Product Specifications; 9. PIC16C6X Microcontroller Product Specifications; 10. PIC16C7X Microcontroller Product Specifications; 11. PIC16C8XX/PIC16F8X Microcontroller Product Specifications; 12. PIC16C9XX Microcontroller Product Specifications; 13. PIC17C4X Microcontroller Product Specifications; 14. PIC17C752/756 Microcontroller Product Brief; 15. PIC16/17 Microcontroller Instruction Sets; 16. Development Systems and Software Support; 17. PIC16/17 Microcontroller Programming Specifications; 18. FlexROM Microcontroller Product Specifications; 19. Logic Products; 20. PIC16/17 Die Product Information; 21. Quality, Reliability and Endurance; 22. Packaging; 23. Office Locations.

[Microcontrollers: Manual]
Microchip Technology. Microchip 1997 Technical Library. Chandler, Arizona: Microchip Technology Inc., 1997.
CD-ROM containing technical data on the PIC16/17 8-bit MCUs and associated products. Runs under Adobe Acrobat 3.0 Reader (supplied on the disc). Stated to be: 'First Edition'.

[Microcontrollers: Manual]
Microchip Technology. Microchip Technical Library CD-ROM. Chandler, Arizona: Microchip Technology Inc., 2001.
Two CD-ROMs in a cardboard folder. Cover states: 'First Edition 2001'. Disc 1 contains a snapshot of the Microchip Technology website; Disc 2 contains application notes, development tools, and utilities. Requires a browser and Adobe Acrobat Reader.

[Microcontrollers: Manual]
Zilog. Zilog Z8 Microcontrollers for Computer Peripheral and Consumer Electronics Applications: Product Specifications Databook. Campbell, California: Zilog Inc., [1994].
Multi-paged. Coded on inside cover: 'DC 8305-03'. Coded on rear: 'Q4/94 DC 8305-03'. Contents: 1. Z86B07 Z8 8-Bit CMOS MCU for Intelligent Battery Charging & Monitoring; 2. Z86C05/07 Z8 CMOS 8-Bit Microcontroller; 3. Z86E07 Z8 CMOS OTP Microcontroller; 4. Z86C11 Z8 8-Bit Microcontroller; 5. Z86C12 Z8 In-Circuit Emulator Microcontroller; 6. Z86C21 Z8 CMOS 8K ROM Microcontroller; 7. Z86E21 Z8 CMOS 8K OTP Microcontroller; 8. Z86C61/62/96 CMOS Z8 Microcontroller; 9. Z86E61/63 16K/32K EPROM CMOS Z8 Microcontroller; 10. Z86C63/64 32K ROM Z8 CMOS Microcontroller; 11. Z86C91 CMOS Z8 ROMless Microcontroller; 12. Z86C93 CMOS Z8 Multiply/Divide Microcontroller; 13. Z86117/717 Z8 8-Bit CMOS 2K OTP/ROM Microcontroller; 14. Application Notes; 15. Support Products; S. Superintegration Products Guide; T. General Terms and Conditions of Sale; Z. Zilog's Sales Offices, Representatives & Distributors; L. Literature Guide and Third Party Support.

[Microcontrollers]
Adamson, Malcolm. Small Real-Time System Design: From Microcontrollers to RISC Processors. Wilmslow, Cheshire: Sigma, 1990.
191pp.

[Microcontrollers]
Axelson, Janet Louise. The Microcontroller Idea Book: Circuits, Programs and Applications Featuring the 8052-BASIC Microcontroller. Madison, Wisconsin: Lakeview Research, 1994.

[Microcontrollers]
Ayala, Kenneth J. The 80251 Microcontroller. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000.
With a CD-ROM.

[Microcontrollers]
Ayala, Kenneth J. The 8051 Microcontroller: Architecture, Programming and Applications. Minneapolis/St. Paul: West, 1991.
With a floppy disk. 2nd edition: 1997, with a floppy disk.

[Microcontrollers]
Barr, Michael. Programming Embedded Systems in C and C++. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly, 1999.

[Microcontrollers]
Bentham, Jeremy. TCP/IP Lean: Web Servers for Embedded Systems. 2nd edition; Lawrence, Kansas: CMP Books, 2002.
With a CD-ROM. 1st edition published in 2000 with a CD-ROM.

[Microcontrollers]
Berger, Arnold S. Embedded Systems Design: An Introduction to Processes, Tools and Techniques. Lawrence, Kansas: CMP Books, 2002.

[Microcontrollers]
Catsoulis, John. Designing Embedded Hardware. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly, 2002.

[Microcontrollers]
Clark, Dennis. Programming and Customizing the OOPic Microcontroller: The Official OOPic Handbook. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2003.
With a CD-ROM.

[Microcontrollers]
Dietsche, K.-H., and M. Ohsmann. MatchBox BASIC Computer: A Miniature Controller System. Dorchester: Elektor Electronics, 1999.
274pp with a 3.5" floppy disk. Describes a microcontroller system built on a 65 x 45mm PCB, running MBL, a higher programming language derived from BASIC and Pascal. Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The MatchBox BASIC Computer; 3. A Development System for the MatchBox; 4. MBL, the MatchBox Language; 5. Connecting Peripherals to the MatchBox; 6. Specialities of the 8051; 7. MatchBox BASIC Computer Applications; 8. Microcontroller Systems; 9. Appendix.

[Microcontrollers]
Doughman, Gordon. Programming the Motorola M68HC12 Family. Poway, California: Annabooks, 2000.
576pp. With a CD-ROM.

[Microcontrollers]
Edwards, Lewin A. R. W. Embedded System Design on a Shoestring: Achieving High Performance with a Limited Budget. Amsterdam; Boston: Newnes, 2003.
ix, 232pp. With a CD-ROM.

[Microcontrollers]
Edwards, J. Scott. Programming and Customizing the BASIC Stamp Computer. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1998.
ix, 284pp. With a CD-ROM. 2nd edition: New York: McGraw-Hill, 2001 (x, 334pp; with a CD-ROM). Contents (1st edition): 1. Introduction; 2. Introducing the BASIC Stamp; 3. Electronic Foundations; 4. Building Electronic Circuits; 5. Getting Started with Stamps; 6. BASIC Stamp Boot Camp, Part 1; 7. BASIC Stamp Boot Camp, Part 2; 8. Magic Message Machine; 9. Intelligent Traffic Signal Simulation; 10. Robotic Bug with Whisker Sensors; 11. Time/Temperature Display; 12. Data-Logging Thermometer; 13. Worldwide Remote Control with C2TERM; 14. Short Range Sonar; 15. Network Terminal with Keypad and Display; [Appendices:] A. BASIC Stamp Quick Reference Guide; B. Numbering Systems, Integer Math, and Boolean Logic; C. Electronic Calculations and Stamp-Related Circuits; D. Bug-Hunting Guide; E. Sources for Electronic Components; F. Suggested Reading; G. Glossary.

[Microcontrollers]
Eisenreich, Dan, and Brian DeMuth. Designing Embedded Internet Devices: A Practical Guide to Hardware and Software Design Using the TINI Microcontroller. Amsterdam; Boston, Massachusetts: Newnes, 2002.
xii, 582pp. With a CD-ROM.

[Microcontrollers]
Haskell, Richard E. Design of Embedded Systems Using 68HC12/11 Microcontrollers. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1999.
xix, 569pp. With a 3.5" floppy disk.

[Microcontrollers]
Hollabaugh, Craig. Embedded Linux: Hardware, Software, and Interfacing. Boston: Addison-Wesley, 2002.
viii, 419pp.

[Microcontrollers]
Ibrahim, Dogan. Microcontroller Projects in C for the 8051. Oxford; Boston, Massachusetts: Newnes, 2000.
viii, 178pp.

[Microcontrollers]
Jones, M. Tim. TCP/IP Application Layer Protocols for Embedded Systems. Hingham, Massachusetts: Charles River Media, 2002.
xix, 460pp. With a CD-ROM.

[Microcontrollers]
Karakehayov, Zdravko, Knud Smed Christensen, and Ole Winther. Embedded Systems Design with 8051 Microcontrollers: Hardware and Software. New York: Marcel Dekker, 1999.
viii, 417pp. With a 3.5" floppy disk.

[Microcontrollers]
Li, Qing, and Caroline Yao. Real-Time Concepts for Embedded Systems. San Francisco, California: CMP Books, 2003.
xii, 294pp.

[Microcontrollers]
M68HC11 Reference Manual. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1989.
Multi-paged. With a disk. Authorship attributed to James M. Sibigtroth. Revision 1: Phoenix, Arizona: Motorola, 1990 (multi-paged); Revision 3 (1991); Revision 4 (June 2001); Revision 5 (February 2002); Revision 6: Denver, Colorado: Motorola, April 2002 (647pp; M68HC11RM/D). Contents (Revision 6): 1. General Description; 2. Pins and Connections; 3. Configuration and Modes of Operation; 4. On-Chip Memory; 5. Resets and Interrupts; 6. Central Processor Unit; 7. Parallel Input/Output; 8. Synchronous Serial Peripheral Interface; 9. Asynchronous Serial Communications Interface; 10. Main Timer and Real-Time Interrupt; 11. Pulse Accumulator; 12. Analog-to-Digital Converter System; Appendix A. Instruction Set Details; Appendix B. Bootloader Listings.

[Microcontrollers]
MacKenzie, I. Scott. The 8051 Microcontroller. New York: Merrill, 1992.
xv, 357pp. 2nd edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1995 (xi, 356pp). 3rd edition: Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1999 (x, 366pp). 4th edition (with Raphael Chung-Wei Phan): Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2007 (xiv, 537pp).

[Microcontrollers]
MCS BASIC-52 Reference Manual. Santa Clara, California: Intel, 1986.
The 8052 has a built-in floating-point BASIC interpreter.

[Microcontrollers]
Peatman, John Burling. Design with PIC Microcontrollers. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1997.

[Microcontrollers]
Peatman, John Burling. Embedded Design with the PIC18F452 Microcontroller. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2002.
With a QwikFlash board.

[Microcontrollers]
Penfold, R. A. An Introduction to PIC Microcontrollers. London: Babani, 1997.

[Microcontrollers]
Penfold, R. A. Practical PIC Microcontroller Projects. BP444. London: Babani, 1999.
199pp. Circuit diagrams, component listings and software listings are given. Contents: 1. Test Gear; 2. Games and Novelties; 3. Miscellaneous Projects.

[Microcontrollers]
Predko, Myke. Programming and Customizing the 8051 Microcontroller. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1999.

[Microcontrollers]
Simon, David E. An Embedded Software Primer. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1999.
With a CD-ROM.

[Microcontrollers]
Sridhar, T. Designing Embedded Communications Software. San Francisco, California: CMP Books, 2003.

[Microcontrollers]
Stewart, James W. The 8051 Microcontroller: Hardware, Software, and Interfacing. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1993.
2nd edition, co-authored with Kai X. Miao: 1999, with 2 floppy disks.

[Microcontrollers]
Sutter, Ed. Embedded Systems Firmware Demystified: Building Embedded Systems from the Ground Up. Lawrence, Kansas: CMP Books, 2002.
With a CD-ROM.

[Microcontrollers]
Yaghmour, Karim. Building Embedded Linux Systems. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly, 2003.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Abbott, Robin. "The ETI BASIC Microcontroller." Electronics Today International Part 1: September 1995. pp.24-29; Part 2: October 1995. pp.24-30, 68; Part 3: November 1995. pp.22-30, 68.
Series of constructional articles. Uses PIC BASIC on 18-pin PIC microcontrollers. Free PCB given away with October 1995 issue, free 3.5" disk containing development software given away with November 1995 issue. Article titles vary, part 2: "ETI PIC BASIC Controller"; part 3: "BASIC for the PIC Microcontroller".

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Abbott, Robin. "Serial AVR Microcontroller Programmer." Electronics Today International Vol. 27, No. 5. 24 April-21 May 1998. pp.17-23, 66.
Constructional article.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
An, Dr. Pei. "8031 & 80535 Single Board Computer." Electronics Today International Part 1: April 1996. pp.44-54; Part 2: May 1996. pp.58-62; Part 3: June 1996. pp.40-43.
MCS-51 based SBC.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Atkins, C. P. "6802 Evaluation Board." Electronics Today International May 1985. pp.27-32, 58.
Constructional article with a PCB foil. A 7-chip system: 6802, 2716 EPROM, 7400, two 6821 PIAs, and two TIL311 Hex displays.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Becker, John. "EPE PIC Tutorial." Everyday Practical Electronics March 1998. Supplement, pp.1-16; April 1998. Supplement, pp.17-32; May 1998. Supplement, pp.33-48.
3 parts. Includes constructional details for a PIC16C84/PIC16F84 programmer.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Becker, John. "PIC to Printer Interface." Everyday Practical Electronics July 2001. pp.484-491.
Demonstrates PIC control of Epson dot-matrix printers, and offers a long-term hard-copy data logger.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Becker, John. "PIC Toolkit Mk2." Everyday Practical Electronics May 1999. pp.369-376; June 1999. pp.458-462.
Constructional article. 2 parts. An upgrade of the PIC16x84 Toolkit from Everyday Practical Electronics July 1998 to make it compatible with the '84 and '87 series PICs. PCB redesigned to accept both 18-pin '84s and 28/40-pin '87s.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Becker, John. "PIC16F87x Microcontrollers." Everyday Practical Electronics April 1999. pp.257-259.
Review.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Becker, John. "PIC16F87x Mini Tutorial." Everyday Practical Electronics October 1999. pp.742-748.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Becker, John. "PIC16x84 Toolkit." Everyday Practical Electronics July 1998. pp.526-535.
Constructional project. Programmer for the PIC16C84 and PIC16F84 using TASM and MPASM. Updated version published in May-June 1999 issues.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Becker, John. "Using PICs and Keypads." Everyday Practical Electronics January 2001. pp.28-31.
With notes on LCD displays.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Bedford, Mike. "Reduced Instruction Set Computers." Electronics Today International December 1985. pp.22-26.
Descriptive article.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Bedford, Mike. "The ETI SBC-09." Electronics Today International January 1991. pp.46-51, 62; February 1991. pp.50-55; Correction: April 1991. p.57.
Constructional article with PCB foils. A general purpose 6809 microcontroller system with 2K or 8K RAM and 16K of EPROM.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Berg, B. vom, and P. Groppe. "80C537 Microcontroller Board." Elektor Electronics June 1997. pp.44-49.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Programs the 80C537 (an 8051 variant) microcontroller using a PC. Software was available separately.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Bishop, Owen. "The World of PLCs." Everyday Practical Electronics July 2001. pp.504-509.
The use of Programmable Logic Controllers in industrial manufacture.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Böhling, H. -J. "80C32 BASIC Control Computer." Elektor Electronics Part 1: Introduction and Circuit Descriptions. February 1998. pp.30-33; Part 2: Construction and Testing. March 1998. pp.40-43, 45.
Two-board design. Runs the MCS-51 BASIC interpreter. 32Kb SRAM, 32Kb EPROM for the 8Kb interpreter and extensions, and up to 16Kb of EPROM space for programs. Schematic and PCB. Software available separately.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Böhling, H. -J., and D. Wulf. "MCS BASIC-52 v.1.3. Rejuvenating a Popular Interpreter." Elektor Electronics February 2001. pp.20-23.
The MCS BASIC-52 v.1.0 interpreter was originally developed by Intel in 1985 for the 8052-AH microcontroller. Intel has kindly released the interpreter as freeware, leading to on-going development.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Bricknell, Tony. "TMS77C82 Micro Controller." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Part 1: Vol. 9, No. 39. August-September 1990. pp.56-61.
Review.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Brown, Peter R. "Introduction to the Seven-Chip Microcomputer." Electronics and Computing Monthly January 1982. pp.30-31.
Series. Z8671-based 7-chip SBC. Schematics. Uses a Z6132 4K RAM, 2716 2K ROM, 1488 and 1489 serial chips, 74LS04 hex inverter, and 74LS373 octal latch.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Burkhardt, K. "LCD Driver for BASIC Stamp II." Elektor Electronics November 2000. pp.60-61.
SIPO driver allowing you to control an LCD using 4 leads.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Dietrich, J. "RS232 Interface for 68HC11." Elektor Electronics February 1998. Extra Supplement pp.6-8.
A 68HC11 processor board was published in the April 1994 issue of Elektor magazine.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Dittmann, D. "Adaptor Board for 18-Pin PICs." Elektor Electronics December 1997. pp.84-85.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Simulate an 18-pin PIC16C71 with a 28-pin PIC16C57.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
"DS5000 Soft Microcontroller from Dallas: 8051-Compatible." Elektor Electronics January 1998. pp.46-47, 49.
Application note. No author cited.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Gale, Patrick. "Why You May Need to FLASH!" Elektor Electronics June 1997. Microprocessors Supplement. pp.X-XI.
Description of FLASH Microcontrollers.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. "The 8031 Single Board Computer." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Part 1: Vol. 19, No. 149. May 2000. pp.25-27; Part 2: Vol. 19, No. 150. June 2000. pp.41-45.
SBC design in at least 3 parts.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. "The ETI 80188 Single Board Computer." Electronics Today International Part 1: January 1995. pp.20-25, 70.
Constructional article. Part 1 includes the schematic and PCB.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Gueulle, Patrick. "Mini PIC Programmer." Elektor Electronics June 1997. Microprocessors Supplement. pp.XII-XIII.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Software available separately. For the PIC16C84.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Hampshire, Nick. "PE SBC-1 (HD63701V)." Practical Electronics Part 1: June 1986. pp.36-38.
Constructional article in 4 parts. The 1 MHz Hitachi HD63701V microcontroller has 4K of on-chip EPROM, 192 bytes of RAM, with serial and parallel I/O. The instruction set is based upon that of the 6800. The circuit is designed to be built on a Eurocard with the HD63701V in 'expanded multiplexed' mode with an 8-line parallel port and two serial lines (using MC1488 and MC1489 ICs). The design uses four 8K x 8-bit memory chips, either HD6264 RAM or 2764 EPROM.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Ilett, Julyan. "How To Use Intelligent LCDs." Everyday Practical Electronics February 1997. pp.84-89; March 1997. pp.192-196.
2 parts.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Joostens, J. "Micro PLC System." Elektor Electronics Part 1 (hardware): December 1995. pp.74-79; Part 2 (the industrial PLC): January 1996. pp.7-11.
3 parts. Constructional article. Based on an 87C750 chip, a control computer designed to run programmable logic controller (PLC) functions. Part 1 includes the schematic and PCB. Titles vary, part 2 entitled "Hands-On PLC Programming (Part 1)".

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Kainka, B. "89S8252 Flash Microcontroller Board." Elektor Electronics December 2001. pp.54-60.
Used as the basis for a course on microcontrollers in Elektor. Capable of being programmed in BASIC and with 32Kb RAM, the board has many of the hallmarks of 1980s micros.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Kainka, B. "BASCOM-51: A New BASIC Compiler for the Elektor 89S8252 Flash Board." Elektor Electronics May 2002. pp.20-22.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
"Keypad Encoder IC with Serial Output." Elektor Electronics July/August 2001. p.107.
Notes on the EDE1144, designed to interface 16-key or less keypads to a microcontroller or processor.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Legrange, L. "PICXEX: An Operating System for PIC16C7x Processors." Elektor Electronics May 1998. pp.56-57, 59.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Lemmens, L. "ST62 Programmer." Elektor Electronics November 1996. pp.16-21, 23.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Programs ST621x, ST622a and ST626x microcontrollers using a PC. PD software was available separately.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Main, Jim. "PIC Micro-Probe." Everyday Practical Electronics December 1999. pp.870-872.
Constructional project. Hardware PIC debugger.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
"'Matchbox' BASIC Computer." Elektor Electronics Part 3: December 1995. pp.42-45.
3 parts. Constructional article. Based on an 87C51 chip, a derivative of the 8051. Software by Dr. M. Ohsmann.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Meikle, Colin. "8051-Based EEPROM Microcontrollers." Everyday Practical Electronics June 1998. pp.426-430.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Meikle, Colin. "Atmel AT89C2051/1051 Programmer." Everyday Practical Electronics June 1998. pp.432-438.
Constructional project.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Meikle, Colin. "Greenhouse Computer." Everyday Practical Electronics July 1998. pp.492-499; August 1998. pp.610-613; September 1998. pp.680-685.
Constructional project. 3 parts. AT89C2051-based. Uses MPT1340 standard 418MHz RF modules for communicating with a PC.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Mroz, Roman. "Multi-Purpose LCD with 68HC11: Timer, Thermometer or Thermostat." Elektor Electronics June 1997. Microprocessors Supplement. pp.IV-VIII.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Software available separately. Uses a 16-character, 1-line LM16155 LCD module.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Ohsmann, M. "AVR-RISC Evaluation System." Elektor Electronics Part 1: October 1998. Extra Supplement pp.6-9, 11.
2 parts. Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Software available separately. 90S1200-based.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Reelsen, H. "8032/8052 Single-Board Computer." Elektor Electronics May 1991. pp.17-23.
The Mark II version of the design published in November 1987. Constructional article. Built on a single-sided Eurocard. Can use an 8032, 80C32, or 8052AH-BASIC microcontroller. 32K ROM, 32K RAM, on-board EPROM programmer, memory back-up battery. To 15MHz (8032 or 8052AH-BASIC) or 24MHz (80C32). Includes a schematic, PCB, and program to unload the BASIC interpreter from the 8052AH-BASIC, transfer it to EPROM, and run it with an 8032 or 80C32.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Rietjens, A. "Faster MCS52 Processor." Elektor Electronics December 1996. p.62.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Allows a DS87C530 (running at up to 33MHz) to replace an 8031, 8032, 8051, or 8052 microcontroller.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Roberts, Mike. "Driving Serial EEPROMs." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 17, No. 128. August 1998. pp.62-65.
With code for the PIC chips and the 24LC16.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Schroeder, W. "PIC & AVR Programmer." Elektor Electronics June 1998. pp.26-31.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Windows 95-based software available separately. Programs PIC16C84, PIC16F84, AT90S1200, AT90S2313, AT90S4414, and AT90S8515 microcontrollers.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Schwark, S. "IDE Hard Disk Interface for 8-Bit Controllers." Elektor Electronics March 2001. pp.44-49.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Source, U. R. "The Zilog Z-8: A PEEK at the New Single-Chip Microcomputer from Zilog." Dr. Dobb's Journal June/July 1978, Vol. 3, No. 6. pp.28-30 (pp.267-269 of the annual volume).

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Stuart, Mark. "EPE Icebreaker." Everyday Practical Electronics March 2000. pp.193-199.
Constructional project. Real-Time PIC In-Circuit Emulator. Works with Microchip's MPLAB software. PIC16F877/874 and PIC16F876/873.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
"Two-Way 20-to-40 Pin Adapter Board for 89C1051/2051." Elektor Electronics December 1997. p.85.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Maps the pins of the 20-pin AT89C1051/2051 PDIP to the pins of the 40-pin 80C51 DIL. No author given.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Volpe, Prof. F. P., and B. Wegmann. "PIC17C Processor Board." Elektor Electronics September 2000. pp.28-34.
PIC17C756 microcontroller based SBC. The PIC17C75x instruction set appears on pp.73-74 of the same issue.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Waddington, Stephen. "Microcontroller Development Using the Stamp: Architecture Fundamentals." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Part 1: Vol. 17, No. 128. August 1998. pp.45-48; Part 2 (I/O features): Vol. 179, No. 129. September 1998. pp.44-48; Part 3 (application development): Vol. 17, No. 131. October 1998. pp.36-39.
3 part series.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Whitlock, Richard. "Single Chip Microcontroller." Electronics and Computing Monthly Part 1: October 1983. pp.35-38; Part 2: November 1983. pp.28-30; Part 3: December 1983. pp.89-90.
Details (including a circuit diagram and PCB layout) of a programmable controller based on the Motorola 68705.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Wiles, Malcolm. "Floating Point Maths for PICs." Everyday Practical Electronics November 2004. pp.810-812.
An introduction to Microchip's floating point maths routines for the PIC16F.

[Microcontrollers: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Burchell, Jonathan C. "Z-8 Program Development System." Radio and Electronics World I: February 1982. pp.12-17; II: March 1982. pp.12-17; III: April 1982. pp.31-34.
Constructional article. Z8-based development system using the Z8671 microcontroller (a Z8601 masked by Zilog to contain a 2K BASIC interpreter). Includes 8K RAM, an on-board 2716/2732 EPROM programmer, 4K utility software in EPROM, 19k2 serial interface, and a cassette interface.

[Microcontrollers: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Burchell, Jonathan C. "Autostarting the Z8 TBPDS." Radio and Electronics World July 1982. pp.79-80.
Constructional article.

[Microcontrollers: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Jasper, B. "Z8 Assembler in EPROM." Radio and Electronics World December 1982. pp.64-69.

[Microcontrollers: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Burchell, Jonathan C. "Minimum Chip Z8 System." Radio and Electronics World January 1983. pp.10-13.
Constructional article. Designed to execute programs developed using the full development system.

[Microcontrollers: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Hinder, Richard. "Z8 EXEC. An Operating System for the Z8 Microcomputer Board." Radio and Electronics World May 1983. pp.30-33.
A command-line interpreter supplied in three EPROMs with 15 commands, 6 routines, and an interrupt-driven real time clock.

[Microcontrollers: ART] Z-8 Program Development System.
Harris, Chris. "Z8 Backplane." Radio and Electronics World July 1983. pp.43-45.
Constructional article.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Zschocke, Bernard C. "Electronic Handyman: A Multi-Purpose RISC Microcontroller System." Elektor Electronics Part 1: December 1997. pp.14-15, 17; Part 2: January 1998. pp.26-29.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Software available separately. Incorporates an Atmel 90S1200 microcontroller.

[Microcontrollers: ART]
Zschocke, Bernard C. "Programmer for Electronic Handyman & AT90S1200: Hardware and PC Software for Programming Atmel RISCs." Elektor Electronics December 1997. pp.26-29.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Software available separately.

[OS: General]
Barron, David William. Computer Operating Systems. London: Chapman and Hall, 1971.
viii, 135pp. Reprinted: 1973; 1975; 1977. 2nd edition (with the title Computer Operating Systems for Micros, Minis and Mainframes): London: Chapman and Hall, 1984 (viii, 140pp).

[OS: General]
Blackburn, Lawrence, and Marcus Taylor. Introduction to Operating Systems. London: Pitman, 1985.
vi, 90pp.

[OS: General]
Brown, Peter John. Writing Interactive Compilers and Interpreters. Chichester: Wiley, 1979.
xvii, 265pp. Reprinted with corrections: 1980; 1981. Contents (1st edition): [1. Planning:] 1.1. Why Interactive?; 1.2. Planning Use of Resources; 1.3. Documentation; 1.4. Designing the Source Language and the User Interface; 1.5. Encoding the Compiler; [2. The Structure of a Compiler:] 2.1. Filling the Gaps; 2.2. Description of Terminology and Environment; 2.3. Source and Internal Languages; 2.4. Incremental Compiling; 2.5. Re-creating the Source Program; 2.6. Levels of Internal Language; 2.7. True Compilers; 2.8. Error Checking; 2.9. Error Messages; 2.10. Names, Scope, and Data Type; 2.11. Dictionaries and Tables; 2.12. Storage Management; 2.13. The Editor; 2.14. Input and Output; 2.15. Break-ins; 2.16. Summary of Design; [3. The Design of an Internal Language:] 3.1. Reverse Polish Notation; 3.2. Operators; 3.3. Encoding Reverse Polish; 3.4. A Brief Summary; [4. The Translator:] 4.1. Overall Translator Organization; 4.2. Lexical Analysis; 4.3. Grammars; 4.4. Using Grammars for Parsing; 4.5. Checking and Resolving Data Types; 4.6. Semantic Actions; [5. The Run-Time System:] 5.1. Error Detection and Diagnosis; 5.2. Executing Reverse Polish; 5.3. Allocating and Referencing User Variables; 5.4. Execution of Statements; 5.5. String Temporaries; [6. Other Modules:] 6.1. The Pre-run Module; 6.2. The Re-creator Module; 6.3. The Command Module; [7. Testing and Issuing:] 7.1. Testing the Compiler; 7.2. Issuing; [8. Some Advanced and Specialized Topics:] 8.1. Some Special Compilers; 8.2. Dynamic Compiling; Summary of the Deadly Sins.

[OS: General]
Colin, Andrew John Theodore. Introduction to Operating Systems. London: Macdonald; New York: American Elsevier, 1971.
vii, 120pp. Computer Monographs, 17.

[OS: General]
Cuttle, Geoffrey, and Philip Bedford Robinson, eds. Executive Programs and Operating Systems. London: Macdonald, 1970.
124pp. Reissue: London, Macdonald; New York, American Elsevier, 1970 ([10], 116pp; Computer Monographs, 10).

[OS: General]
Deitel, Harvey M. An Introduction to Operating Systems. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, [1983].
xxx, 673pp. Revised edition (cover states: 'Including case studies in: UNIX, VAX, CP/M, MVS, VM; with concurrent programming in Ada'): Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, [1984] (xxviii, 673pp). 2nd edition: Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1990 (xxvi, 853pp). 3rd edition (by Harvey M. Deitel, Paul J. Deitel, and David R. Choffnes with the title Operating Systems): Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2004 (lix, 1209pp).

[OS: General]
Gorman, Mary S., and S. Todd Stubbs. Introduction to Operating Systems: A Survey Course. [Boston, Massachusetts]: South-Western Computer Education [Course Technology], 2000.
x, 254pp. Covers: MS-DOS, Windows, Mac OS, Linux, Windows NT, and Novell Netware.

[OS: General]
Holland, R. C. Microprocessors and their Operating Systems: A Comprehensive Guide to 8-, 16- and 32-Bit Hardware, Assembly Language and Computer Architecture. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1989.
viii, 186pp. Contents: 1. Microcomputer Principles; 2. Intel 8080/8085 Family (8-Bit); 3. Zilog Z80; 4. Motorola MC6800 Family (8-Bit); 5. MOS Technology MCS6500 Family (8-Bit); 6. Intel 8086/8088 Family (16-Bit); 7. Motorola MC68000 Family (16-Bit); 8. Zilog Z891 Family (16-Bit); 9. 32-Bit Microprocessors; 10. High-Level Languages; 11. The CP/M Operating System; 12. The PC-DOS (MS-DOS) Operating System; 13. The UNIX Operating System.

[OS: General]
Nutt, Gary J. Centralized and Distributed Operating Systems. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1991.
x, 418pp.

[OS: General]
Nutt, Gary J. Operating Systems: A Modern Perspective. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1997.
xxii, 630pp. 2nd edition: Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 2000 (xxvii, 611pp). 2nd edition, Lab update: Boston, Massachusetts: Addison Wesley, 2001 (xxvii, 679pp).

[OS: General]
Ritchie, Colin. Operating Systems. Incorporating UNIX and MS-DOS. London: DP, 1992.
vii, 226pp. 2nd edition: London: DP, 1995 (viii, 232pp); 3rd edition (with the title Operating Systems. Incorporating Unix and Windows): London: Letts Educational, 1997 (xiv, 277pp); 4th edition: London: Continuum, 2003 (xiv, 279pp).

[OS: General]
Shay, William A. An Introduction to Operating Systems. Glenview, Illinois: HarperCollinsCollege, 1992.
xi, 611pp.

[OS: General]
Silberschatz, Abraham, and James Lyle Peterson. Operating System Concepts. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1983.
548pp. Reprinted in a number of 'alternate' editions, recorded as: 1985 (2nd, xiv, 625pp, chapter on UNIX added); 1987 (2nd, reprinted); 1988 (Alternate edition, xiii, 573pp, this text 'reordered the presentation to discuss the process concept very early...and eventually replaced the second edition'); 1991 (3rd, xviii, 696pp, additional author: Peter Baer Galvin, case studies: 4.3BSD and Mach); 1994 (4th, xvi, 780pp); 1998 (5th, xvii, 888pp); 1999 (5th, reprinted); 2001 (Windows 2000 Supplement Chapter to Accompany Operating System Concepts, Fifth Edition, New York: Wiley, 2001, pp.805-849); New York: John Wiley & Sons, 2002 (6th, xxi, 887pp, additional author: Greg Gagne); New York: Wiley, 2003 (xix, 945pp, 'Windows XP Update'); New York: Wiley, 2003 (6th, xxi, 951pp, 'Windows XP Update'); 2003 (6th, 'with Java', xxiii, 952pp); Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, 2004 (6th, 'with Java', xxiii, 952pp, 'This text blends the material from the sixth edition of Operating System Concepts and the first edition of Applied Operating System Concepts'); Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, 2005 (7th, xxii, 921pp); Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, 2007 (7th, 'with Java', xxiv, 966pp). The 6th edition was also published in Italian, Sistemi Operativi: Concetti ed Esempi, Rome: Pearson Education Italia, 2002 (xxiii, 934pp). Publication dates for some editions are uncertain. The content of the work alters considerably across editions. Contents (3rd edition): [Part 1: Overview:] 1. Introduction; 2. Computer System Structures; 3. Operating System Structures; [Part 2: Process Management:] 4. Processes; 5. Process Coordination; 6. Deadlocks; [Part 3: Storage Management:] 7. Memory Management; 8. Virtual Memory; 9. Secondary Storage Management; [Part 4: Files and Protection:] 10. File Systems; 11. Protection; [Part 5:] 12. Distributed System Structures; 13. Distributed Coordination; 14. Distributed File Systems; [Part 6: Case Studies:] 15. The UNIX Operating System; 16. The Mach Operating System; 17. Historical Perspective.

[OS: General]
Switzer, Robert L. Operating Systems: A Practical Approach. New York: Prentice-Hall, 1993.
xi, 463pp.

[OS: General]
Tanenbaum, Andrew S. Operating Systems: Design and Implementation. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1987.
xvi, 719pp. 2nd edition (additional author: Alfred Woodhull): Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1997 (xvii, 939pp; with a CD-ROM). 3rd edition: Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2006 (xvii, 1054pp; with a CD-ROM). 'This book describes a small, but real UNIX-like operating system: MINIX. The book demonstrates how it works while illustrating the principles behind it.'

[OS: General]
Trevennor, Alan. Operating Systems: A User-Friendly Guide. Wilmslow, Cheshire: Sigma, [c.1984].
167pp. Primarily works from DEC OSs as examples. Covers minicomputers and microcomputers.

[OS: General]
Turner, Raymond W. Operating Systems: Design and Implementation. New York: Macmillan; London: Collier-Macmillan, 1986.
xi, 258pp.

[OS General: ART]
Clements, A. "Keeping an Orderly House: Monitors for Microprocessors." Personal Computer World November 1978. pp.60-65.
Monitor program design issues, particularly MIKBUG and FBUG.

[OS: General: ART]
Owen, William. "My Kingdom for an OS." Electronics and Computing Monthly February 1985. pp.48-50.
Overview of operating system functions.

[OS: BeOS]
Brown, Martin C. BeOS: Porting UNIX Applications. San Francisco: Morgan Kaufmann, 1998.

[OS: BeOS]
Giampaolo, Dominic. Practical File System Design with the Be File System. San Francisco: Morgan Kaufmann, 1998.

[OS: BeOS]
Hacker, Scot, Henry Bortman, and Chris Herborth. The BeOS Bible. Berkeley, California: Peachpit Press, 1999.
xxvii, 916pp. Cover states: 'Covers version R4 of BeOS on Intel/PowerPC'. Contents: 1. The MediaOS; 2. Meet the System; 3. Installation; 4. Get Online Fast; 5. Files and the Tracker; 6. The Terminal; 7. Working with Queries; 8. Networking; 9. Preferences and Customization; 10. System Tools and Utilities; 11. Network Applications; 12. Productivity Applications; 13. Graphics Applications; 14. Media Applications; 15. Other Goodies; 16. Troubleshooting and Maintenance. Includes interviews with Jean-Louis Gassée, Peter Potrebic, Bob Herold, Pavel Cisler, Cyril Meurillon, George Hoffman, Russ McMahon, Hiroshi Lockheimer, Dominic Giampaolo, Pierre Raynaud-Richard, Jon Watte, and Tim Martin.

[OS: BeOS]
Sydow, Dan Parks. Programming the Be Operating System. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly, 1999.

[OS: CP/M]
Arnow, Murray. The Apple CP/M Book. Glenview, Illinois: Scott, Foresman, [1985].

[OS: CP/M]
Barbier, Ken. CP/M Assembly Language Programming. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, [1983].

[OS: CP/M]
Barbier, Ken. CP/M Solutions. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.; London: Prentice-Hall, 1985.

[OS: CP/M]
Barbier, Ken. CP/M Techniques. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.; London: Prentice-Hall, [1984].

[OS: CP/M]
Bove, Tony, and Cheryl Rhodes. InfoWorld's Essential Guide to CP/M. New York: Harper & Row, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Bove, Tony, and Cheryl Rhodes. The Users Guide to CP/M Systems. New York: Baen Books, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Breder, Pavel. Power! A User-Orientated, Intelligent Front End for CP/M. San Francisco, California: Computing, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Brigham, Bruce. CP/M Programmer's Encyclopedia. Indianapolis: Que, [1984].

[OS: CP/M]
Brigham, Bruce, ed. CP/M Summary Guide for Version 1.4 and 2.0. Glastonbury: Rosetta Stone, 1980.

[OS: CP/M]
Brookes, Graham R., G. A. Manson, and J. A. Thompson. CP/M 80 System Programming. Oxford: Blackwell Scientific, 1985.

[OS: CP/M]
Campbell, John Lloyd. CP/M Plus on the Amstrad PCW. Oxford: New Tech, 1992.

[OS: CP/M]
Chan, Yuk Lun. "Local Area Network with Concurrent CP/M as the Host System." PhD Thesis. Cardiff, 1988.

[OS: CP/M]
Clarke, Andrew R. M., and David Powys-Lybbe. The Amstrad CP/M Plus. 2nd edition; London: M.M.L. Systems, 1986.

[OS: CP/M]
Clarke, Andrew R. M., John Michael Eaton, and David Powys-Lybbe. CP/M: The Software Bus. A Programmer's Companion. Wilmslow: Sigma Technical, [1983].

[OS: CP/M]
Conn, Richard L. ZCPR3: The Libraries. Palo Alto Hills, California: Echelon, 1985.
ZCPR (version 3) replaced CP/M's normal CCP (Console Command Processor). ZCPR stands for 'Z80 Command Processor Replacement'.

[OS: CP/M]
Conn, Richard L. ZCPR3: The Manual. The CP/M-80 Super Console Command Processor Replacement. Give Your 8-Bit CP/M System UNIX-Like Flexibility and Speed. New York: New York Zoetrope, 1985.
351pp. ZCPR (version 3) replaced CP/M's normal CCP (Console Command Processor). ZCPR stands for 'Z80 Command Processor Replacement'.

[OS: CP/M]
Cortesi, David E. Inside Concurrent CP/M. A Guide for Users. New York; London: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, [1984].

[OS: CP/M]
Cortesi, David E. Inside CP/M. A Guide for Users and Programmers with CP/M-86 and MP/M2. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, [1982].

[OS: CP/M]
Cortesi, David E. Inside CP/M-86. A Guide for Users. New York; London: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Cortesi, David E. Inside CP/M-86 Plus. A Guide for Users. New York; London: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, [1984].

[OS: CP/M]
Cortesi, David E. A Programmer's Notebook: Utilities for CP/M-80. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing Co., 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
The CP/M Software Library Catalogue. [Dartford, Kent]: CP/M User Group UK, 1985.
[5], 78, [46]pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Dahmke, Mark. The Byte Guide to CP/M-86. New York; London: McGraw-Hill, [1984].

[OS: CP/M]
Datapro/McGraw-Hill Guide to CP/M Software. Delran, N.J.; New York: Datapro Research Corporation: McGraw-Hill, [1983].
2nd edition: [1985].

[OS: CP/M]
Dennon, Jack D. CP/M Revealed. Rochelle Park, N.J.: Hayden, 1982.

[OS: CP/M]
Desaultels, Edouard J., Michael V. Laric, and M. Ronald Stiff. SuperCalc for CP/M Based Computers. Dubuque, Iowa: William C. Brown, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Devoney, C. CP/M Word Processing. Indianapolis: QUE Publishing Corporation, 1982.

[OS: CP/M]
Digital Research. CP/M Interface Guide. Revised edition; Pacific Grove, California: Digital Research, [1978].
38pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Digital Research. CP/M System Alteration Guide. Revised edition; Pacific Grove, California: Digital Research, [1978].
[47]pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Digital Research. Programmer's Utilities Guide for the CP/M Family of Operating Systems. Pacific Grove, California: Digital Research, 1982.

[OS: CP/M]
Digital Research. CP/M 2.2 with GSX Graphics for the BBC Microcomputer with Z80 Second Processor. 3rd edition; Cambridge: Acorn Computers, 1983.
Cover title: CP/M Operating System Manual.

[OS: CP/M]
Digital Research. Concurrent CP/M-86 Operating System Programmer's Utilities Guide. Pacific Grove, California: Digital Research, March 1983.
Perfect bound. Multi-paged. Contents: 1. Introduction to ASM-86; 2. Elements of ASM-86 Assembly Language; 3. Assembler Directives; 4. The ASM-86 Instruction Set; 5. Code-Macro Facilities; 6. DDT-86; Appendices. Coded: 1034-3000.

[OS: CP/M]
Digital Research. Concurrent CP/M Operating System Programmer's Reference Guide. Pacific Grove, California: Digital Research, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Digital Research. Concurrent CP/M Operating System User's Guide, Release 3.1. Pacific Grove, California: Digital Research, January 1984.
Ring bound, in a slip-case. Multi-paged. Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Getting Started; 3. Concurrent CP/M Command Summary; 4. ED, the Concurrent CP/M Context Editor; Appendices. Coded: 1034-2003.

[OS: CP/M]
Digital Research. The CP/M Software Finder. Pacific Grove, California: Digital Research, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Disz, Terrence L. Fast Reference Guide to CP/M. Hasbrouck Heights, N.J.: Hayden, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Dwyer, Thomas A., and Margot Critchfield. CP/M and the Personal Computer. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, [1983].

[OS: CP/M]
Dwyer, Thomas A., and Margot Critchfield. Pocket Guide to CP/M. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
Fernandez, Judi N., and Ruth Ashley. CP/M for the IBM: Using CP/M-86. New York; Chichester: Wiley, [1983].

[OS: CP/M]
Fernandez, Judi N., and Ruth Ashley. Using CP/M. New York: Wiley, [1980].

[OS: CP/M]
Frankel, Steven M. The Compleat Apple CP/M. For the Microsoft SoftCard, Microsoft Premium SoftCard IIe, ALS Z-Card II, ALS The CPM Card, PCPI APPLI-CARD, and Micropro StarCard. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing Co., 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Gelb, Neil G. Using COBOL in an MP/M System. Indianapolis, Indiana: Sams, 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
Good, Phillip I. A Critic's Guide to Software for CP/M Computers. Radnor, Philadelphia: Chilton, 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
Gosling, Peter Edward. Using CP/M. Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1985.

[OS: CP/M]
Halamka, John D. The Best of CP/M Software. Berkeley, California: Sybex, [1984].

[OS: CP/M]
Hoenig, Alan. Wordstar for CP/M Based Computers. Dubuque, Iowa: William C. Brown, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Hogan, Thom. Osborne CP/M User Guide. Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, [1981].
2nd edition: 1982; 3rd edition: 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Hughes, Lawrence E. System Programming Under CP/M-80. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing Co., [1983].

[OS: CP/M]
The Human Connection. Using CP/M on your Kaypro 10. Blue Ridge Summit, Philadelphia: Tab Books, [1984].
The Human Connection is a firm.

[OS: CP/M]
Ingraham, Curtis A. CP/M Diskguide. Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
Jakes, Susan Eileen. "Esachem: A CP/M Based Interactive Computer Simulation of Searching Chemical Abstracts on ESA-IRS." M.Sc. Thesis. University of Sheffield, Department of Information Studies, 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
Johnson-Laird, Andy. The Programmer's CP/M Handbook. Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, [1983].

[OS: CP/M]
Kewney, Guy. How-To-Card for Aaargh!Star: The Easy Way to Recover CP/M Files 'Lost' in Memory. London: Iansyst, [1983].
Folded sheet.

[OS: CP/M]
King, Gordon. Z-80 Assembler for CP/M. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Lee, John David. Wordstar and CP/M Made Easy. Chichester; New York: Wiley, [1983].

[OS: CP/M]
Libes, Sol, ed. Programmer's Guide to CP/M. Morris Plains, N.J.: Microsystems Press, 1982.

[OS: CP/M]
Likens, Chris, and Rolland Love, comps. CP/M Software Directory. New York: Bowker, 1984.
This may be a periodical publication.

[OS: CP/M]
Lindsay, Jon. CP/M-86 Assembly Language Programming. New York: Brady Communications Co., 1986.

[OS: CP/M]
Lindsay, Jon. Introduction to CP/M Assembly Language. 2nd edition; [n.p.]: Executive Computer, 1983.
3rd edition: Hasbrouck Heights, N.J.: Hayden Book Co., 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
McBride, P. K. An Introduction to CP/M Plus on Amstrad Computers. Includes CP/M 2.2. Barnet, Hertfordshire: Glentop, 1986.

[OS: CP/M]
McCabe, Frank G. Micro-PROLOG: Programmer's Reference Manual. CP/M Version. 2nd edition; London: Logic Programming Associates Ltd., 1981.
70pp. 3rd edition (Micro-PROLOG 3.0) by Frank G. McCabe and K. L. Clark, 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
Miller, Alan R. The CP/M Plus Handbook. Berkeley: Sybex, [1984].

[OS: CP/M]
Miller, Alan R. Mastering CP/M. Berkeley: Sybex, [1983].

[OS: CP/M]
Morrell, Barry, and Peter Whittle. CP/M 80 Programmer's Guide. London: Macmillan, 1985.

[OS: CP/M]
Murtha, Stephen M., and Mitchell Waite. CP/M Primer. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, [1980].
2nd edition: 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
Myaskovsky, Robert, ed. Index to CP/M Software. 3rd edition; Santa Monica, California: Small Systems Group, 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
Patten, Rob, and Paul Calandrino. Getting Started with CP/M. Rochelle Park, N.J.: Hayden Book Co., 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
Penfold, R. A. An Introduction to CP/M. London: Babani, 1986.

[OS: CP/M]
Perry, James T., and Robert F. McJunkins. CP/M for the Kaypro. With an Introduction to dBASE II. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Perry, James T., and Robert F. McJunkins. A User-Friendly Guide to CP/M. With an Introduction to dBASE II. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing Co., [1983].

[OS: CP/M]
Purdum, Jack Jay. BASIC-80 and CP/M. New York: Macmillan; London: Collier Macmillan, 1983.
xiii, 220pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Sachs, Jonathan. The Osborne/McGraw-Hill CP/M-86 User's Guide. Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 1985.
viii, 568pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Sinclair, Ian Robertson. Introducing Amstrad CP/M Assembly Language. London: Collins, 1986.
[160]pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Smith, Bruce. Introducing CP/M on the BBC Micro Z80 Second Processor. London: Collins, 1985.
171pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Stultz, Russell Allen. The Illustrated CP/M-WordStar Dictionary. With MailMerge and SpellStar Operations. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1983.
x, 258pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Terry, N. S. A Distributed CP/M Filestore Using Non-CP/M Machines. Progress Report.[Leeds]: Univ. of Leeds, Department of Computer Studies, 1984.
Technical Report, 186.

[OS: CP/M]
Townsend, Carl. CP/M Database Management Systems. Beaverton, Oregon: Dilithium Press, 1983.
xii, 302pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Townsend, Carl. Exploring Word Processors. CP/M edition. Beaverton, Oregon: Dilithium Press, 1984.
viii, 239pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Townsend, Carl. How to Get Started with CP/M (Control Program for Microcomputers). Blue Ridge Summit, Pennsylvania: TAB Books, 1982.
127pp. Updated edition: Beaverton, Oregon: Dilithium Press, [1983] (158pp; copyright date '1981' but front cover states: 'Update! Includes new suppliers, manufacturers, and user groups', and dated [1983?] in the Library of Congress catalogue). Contents (Dilithium Press edition): 1. Who Needs an Operating System?; 2. CP/M Overview; 3. Shopping for CP/M Hardware; 4. Your First CP/M Session; 5. Files, Records, and Disks; 6. Using the Utilities; 7. Back-Up Procedures and Disk Care; 8. The Editor - Introduction; 9. Word Processing and Spoolers; 10. CP/M Compatible Programming Languages; [Appendices:] A. CP/M Memory Map; B. CP/M Hardware Suppliers; C. CP/M Software Suppliers; D. CP/M Diagnostics; E. CP/M User Groups; F. Glossary.

[OS: CP/M]
Townsend, Carl. Practical Guide to CP/M. Beaverton, Oregon: Dilithium Press, 1983.
x, 224pp.

[OS: CP/M]
University of Glasgow. Computing Service. ECCE and SCREEN under CP/M. Glasgow: University Computing Service, 1982.
User Guide, E3/1. ii, 37pp.

[OS: CP/M]
Vision Associates, ed. The CP/M Software Directory for Professional Microcomputers. Cambridge: Cambridge Information and Research Services, [1983-1984].
Periodical. Annual.

[OS: CP/M]
Waite, Mitchell, and John Angermeyer. CP/M Bible. The Authoritative Reference Guide to CP/M. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1983.
429pp. Illustrated by T. R. Emrick.

[OS: CP/M]
Waite, Mitchell, and Robert Lafore. Soul of CP/M: How to Use the Hidden Power of Your CP/M System. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1983.

[OS: CP/M]
Weber, Jeffrey R. CP/M Simplified. Cleveland, Ohio: Weber Systems, 1982.

[OS: CP/M]
Yeung, Bik-Chung. Programming the Z80 Under CP-M. London: Butterworth, 1984.

[OS: CP/M]
Zaks, Rodnay. The CP/M Handbook with MP/M. Berkeley, California: Sybex, [1980].

[OS: CP/M: ART]
Barker, Philip. "Introducing CP/M." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1982. pp.22-28.
Thorough overview. Includes details of the implementation of CP/M on a PET using the Softbox.

[OS: DR/Novell/OpenDOS: ART]
Cruikshank, Alex. "Caldera OpenDOS 7.01." PC Direct December 1997. p.553.
Review.

[OS: DR/Novell/OpenDOS: ART]
Holbrook, Matthew. "Operating Systems." Computer Shopper December 1998, No. 130. pp.861-863.
Review of DR-DOS 7.02 for OEM PCs, the DR System Builder Kit, and DR WebSpyder 2.

[OS: DR/Novell/OpenDOS: ART]
Holbrook, Matthew. "Network Shopper: Paging DR-DOS." Computer Shopper March 2000, No. 145. pp.601-602.
Background to the complex ownership of DR-DOS.

[OS: FLEX: ART]
Edward, T. E. "Lost Sector." Electronics and Computing Monthly May 1984. pp.34-35.
Machine code listing. Disk recovery software for the FLEX OS.

[OS: FLEX: ART]
Izod, Paul, and Alan Stirling. "FLEX Explained." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1983. pp.44-46.
Describes the FLEX-9 OS with particular reference to the E&CM computer.

[OS: GEM]
Balma, Phillip, and William Fitler. Programmer's Guide to GEM. Berkeley; London: Sybex, [1986].

[OS: GEM]
Digital Research. The GEM Software Directory. Newbury, Berkshire: Digital Research, 1987.
Issued as an annual periodical.

[OS: GEM]
Guzaitis, Joe, Joe Byrd, and Phil Balma. The World of GEM. Englewood Cliffs; London: Prentice-Hall, [1987].

[OS: GEM]
Hall, Patrick J. Introduction to PC Computing: MS-DOS, GEM & BASIC on the PC200 & PC compatibles. Wilmslow: Sigma, 1989.

[OS: GEM]
Howling, Barry, and Andrew Pepper. A Programmer's Guide to GEM on the IBM PC and Compatibles. Wilmslow: Sigma, 1988.

[OS: GEM]
Lang, Kathy. Getting it Done with GEM. London: Heinemann, 1986.

[OS: GEM]
Lang, Kathy. Using GEM on the Amstrad PC. Barnet: Glentop, 1986.

[OS: GEM]
Lawrence, David, and Mark England. Working with Gem on the IBM PC. London: Sunshine, 1986.

[OS: GEM]
Morris, Stephen. Presentation Graphics with GEM. London: Heinemann, 1986.

[OS: GEM]
Penfold, J. W. A Concise Introduction to GEM. London: Babani, 1989.

[OS: GEM]
Prochnow, Dave. The GEM Operating System Handbook. Blue Ridge Summit, Philadelphia: Tab Books, 1986.

[OS: GEM]
Szczepanowski, Norbert, and Bernd Gunther. Atari ST GEM Programmer's Reference: The Complete Guide to Programming the ST Using the Graphics Environment Manager. Grand Rapids, Michigan: Abacus Software, [c.1986-1987].
Vol. 3 in the series. A Data Becker book. Copyright statements for 1985 (Data Becker GmbH, Düsseldorf, Germany) and 1986-1987 (Abacus). 4th printing: October 1988. Contents (4th printing): GEM Organization in the Atari ST; Programming with GEM; Inside GEM: The VDI; Inside GEM: The VDS; Overview of the VDI Functions; Overview of the AES Functions; 68000 Instructions. With an optional 3.5" floppy disk.

[OS: GEM: ART]
Lawrence, David, and Mark England. "The Gem in the Crown." Popular Computing Weekly Vol. 5, No. 7. 13-19 February 1986. pp.16-17.

[OS: GEM: ART]
Pennell, Andy. "A Jewel in the Crown." Popular Computing Weekly Vol. 4, No. 10. 7-13 March 1985. pp.14-15.
Review of Digital Research's Graphical Environment Manager (GEM) WIMP-based OS.

[OS: Linux]
DiBona, Chris, Sam Ockman, and Mark Stone, eds. Open Sources: Voices of the Open Source Revolution. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly Media Inc., January 1999.
viii, 272pp. Contents: 1. Introduction (Chris diBona, Sam Ockman, and Mark Stone); 2. A Brief History of Hackerdom (Eric S. Raymond); 3. Twenty Years of Berkeley Unix: From AT&T-Owned to Freely Redistributable (Marshall Kirk McKusick); 4. The Internet Engineering Task Force (Scott Bradner); 5. The GNU Operating System and the Free Software Movement (Richard Stallman); 6. Future of Cygnus Solutions: An Entrepreneur's Account (Michael Tiemann); 7. Software Engineering (Paul Vixie); 8. The Linux Edge (Linus Torvalds); 9. Giving It Away: How Red Hat Software Stumbled Across a New Economic Model and Helped Improve an Industry (Robert Young); 10. Diligence, Patience, and Humility (Larry Wall); 11. Open Source as a Business Strategy (Brian Behlendorf); 12. The Open Source Definition (Bruce Perens); 13. Hardware, Software, and Infoware (Tim O'Reilly); 14. Freeing the Source: The Story of Mozilla (Jim Hamerly, Tom Paquin, and Susan Walton); 15. The Revenge of the Hackers (Eric S. Raymond); Appendix A: The Tanenbaum-Torvalds Debate; Appendix B: The Open Source Definition, Version 1.0.

[OS: Linux]
DiBona, Chris, Danese Cooper, and Mark Stone, eds. Open Sources 2.0. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly Media Inc., October 2005.
xl, 445pp. Contents: Foreword: Source is Everything (Kim Polese); I: Open Source: Competition and Evolution; 1. The Mozilla Project: Past and Future (Mitchell Baker); 2. Open Source and Proprietary Software Development (Chris DiBona); 3. A Tale of Two Standards (Jeremy Allison); 4. Open Source and Security (Ben Laurie); 5. Dual Licensing (Michael Olson); 6. Open Source and the Commoditization of Software (Ian Murdock); 7. Open Source and the Commodity Urge: Disruptive Models for a Disruptive Development Process (Matthew N. Asay); 8. Under the Hood: Open Source and Open Standards Business Models in Context (Stephen R. Walli); 9. Open Source and the Small Entrepreneur (Russ Nelson); 10. Why Open Source Needs Copyright Politics (Wendy Seltzer); 11. Libre Software in Europe (Jesus M. Gonzalez-Barahona and Gregorio Robles); 12. OSS in India (Alolita Sharma and Robert Adkins); 13. When China Dances with OSS (Boon-Lock Yen, Louisa Liu, and Sunil Saxena); 14. How Much Freedom Do You Want? (Bruno Souza); II: Beyond Open Source: Collaboration and Community; 15. Making a New World (Doc Searls); 16. The Open Source Paradigm Shift (Tim O'Reilly); 17. Extending Open Source Principles Beyond Software Development (Pamela Jones); 18. Open Source Biology (Andrew Hessel); 19. Everything is Known (Eugene Kim); 20. The Early History of Nupedia and Wikipedia: A Memoir (Larry Sanger); 21. Open Beyond Software (Sonali K. Shah); 22. Patterns of Governance in Open Source (Steven Weber); 23. Communicating Many to Many (Jeff Bates and Mark Stone); Appendix A: The Open Source Definition; Appendix B: Referenced Open Source Licenses; Appendix C: Columns from Slashdot.

[OS: Linux]
Gropp, William, Ewing Lusk, and Thomas Sterling. Beowulf Cluster Computing with Linux. 2nd edition; Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 2003.

[OS: Linux]
Hollabaugh, Craig. Embedded Linux: Hardware, Software, and Interfacing. Boston: Addison-Wesley, 2002.

[OS: Linux]
Linux Answers. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [November 1999-].
Periodical. Issue 1: November 1999. Sold with a covermounted CD-ROM.

[OS: Linux]
Linux Journal: The Monthly Magazine of the Linux Community. Seattle, Washington: Specialized Systems Consultants, [March 1994-].
Periodical. Monthly. Founded by Phil Hughes.

[OS: Linux]
Linux Magazine. Macclesfield, Cheshire: Linux New Media, [October 2000-].
Periodical. Issue 1: October 2000. Launch editor: Julian Moss. Sold with a covermounted CD-ROM.

[OS: Linux]
Love, Robert. Linux Kernel Development: A Practical Guide to the Design and Implementation of the Linux Kernel. Indianapolis, Indiana: Sams; London: Pearson Education, 2003.

[OS: Linux]
Moody, Glyn. Rebel Code: Inside Linux and the Open Source Revolution. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Perseus Publishing, January 2001.
viii, 334pp. London; New York: Allen Lane, 2001 (viii, 334pp). New York: Basic Books, 2002 (x, 342pp). London: Penguin, 2002 (viii, 343pp). Contents (Perseus Publishing edition): 1. The Coolest Year; 2. The New GNU Thing; 3. A Minor Rebellion; 4. Factor X; 5. Patching Up; 6. Root then Boot; 7. Linus 2.0; 8. Learning from Berkeley; 9. The Art of Code; 10. Low-Down in the Valley; 11. Free the Lizard; 12. A Foothold; 13. Alliances and IPOs; 14. Open for Business; 15. Trolls Versus Gnomes; 16. Lies, Damned Lies, and Benchmarks; 17. Tomorrow's Hothouse; 18. Beyond the Market.

[OS: Linux]
Raymond, Eric S. The Cathedral and the Bazaar. Musings on Linux and Open Source by an Accidental Revolutionary. Cambridge, Massachusetts: O'Reilly, 1999.
Revised edition: Cambridge, Massachusetts: O'Reilly, 2001.

[OS: Linux]
Rubini, Alessandro. Linux Device Drivers. Cambridge: O'Reilly, 1998.
2nd edition (to v.2.4 of the kernel) by Alessandro Rubini and Jonathan Corbet, Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly, 2001; 3rd edition (to v.2.6.10 of the kernel) by Alessandro Rubini, Jonathan Corbet, and Greg Kroah-Hartman, Beijing; Cambridge: O'Reilly, 2005.

[OS: Linux]
Strobel, Stefan, and Thomas Uhl. Linux: Unleashing the Workstation in your PC. 3rd edition; New York: Springer, 1997.
Translated by Robert Bach & Aileen Derieg. 1st English edition published in 1994, 2nd in 1996. Original German title: Linux: vom PC zur Workstation.

[OS: Linux]
Williams, Sam. Free as in Freedom. Richard Stallman's Crusade for Free Software. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly, 2002.
xii, 225pp. Contents: 1. For Want of a Printer; 2. 2001: A Hacker Odyssey; 3. A Portrait of the Hacker as a Young Man; 4. Impeach God; 5. Small Puddle of Freedom; 6. The Emacs Commune; 7. A Stark Moral Choice; 8. St. Ignucius; 9. The GNU General Public License; 10. GNU/Linux; 11. Open Source; 12. A Brief Journey Through Hacker Hell; 13. Continuing the Fight; Epilogue: Crushing Loneliness; [Appendices:] A. Terminology; B. Hack, Hackers, and Hacking; C. GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

[OS: Linux]
Yaghmour, Karim. Building Embedded Linux Systems. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly, 2003.

[OS: Linux: ART]
Fairhead, Harry. "Wizard of OS." Computer Shopper January 2000, No. 143. pp.581-583.
Review of Caldera Linux.

[OS: MINIX]
Tanenbaum, Andrew S. Operating Systems: Design and Implementation. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1987.
xvi, 719pp. 2nd edition (additional author: Alfred Woodhull): Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1997 (xvii, 939pp; with a CD-ROM). 3rd edition: Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2006 (xvii, 1054pp; with a CD-ROM). 'This book describes a small, but real UNIX-like operating system: MINIX. The book demonstrates how it works while illustrating the principles behind it.'

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS: Manual]
Compaq Computer Corporation. MS-DOS Version 3.2 Reference Guide. [n.p.]: Compaq Computer Corporation, 1987.
1st edition: February 1987. Ring bound, multi-paged. Binder has the title MS-DOS Version 3 Reference Guide. Assembly: 106650-001; Text: 106651-001; Binder: 106652-001. Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Files and File Structure; 3. Command Structure; 4. Commands; 5. Configuration Commands; 6. DISKINIT; 7. FDISK; 8. TAPE; 9. CMPQADAP; 10. EDLIN; 11. LINK; 12. DEBUG; Appendix A. Error Messages; Appendix B. ASCII Character Codes; Appendix C. File Attributes.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS: Manual]
Microsoft Corporation. MS-DOS Version 3.3; GW-BASIC Version 3.2. [n.p.]: Microsoft Corporation for Hyundai, 1987.
590pp. [Part I: MS-DOS:] 1. More about Files and Directories; 2. About Commands; 3. MS-DOS Commands; 4. Batch Processing; 5. MS-DOS Editing and Function Keys; 6. The Line Editor (EDLIN); 7. Link: A Linker; 8. Debug; Appendix A. Instructions for Users with Single Floppy Disk Drive Systems; Appendix B. How to Configure Your System; Appendix C. Installable Device Drivers; Appendix D. Configuring Your Hard Disk (FDISK); Appendix E. How to Use Code Pages; Appendix F. MS-DOS Message Directory; Index; [Part II: GW-BASIC:] 1. Introduction; 2. Using the GW-BASIC Interpreter; 3. Writing Programs Using the GW-BASIC Editor; 4. Working with Files and Devices; 5. Using Advanced Features; 6. Language Reference; Appendix A. ASCII Character Codes; Appendix B. Error Codes and Error Messages; Appendix C. Mathematical Functions Not Intrinsic to GW-BASIC; Index. Document Nos. 410630013-330-R04-0787; 410130001-320-000-0286. Coded: E4009203802A.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS: Manual]
Seiko Epson Corporation. Epson DOS 4 ...Getting More. Suwa, Japan: Seiko Epson Corporation, 1989.
Spiral bound manual for MS-DOS 4 running on Epson PCs. 350pp. Text has the printed [date] '1.20.89' on the rear cover. Other codes: '89.08-10A [G-01]' (rear cover) and 'Y19199100701' [final '01' smaller] (front cover).

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS: Manual]
Seiko Epson Corporation. Epson DOS 4 ...In Action. Suwa, Japan: Seiko Epson Corporation, 1989.
Spiral bound introduction to Epson PCs running MS-DOS 4. 66pp. Text has the printed [date] '1.20.89' on the rear cover. Other codes: '89.08-10A [G-01]' (rear cover) and 'Y19199100601' [final '01' smaller] (front cover).

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Cooper, Jim. Using MS-DOS 6.22. Special Edition. Indianapolis, Indiana: Que, 2002.
xxix, 1022pp. Given as the 3rd edition (in a series with varying titles).

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Duncan, Ray. Advanced MS-DOS Programming: The Microsoft Guide for Assembly Language and C Programmers. Redmond, Washington: Microsoft Press, 1988.
xii, 468pp. ISBN 0-914845-77-2 Copyright 1986 Ray Duncan; '1988' in LoC cataloguing data (QA76.76.O63 D857 1988 005.4'46 88-1251). A companion disk was available. Contents: 1. Genealogy of MS-DOS; 2. MS-DOS in Operation; 3. Programming for the MS-DOS Environment; 4. Using the MS-DOS Programming Tools; 5. Programming the Character Devices; 6. MS-DOS File and Record Manipulation; 7. Directories, Sub-Directories, and Volume Labels; 8. MS-DOS Disk Internals; 9. Memory Allocation; 10. The MS-DOS EXEC Function; 11. MS-DOS Interrupt Handlers; 12. Installable Device Drivers; 13. Writing MS-DOS Filters; MS-DOS Programming Reference; IBM PC BIOS Reference; Lotus/Intel/Microsoft Expanded Memory Specification Reference.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Hall, Patrick J. Introduction to PC Computing: MS-DOS, GEM & BASIC on the PC200 & PC compatibles. Wilmslow: Sigma, 1989.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Kamin, Jonathan, et al. Using MS-DOS 6. Special Edition. Carmel, Indiana: Que, 1993.
xxv, 1172pp.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Kantaris, Noel. A Concise Introduction to MS-DOS. BP232. 1987; rev. London: Babani, 1993.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
King, Richard Allen. The IBM PC-DOS Handbook. Berkeley, California: Sybex, 1983.
xx, 296pp. 2nd edition: Berkeley, California: Sybex, 1987 (xxiv, 340pp). 3rd edition: San Francisco, California: Sybex, 1988 (xxx, 359pp).

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
King, Richard Allen. The MS-DOS Handbook. Berkeley, California: Sybex, 1985.
xxi, 319pp. 2nd edition: Berkeley, California: Sybex, 1986 (xxii, 339pp). 3rd edition: San Francisco, California: Sybex, 1988 (xxx, 362pp; Acknowledgments dated December 1987; Coverage to MS-DOS v.3.3). Contents (3rd edition): [Part I: The Programmer's Handbook:] 1. MS-DOS - A First View; 2. Files in MS-DOS; 3. Disks in MS-DOS; 4. MS-DOS and the Keyboard; 5. Output to Display Monitors; 6. The Serial and Parallel Ports; 7. Dates and Times in MS-DOS; 8. Error-Handling and Memory-Resident Programs; 9. Networking with MS-DOS; [Part II: The User's Handbook:] 10. MS-DOS - A User's First View; 11. A Quick Look at EDLIN; 12. Your MS-DOS Files; 13. Configuring the System; 14. Batch Operations; 15. The Monochrome and Color/Graphics Screen; 16. Using the Serial Port; 17. The Delights of DEBUG; [Appendices:] A. MS-DOS, PC-DOS, and Compatibility; B. The Different MS-DOS Version Numbers; C. Function Call Summaries; D. Interrupt Vectors; E. Memory Maps; F. Address Conversion Tables; G. MS-DOS Command Summary - All Versions; H. MS-DOS Versions 3.2 and 3.3: New Features and Options.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Lawrence, David, and Mark England. Good House-Keeping in PC-DOS. London: Sunshine, 1986.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Minasi, Mark, Bill Camarda, David J. Stang, and Kris Ashton. Inside MS-DOS 6. Carmel, Indiana: New Riders Publishing, 1993.
xviii, 1266pp. With a 3.5" or 5.25" disk. 2nd edition (Inside MS-DOS 6.2): Indianapolis, Indiana: New Riders Publishing, 1993 (33, 1557pp; With a 3.5" disk). 3rd edition (Inside MS-DOS 6.22): Indianapolis, Indiana: New Riders Publishing, 1993 (xxviii, 1576pp; With a 3.5" disk).

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Podanoffsky, Michael. Dissecting DOS: A Code-Level Look at the DOS Operating System. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1995.
x, 502pp. Includes the complete source code for the DOS work-alike operating system RxDOS, illustrating how MS-DOS works. 3.5" disk included. Contents: 1. The Structure of DOS; 2. How DOS Starts Up; 3. The DOS File Functions; 4. Reading and Writing Disks; 5. File Management; 6. Process Management; 7. Memory Management; 8. Command.Com.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Simrin, Steven. MS-DOS Bible. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1985.
xi, 385pp. Title then changes to The Waite Group's MS-DOS Bible. 2nd edition: Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1988 (xviii, 522pp). 3rd edition: Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1989 (xxi, 630pp; Coverage to MS-DOS and PC-DOS v.4.01). 4th edition: Carmel, Indiana: Sams, 1991 (xxxvii, 718pp). Contents (3rd edition): [Part 1: Information Jump Table]; [Part 2: MS-DOS Tutorials:] 1. Starting MS-DOS; 2. MS-DOS Files; 3. Directories, Paths, and Trees; 4. MS-DOS Batch Files; 5. Configuring Your System; 6. Redirection, Filters, and Pipes; 7. The DOSSHELL Interface; 8. EDLIN, the MS-DOS Text Editor; 9. Extended Keyboard and Display Control; 10. Disk Structure and Management; 11. Memory Structure and Management; 12. Expanded Memory; 13. Terminate and Stay Resident Programs; 14. MS-DOS Device Drivers; 15. DEBUG; 16. LINK; [Part 3: MS-DOS Commands]; [Part 4: Appendices:] A. MS-DOS Interrupts and Function Calls; B. Some Undocumented Features of MS-DOS; C. Practical Batch Files; D. Code Pages and Code Page Switching; E. An Assembly Language Primer; F. ASCII Cross-Reference Tables.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Underdahl, Brian. Upgrading to MS-DOS 5. Carmel, Indiana: Que, 1991.
xii, 388pp. Contents: Introduction; 1. Introducing DOS 5; 2. Upgrading to DOS 5; 3. Customizing Memory Usage with DOS 5; 4. Configuring DOS 5; 5. Interfacing with the DOS 5 Shell; 6. Using DOS Macros; 7. Preparing, Protecting, and Repairing Disks; 8. Managing Directories and Files; 9. Maintaining Disk and File Integrity; 10. Using Additional New and Enhanced Commands; 11. EDIT: Using the Full-Screen Editor; 12. QBasic: A Revised BASIC; Command Reference.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Underdahl, Brian. Upgrading to MS-DOS 6. Carmel, Indiana: Que, 1993.
xiii, 258pp. A revision of Upgrading to MS-DOS 5. (1991).

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Villani, Pat. FreeDOS Kernel. [n.p.]: Miller Freeman, 1996.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Wyatt, Allen L., Sr., W. Edward Tiley, and Jon Paisley. Using MS-DOS 6.2. Special Edition. Carmel, Indiana: Que, 1993.
xx, 1115pp. 10th printing: 1996. Contents: [1. DOS Fundamentals:] 1. DOS and the Personal Computer; 2. Starting DOS; 3. Using DOS Commands; 4. Using the DOS Shell; [2. Files and Directories:] 5. Understanding Files and Directories; 6. Understanding Disks and Disk Drives; 7. Preparing and Maintaining Disks; 8. Working with Files; 9. Managing Your Files; 10. Protecting Your Data; 11. Emergency Procedures; [3. Controlling DOS:] 12. Working with System Information; 13. Controlling Your Environment; 14. Controlling Devices; [4. Maximizing DOS:] 15. Using the DOS Editor; 16. Understanding Batch Files; 17. Mastering Doskey and Macros; 18. Configuring Your Computer; 19. Getting the Most from Your Hard Drive; [5. Customizing DOS:] 20. Understanding ANSI.SYS; 21. Understanding the International Features of DOS; Command Reference; [Appendices:] A. Files Supplied with MS-DOS 6; B. DOS Environment Variables; C. DOS Messages; D. DOS and DOS Utility Programs, Keyboard Commands; E. ASCII and Extended ASCII Codes; F. ANSI Control Codes; G. International Country Codes.

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS]
Wyatt, Allen L., Sr., et al. Using MS-DOS 6.22. Special Edition. Indianapolis, Indiana: Que, 2000.
xxviii, 1106pp. With a CD-ROM. Given as the 2nd edition (in a series with varying titles).

[OS: MS-DOS/PC-DOS: ART]
Hulmes, Gordon. "The Basics of DOS." Micro Mart 18-24 November 2004, No. 826. pp.76-78.
Overview.

[OS: OS/2]
McClure, Rhyder, and William H. Zack. Fast Access OS/2 Version 1.2. New York; London: Brady, 1990.
ix, 309pp. Contents: [Part I. Using OS/2:] 1. Installing OS/2; 2. Introduction to the OS/2 Presentation Manager; 3. Printing and Printer Management; 4. The OS/2 File System; 5. Using the System Editor; 6. Using Multiple OS/2 Sessions; 7. Automatically Starting Programs; [Part II. The Most Important OS/2 Commands:] 8. Why Only the Most Important Commands?; 9. The Commands; [Part III. Putting It All To Work:] 10. Input/Output Redirection and Appending Files; 11. Command File Programming; 12. Communicating With You; 13. Changing the Flow of Command Execution; 14. Conditional Command Line Execution; 15. Passing Parameters to Commands; 16. Controlling the OS/2 Command Environment; Appendix A. Other OS/2 Commands; Appendix B. The OS/2 Command Menus.

[OS: OS/2]
Reich, David E. Designing OS/2 Applications. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1993.
xxix, 300pp. Foreword by Lee Reiswig. Contents: [Section I: Why OS/2?:] 1. OS/2 as an End-User Platform; 2. Why Program for OS/2?; 3. OS/2 as a Development Platform; [Section II: Overall Application Design:] 4. Good Programs Have Good Up-Front Design; 5. OS/2 Kernel Architecture; 6. Presentation Manager, Graphics, and the User Interface; 7. Features for Your Application; 8. Application Structure; [Section III: Use Building Blocks or Your App Will Crumble:] 9. Block Design and Architecture; 10. Designing the User Interface; 11. Where's the Beef?; [Section IV: Making It Happen:] 12. The Development Environment; 13. Prototyping the User Interface; 14. Building the Core Function; 15. Using Advanced Functions; 16. Non-English Language Support; [Section V: Performance:] 17. Base Tuning; 18. Visual Tuning; [Section VI: Testing and Code Change:] 19. Testing Methodology; 20. Code Change; [Section VII: Installation Programs:] 21. Designing the Installation Program; Summary and Conclusion.

[OS: OS/2]
Robbins, Judd. Essential OS/2 For New OS/2 Users. San Francisco, California: Sybex, 1988.
xxiv, 367pp. For Version 1.0 Standard Edition. 2nd edition: San Francisco, California: Sybex, 1989 (xxviii, 445pp). Contents (1st edition): [Part 1. Getting Started:] 1. The Multitasking World of OS/2; 2. Installing and Starting Up OS/2; 3. Running DOS Programs in OS/2; [Part 2. Using OS/2:] 4. Comparing OS/2 to DOS; 5. The OS/2 Command Reference; 6. Using Commands at the OS/2 Prompt; [Part 3. Advanced OS/2 Techniques:] 7. File Editing in OS/2; 8. The Power of OS/2 Batch Files; 9. Customizing Your OS/2 System; 10. Introduction to Programming in OS/2; [Appendices:] A. Glossary; B. Partitioning Your Hard Disk; C. OS/2 Command Exit Codes; D. OS/2 System Service Calls.

[OS: OS9]
Brocklehurst, G. S. "A UNIX-like shell for OS9." M.Sc. Thesis. UMIST, 1984.

[OS: OS9: ART]
Graham, Michael. "OS9 Startup." Electronics and Computing Monthly May 1985. p.43.
Customising the OS9 system disk.

[OS: OS9: ART]
James, Mike. "OS9: Multi-Tasking for the Common Man." Electronics and Computing Monthly July 1984. pp.45-48.
OS9 on the Dragon 64.

[OS: RIMOS: ART]
Agoston, Max K. "A Microprocessor Operating System: The Kernel." Dr. Dobb's Journal September 1977, Vol. 2, No. 8. pp.20-40 (pp.346-366 of the annual volume).
Includes source code. 'This article describes in detail the kernel for a real-time interactive multiprocess operating system (RIMOS for short). RIMOS was intended to extend the Intel MDS system and because of this the kernel subroutines make use of Intel's ISIS. (The Intel monitor was used only at the start to load ISIS.) However, the source code that will be listed later is basically usable on any computer using the Intel 8080 microprocessor, except that one would have to write a file system and make some simple changes to eliminate reference to ISIS.'

[OS: RISC OS: Manual]
Acorn Computers Ltd. RISC OS Programmers Reference Manual. [Cambridge]: Acorn, 1989.
4 vols. and an additional volume of Indices.

[OS: RISC OS: Manual]
Acorn Computers Ltd. RISC OS 3 Programmers Reference Manual. [Cambridge]: Acorn, 1992.
4 vols. and an additional volume of Indices. Vol. 1: xii, 948pp. Vol. 2: viii, 746pp. Vol. 3: viii, 848pp. Vol. 4: viii, 576pp. Indices: viii, 102pp.

[OS: RISC OS: Manual]
Acorn Computers Ltd. RISC OS 3 Style Guide. [Cambridge]: Acorn, 1993.
viii, 130pp. With a disk.

[OS: RISC OS: Manual]
Acorn Computers Ltd. RISC OS 3 Programmers Reference Manual. Volume 5. Supplement for Version 3.5. [Cambridge]: Acorn, 1994.
xiv, 302pp. With a disk. The separate volume of indices was republished to cover all five volumes, including the supplement: [Cambridge]: Acorn, 1994 (x, 110pp).

[OS: RISC OS]
Fox, Martyn. First Steps in Programming Acorn RISC OS Computers. Wilmslow, Cheshire: Sigma Press, 1993.
252pp.

[OS: RISC OS]
Ginns, Mike. Archimedes Assembly Language: The Complete Programming Course. Manchester: Dabs Press, May 1988.
2nd edition: Manchester: Dabs Press, 1989 (368pp); 3rd impression: Manchester: Dabs Press, October 1991. 2nd edition stated to cover the RISC OS. Contents (2nd edition, 3rd impression): 1. Introduction; 2. An Overview of the ARM; 3. Internal Architecture; 4. The BASIC Assembler; 5. The ARM Instruction Set; 6. Data Processing: Format; 7. Shift Instructions; 8. Processing Instructions; 9. Register R15; 10. Data Transfer; 11. Branches and SWI; 12. Stacks and LDM/STM; 13. The BASIC Assembler 2; 14. Techniques & Debugging; 15. Interrupts and Events; 16. Vectors; 17. OS SWI Routines; 18. The WIMP Environment; 19. Managing Fonts; 20. Templates and Input/Output; 21. Manipulating Strings; 22. Functions, Operators; 23. Control Statements and Loops; 24. Graphics Templates; 25. RISC OS Specific; Appendices.

[OS: RISC OS]
Van Someren, Alex, and Carol Atack. The ARM RISC Chip: A Programmer's Guide. Wokingham, Berkshire: Addison-Wesley, [c.1993-1994].
xviii, 346pp.

[OS: RISC OS]
Van Someren, Alex, and Nic Van Someren. Archimedes Operating System: A User's Guide. Manchester: Dabs Press, 1988.
320pp. 2nd printing: Manchester: Dabs Press, February 1990 (320pp). Another edition or printing: Manchester: Dabs Press, 1991 (320pp). A disk (ADFS 640K) was produced to accompany the book, and an 8pp manual was supplied with it (First edition: February 1989). Contents (2nd printing): 1. RISC Technology; 2. The ARM Instruction Set; 3. The BASIC V Assembler; 4. The Operating System; 5. Command Line Interpreter; 6. OS_CLI Related SWIs; 7. Filing Systems; 8. The FileSwitch Module; 9. Filing System SWIs; 10. Modules; 11. Writing Modules; 12. Writing Applications; 13. The Window Manager; 14. The Font Manager; 15. Sound Introduction; 16. Sound Star Commands; 17. Sound SWI Calls; 18. The Voice Generator; 19. Character Input/Output; 20. Vectors; 21. Interrupts and Events; 22. Conversion SWIs; 23. Miscellaneous SWIs; 24. The ARM Chip Set; 25. Floating Point Model; Appendices.

[OS: UNIX]
Ashley, Ruth, and Judi N. Fernandez. Teach Yourself UNIX. Portland, Oregon: MIS Press, 1989.
xiii, 333pp. Contents: 1. Getting Started with UNIX; 2. UNIX Directories and Files; 3. UNIX Security and Access; 4. UNIX Communications; 5. Additional UNIX Commands and Techniques; 6. Using Expressions and Patterns; 7. Using the vi Editor; 8. Modifying vi Files; 9. Text Formatting with nroff; 10. Programming the Bourne Shell; 11. Programming the C Shell; 12. Basic C Programming Tools under UNIX; 13. UNIX System Administration.

[OS: UNIX]
Wilson, James. Berkeley UNIX: A Simple and Comprehensive Guide. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
vi, 234pp. Contents: [Part I. Basic UNIX Commands:] 1. Getting In and Out of the System; 2. File and Directory Commands; 3. Editing Files; 4. C Shell Interface; 5. Miscellaneous UNIX Commands; 6. UNIX Filters; 7. Communication and File-Archiving Commands; 8. Hidden Files; [Part II. Shell Programming:] 9. C and Bourne Shell Programming; [Part III. Applications Programming in the C Programming Language with UNIX:] 10. Makefiles: Software Engineering; 11. Handling Errors; 12. File-System Calls; 13. Forks: Creating Multiple Processes; 14. Executing Commands from a Program; 15. Pipes; 16. Signals: Interrupts; 17. Interprocess Communication: Sockets; 18. Screen Manipulation: Curses; [Part IV. Miscellaneous UNIX Topics:] 19. Document Preparation; 20. System Management.

[OS: Windows 3.x: Manual]
[Microsoft Corporation.] Microsoft Windows Version 3.1. [n.p.]: THStyme, [1992].
xxxvi, 407pp. 'THStyme' appears on the cover. The latest copyright date in the text is 1992. Internal title: Microsoft Windows User's Guide for the Microsoft Windows Operating System Version 3.1. Coded: '008.87205.ENG/'. Contents: Welcome; Setting Up Windows; New in This Version; 1. Windows Basics; 2. Application Basics; 3. Program Manager; 4. File Manager; 5. Control Panel; 6. Print Manager; 7. Non-Windows Applications; 8. PIF Editor; 9. Write; 10. Paintbrush; 11. Terminal; 12. Additional Accessories; 13. Integrating Your Windows Applications; 14. Optimizing Windows; 15. Maintaining Windows with Setup; Appendix A. Windows and Networks; Appendix B. Keyboard Shortcuts.

[OS: Windows 3.x]
Boyce, Jim, et al. Inside Windows 3.1. Carmel, Indiana: New Riders Publishing, 1992.
xx, 545pp.

[OS: Windows 3.x]
Boyce, Jim, et al. Inside Windows for Workgroups. Carmel, Indiana: New Riders Publishing, 1992.
xxiii, 735pp.

[OS: Windows 3.x]
Boyce, Jim, Bruce Hallberg, and Forrest Houlette. Inside Windows 3.11. Platinum Edition. Indianapolis, Indiana: New Riders Publishing, 1994.
xxx, 1029pp. With a CD-ROM. Contents: [Part 1. Understanding Windows:] 1. Configuring Windows; 2. Navigating in Windows; 3. Managing Files; 4. Working with Fonts; 5. Printing in Windows; 6. Customizing Windows; [Part 2. Optimizing Windows:] 7. Enhancing Windows Performance; 8. Enhancing Windows Video; 9. Optimizing Memory; 10. Input Devices: Keyboards and Mice; 11. Optimizing Data Storage Space; 12. Troubleshooting Windows; 13. Preventing and Overcoming Viruses; 14. Using Windows on a Notebook PC; [Part 3. Putting Windows to Work:] 15. Integrating Windows and DOS; 16. Inside Windows Graphics; 17. Scanning, OCR, and Windows; 18. Communicating Through Windows; 19. Using and Building Windows Help; 20. Automating Tasks with Macros and Scripts; [Part 4. Integrating Applications:] 21. Exchanging Data Using the Clipboard; 22. Introducing Object Linking and Embedding; 23. Using OLE 2; 24. Inside Dynamic Data Exchange; 25. Data Exchange with DOS Applications; [Part 5. Networking and Windows:] 26. Understanding Networks and Workgroups; 27. Understanding Windows NT; 28. Sharing Resources in Windows; 29. Using Microsoft Mail and Fax; 30. Using Schedule+; 31. Integrating Windows and Novell NetWare; 32. Using Multiple Protocols; 33. Using Remote Access Services; [Part 6. Applying Multimedia:] 35. Working with Multimedia in Windows; 36. Using Multimedia Audio; 37. Using Multimedia Video.

[OS: Windows 3.x: ART]
Gann, Roger. "How to Upgrade and Update Windows 3.x." What Personal Computer Issue 98. September 1997. pp.55-57.
Includes information on Win32s, Point to Point Server Update, CD Audio Driver, Video for Windows, Miscellaneous Windows Files, Speaker Driver, Serial.386, Network Updates, OLE, Calculator, Fax, 3.1 to 3.11, TCP/IP (TCP32B.EXE), and Internet Explorer 3.02a.

[OS: Windows 95: Manual]
[Microsoft Corporation.] Introducing Microsoft Windows 95. For Distribution with a New PC Only. [Redmond, Washington]: Microsoft Corporation, 1995.
G, xv, 95pp. Manual for the OEM edition of Windows95. Document No. 000-61171. Also coded: '6478-01'. Certificate of Authenticity (coded: X03-32822) with product key attached to the front cover. The first 7 pages (A-G) are end-user license agreements. Contents: [1.] Welcome; [2.] The Basics; [3.] Beyond the Basics; [4.] Introducing Networks; [5.] The Possibilities; [6.] Appendices.

[OS: Windows 95]
Boyce, Jim, et al. Inside Windows 95. Indianapolis, Indiana: New Riders Publishing, 1995.
xxix, 1083pp. With a CD-ROM.

[OS: Windows 95]
Boyce, Jim, et al. Inside Windows 95. Deluxe Edition. Indianapolis, Indiana: New Riders Publishing, 1996.
xxx, 1228pp. With a CD-ROM.

[OS: Windows 95]
King, Adrian. Inside Windows 95. Inside Windows 95. Redmond, Washington: Microsoft Press, 1994.
xxix, 476pp.

[OS: Windows 95: ART]
Stephens, Paul, Simon Williams, Mary Branscombe, Chris Bidmead, and Huw Collingbourne. "Windows 95." PC Plus October 1995, No. 108. pp.259-290.
Review of Windows 95 in a series of articles.

[OS: Windows 98: Manual]
[Microsoft Corporation.] Getting Started: Windows98 Second Edition. [Redmond, Washington]: Microsoft Corporation, 1999.
viii, 117, [8]pp. Manual for the OEM edition of Windows98se. Document No. 0499. Part No. X04-02589. Front cover coded: 'X04-15747'. Certificate of Authenticity with product key on the front cover. Contents: 1. Welcome; 2. Installing Windows 98; 3. Using Your Desktop; 4. Customizing Your Desktop; 5. Using the Internet; 6. Advanced Issues; Appendix A. Using a Mouse; Appendix B. Accessibility for People with Disabilities.

[OS: Windows 98]
Boyce, Jim. Inside Windows 98. Indianapolis, Indiana: New Riders Publishing, 1996.
xxx, 928pp.

[OS: Windows NT]
Nutt, Gary J. Operating System Projects Using Windows NT. Reading, Massachusetts; Harlow: Addison-Wesley, 1999.

[OS: Windows 2000: Manual]
[Microsoft Corporation.] Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional. Quick Start Guide. For Distribution Only with a New PC. [Redmond, Washington]: Microsoft Corporation, 2000.
Manual for the OEM edition of Windows 2000. 36pp. 'Printed in Germany', 'By G362-11', 'FDRX05-77656/0201'. Coded on rear: '0500 Part No. X05-77656', 'HB 2835'. CD attached in a pouch with a red label stating 'Includes Service Pack 1', label coded 'LA 8760'. Certificate of Authenticity with product key on a label to be removed and stuck on the PC by the manufacturer. Contents: [1.] Setting Up Windows 2000 Professional; [2.] Creating Your User Account; [3.] Configuring Your Computer; [4.] More Information About Windows 2000 Professional; [5.] If You're Upgrading from Windows NT 4.0 to Windows 2000 Professional.

[OS: Windows 2000]
Cowart, Robert, and Brian Knittel. Using Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional. Special Edition. Indianapolis, Indiana: Que, 2000.
xxi, [5], 1506pp. First printing: February 2000. Contents: 1. Introducing Windows 2000 Professional; 2. The Design and Architecture of Windows 2000 Professional; 3. Getting Your Hardware and Software Ready for Windows 2000; 4. Installing Windows 2000; 5. Using the Windows 2000 Interface; 6. Organizing Your Work; 7. Using the Simple Supplied Applications; 8. Sharing Data Between Applications; 9. Printing and Faxing with Windows 2000; 10. Font Management; 11. Internet and TCP/IP Connection Options; 12. World Wide Web; 13. Email; 14. Newsgroups; 15. Using NetMeeting; 16. Internet Diagnosis Tools; 17. Going Public: Creating Web Pages; 18. Using Internet Information Services to Host a Web Site; 19. Overview of Windows 2000 Networking; 20. Planning Your Windows 2000 Pro Network; 21. Instant Networking; 22. Using a Windows 2000 Network; 23. Windows Unplugged: Remote and Mobile Networking; 24. Connecting Your LAN to the Internet; 25. Networking Mix and Match; 26. Network Security; 27. Troubleshooting Your Network; 28. Tweaking the GUI; 29. Customizing via Control Panel Applets; 30. Maintaining and Optimizing System Performance; 31. System Management and Configuration Tools; 32. Managing Users; 33. Managing the Hard Disk; 34. OS Mix and Match; 35. The Registry; 36. Windows Script Host. With a CD-ROM.

[OS: X Window System]
Johnson, Eric F., and Kevin Reichard. X Window Applications Programming. Portland, Oregon: Management Information Source, 1989.
xxii, 562pp. A companion disk was available. 2nd edition: New York: MIS Press, 1992 (xxxi, 564pp). Contents (1st edition): Introduction; [Section I. Learning X Programming:] 1. Building a First X Program; 2. Drawing with X; 3. Using Color; 4. Using Text; 5. Events; 6. Keyboard Events; 7. Rubber-Band Lines; 8. X Standards and Interacting with the Window Managers; [Section II. Building an X Window System Application:] 9. Introducing the Draw Application: A User's Guide; 10. Multiple-Window Applications; 11. Event Processing in the Draw Application; 12. Pop-Up Windows and Dialog Boxes; 13. The Draw Application Source Code; 14. Enhancing the Draw Application; [Section III. X Toolkits:] 15. An Introduction to X Toolkits; [Appendices:] A. The X Color Data Base; B. X Event Types and Structures; C. The Graphics Context; D. Some Sample X Client Programs; E. How to Order X Window; F. For More Information on X Window.

[Processor: General]
Barron, David William. Assemblers and Loaders. London: Macdonald; New York, American Elsevier, 1969.
61pp. Computer Monographs, 6. 3rd impression: London: Macdonald; New York, American Elsevier, 1971 (61pp); 2nd edition: London: Macdonald and Co., 1972 (x, 90pp); 3rd edition: London: Macdonald and Jane's, 1978 (xi, 100pp).

[Processor: General]
Cannon, Don L., and Gerald Luecke. Understanding Microprocessors. Fort Worth, Texas: Radio Shack, 1979.
62-2017. Multi-paged (stated to be 288pp on rear cover). Developed by the Texas Instruments Learning Centre, Dallas, Texas. Contents: 1. The World of Digital Electronics; 2. Basic Concepts in Microcomputer Systems; 3. How Digital Integrated Circuits Provide the Functions; 4. Fundamentals of Microcomputer System Operation; 5. A System Application with SAM; 6. Programming Concepts; 7. An 8-Bit Microprocessor Application; 8. A 16-Bit Microprocessor Application.

[Processor: General]
Malone, Michael Shawn. The Microprocessor: A Biography. Santa Clara, California: TELOS, 1995.
xiv, 333pp. Preface dated June 1995. Contents: 1. A Calculating Risk: Inventing the First Microprocessors; 2. A Revolution in Miniature: The Importance of the Microprocessor; 3. Fire, Water, Earth and Air: Fabricating the Microprocessor; 4. The Cities of the Planar: How the Microprocessor Works; 5. History I: Beginnings: The First Decade; 6. History II: The PC Era: The Second Decade; 7. History III: Break-Out: The Third Decade; 8. The Future: Dreams of Light: The Microprocessor in the 21st Century.

[Processor: General]
Rafiquzzaman, Mohamed. Microprocessors and Microcomputer-Based System Design. Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press, 1990.
xvii, 1075pp. 2nd edition: Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press, 1995 ([14], 776pp). Contents (2nd edition): 1. Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcomputer-Based Applications; 2. Intel 8085; 3. Intel 8086; 4. Intel 80186/80286/80386; 5. Motorola MC68000; 6. Motorola MC68020; 7. Motorola MC68030/MC68040, Intel 80486 and Pentium Microprocessors; 8. RISC Microprocessors: Intel 80960, Motorola MC88100 and PowerPC; 9. Peripheral Interfacing; 10. Design Problems; [Appendices:] A. The Hewlett-Packard (HP) 64000; B. Motorola MC68000 and Support Chips - Data Sheets; C. Intel 8085, 8086, and Support Chips - Data Sheets; D. MC68000 Instruction Execution Times; E. 8086 Instruction Set Reference Data; F. Glossary/ASCII Codes.

[Processor: General]
Rafiquzzaman, Mohamed. Microprocessors and Microcomputer Development Systems: Designing Microprocessor-Based Systems. New York: Harper & Row, 1984.
xv, 679pp.

[Processor: General]
Rao, Guthikonda V. Microprocessors and Microcomputer Systems. New York; London: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1978.
xvii, 269pp. 2nd edition: 1982 (xv, 581pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcomputer Systems; 2. Large-Scale Integration (LSI); 3. Solid-State LSI Memories; 4. Mass-Memory Libraries for Microcomputer Systems; 5. Memory Transfer via Internal Registers; 6. Input/Output Interface; 7. LSI Microprocessors and Single-Chip Microcomputers; 8. Software and Firmware; 9. Reference Data on the Microprocessors and Microcomputer Systems (Tabular Format); 10. Microprocessor-Associated Hardware; 11. Applications of Microprocessors; 12. Displays: Solid-State, Gas-Discharge, and CRT; 13. Reliability of MSI/LSI Microprocessors; 14. Conclusion. The 2nd edition has an additional chapter inserted as chapter 12: Personal Computing, chapters 12-14 becoming 13-15.

[Processor: General: ART]
Sinclair, Ian. "Understanding Microprocessors. Part 7. Assembling a Program." Electronics and Computing Monthly January 1982. pp.33-36.
8 part series.

[Processor: General: ART]
Sinclair, Ian. "Understanding Microprocessors. Part 8. System Testing." Electronics and Computing Monthly February 1982. pp.57-58.
8 part series.

[Processor: Various]
Holland, R. C. Microprocessors and their Operating Systems: A Comprehensive Guide to 8-, 16- and 32-Bit Hardware, Assembly Language and Computer Architecture. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1989.
viii, 186pp. Contents: 1. Microcomputer Principles; 2. Intel 8080/8085 Family (8-Bit); 3. Zilog Z80; 4. Motorola MC6800 Family (8-Bit); 5. MOS Technology MCS6500 Family (8-Bit); 6. Intel 8086/8088 Family (16-Bit); 7. Motorola MC68000 Family (16-Bit); 8. Zilog Z891 Family (16-Bit); 9. 32-Bit Microprocessors; 10. High-Level Languages; 11. The CP/M Operating System; 12. The PC-DOS (MS-DOS) Operating System; 13. The UNIX Operating System.

[Processor: Various]
Hogenboom, P. Microprocessor Data Book. Brentford, Middlesex: Elektor Electronics, 1988.
336pp. Contains data sheets on the following processors: 6800, 6802, 6808, 6809, 68000, 68008, 68010, 68012, 68020, 68030, 6500 series, 8080, 8085, 8086, 80186, 80188, 80286, 80386, Z80, Z8000, Z80000, 1802, 1805, 1806, 32008, 32016, 32032, 32332, 32532, Clipper module, 29000, T212, T414, T800, V60, 86010.

[Processor: Various]
Uffenbeck, John E. Microcomputers and Microprocessors. The 8080, 8085, and Z-80: Programming, Interfacing, and Troubleshooting. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1985.
xv, 670pp. 2nd edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1991 (xiv, 690pp). 3rd edition: Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000 (xix, 729pp).

[Processor: Various: ART]
George, Trevor. "16-Bit Microprocessors." Electronics and Computing Monthly January 1982. pp.22-24.
Covers the Zilog Z8001, National Semiconductor NS16032, Intel 8086, Texas Instruments TMS9900, General Instruments CP1600, and Motorola 68000.

[Processor: Z80]
[Manual] Z80 Family Data Book. Campbell, California: Zilog Inc., 1989.

[Processor: Z80]
[Manual] Z80 Microprocessor Family: Discrete Devices and Embedded Controllers. Campbell, California: Zilog Inc., 1995.
Multi-paged. DB95Z800101. Databook for the Z80 processor and support chips. Covers: Z8400/C00; Z8410/C10; Z8420/C20; Z8430/C30; Z8440/C40; Z8470; Z84C90; Z84015/C15. Contents: [1.] Discrete Z80 Family; [2.] Embedded Controllers; [3.] Application Notes and Technical Articles; [4.] Additional Information.

[Processor: Z80]
Barden, William T., Jr. Z-80 Microcomputer Design Projects. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1980.
208pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Barden, William T., Jr. The Z-80 Microcomputer Handbook. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1978.
304pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Barrow, David. Assembler Routines for the Z-80. London: Century Communications, 1985.
vii, 192pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Carr, Joseph J. Z80 Users Manual. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing Company, 1980.
ix, 326pp. Contents: 1. Z80 Architecture; 2. Z80 Pinouts; 3. Z80 Family Support Chips; 4. Z80 Timing and Interface Control Signals; 5. Z80 Addressing Modes; 6. The Z80 Instruction Set (General); 7. Z80 Flags; 8. Interfacing Memory to the Z80; 9. Z80 I/O; 10. Interfacing Peripherals; 11. Interrupts; 12. Servicing Interrupts; 13. Arithmetic Operations; 14. Logic Operations; 15. Miscellaneous Z80 Information; 16. Z8 and Z8000 Machines; 17. The Z80 Instruction Set.

[Processor: Z80]
Ciarcia, Steve. Build Your Own Z80 Computer. Design Guidelines and Application Notes. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Books, 1981.
ix, 332pp. A McGraw-Hill publication. The classic work.

[Processor: Z80]
Gaonkar, Ramesh S. The Z80 Microprocessor: Architecture, Interfacing, Programming, and Design. Columbus, Ohio: Merrill, 1988.
xvi, 656pp. 2nd edition: 1993 (xviii, 700pp); Reprinted: 1995; 3rd edition: 2001 (xiv, 738pp). Contents (2nd edition): Part I: Microprocessor Architecture and Interfacing; 1. Microprocessors, Microcomputers, and Assembly Language; 2. Microprocessor-Based System: MPU, Memory, and I/O; 3. Z80 Microprocessor Architecture; 4. Memory Interfacing; 5. Interfacing I/O Devices; Part II: Assembly Language Programming: The Z80; 6. Introduction to Z80 Assembly Language Programming; 7. Software Development Systems and Assemblers; 8. Introduction to Z80 Instructions and Programming Techniques; 9. Logic and Bit Manipulation Instructions; 10. Stacks and Subroutines; 11. Application Programs and Software Design; Part III: Interfacing Peripherals, Programmable I/O Devices, Applications, and Design; 12. Interrupts; 13.Programmable Interface Devices; 14. Programmable Timers and Counters; 15. Serial I/O and Data Communication; 16. Advanced Topics in Memory and DMA Concepts; 17. Designing Microprocessor-Based Products; 18. Trends in Microprocessor Technology; Appendix A. Z80 Instruction Set; Appendix B. Number Systems; Appendix C. ASCII Codes; Appendix D. Logic Devices: Preferred Symbols and Pin Configuration of Selected Devices; Appendix E. Data Converters; Appendix F. Z80 Instructional Summary.

[Processor: Z80]
Hopton, Johnny. Z80 Instant Programs: Machine Code Routines for Nascom and other Z80 Computer Systems. Wolverhampton: Sigma Technical Press, 1979.
x, 180pp. 2nd revised edition: Wilmslow: Sigma Technical, 1982 (xi, 186pp).

[Processor: Z80]
King, Gordon. Z-80 Assembler for CP/M. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing Co., 1984.
218pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Leventhal, Lance A. Z80 Assembly Language Programming. Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 1979.
Multi-paged. Contents: 1. Introduction to Assembly Language Programming; 2. Assemblers; 3. The Z80 Assembly Language Instruction Set; 4. Simple Programs; 5. Simple Program Loops; 6. Character-Coded Data; 7. Code Conversion; 8. Arithmetic Problems; 9. Tables and Lists; 10. Subroutines; 11. Input/Output; 12. Interrupts; 13. Problem Definition and Program Design; 14. Debugging and Testing; 15. Documentation and Resdesign; 16. Sample Projects.

[Processor: Z80]
Nichols, Joseph C., Elizabeth Agnew Nichols, and Peter R. Rony. Z-80 Microprocessor: Programming and Interfacing. Book 1. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1979.
302pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Nichols, Joseph C., Elizabeth Agnew Nichols, and Peter R. Rony. Z-80 Microprocessor: Programming and Interfacing. Book 2. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1980.
494pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Nichols, Joseph C., Elizabeth Agnew Nichols, and Keith R. Musson. Z-80 Microprocessor Advanced Interfacing with Applications in Data Communications. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1983.
347pp. A continuation of the previous two titles.

[Processor: Z80]
Nitschke, William. Advanced Z80 Machine Code Programming. London: Interface, 1985.
viii, 342pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Overaa, Paul Andreas. Teach Yourself Assembler Z-80. London: Century Communications, 1984.
235pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Penfold, R. A., and J. W. Penfold. An Introduction to Z80 Machine Code. London: Babani, November 1984.
BP152. 134pp. Reprinted: June 1986. Contents: 1. The Microprocessor; 2. Addressing Modes; 3. The Instruction Set; 4. Storing and Execution; 5. Example Programs; 6. Input/Output.

[Processor: Z80]
Sinclair, Ian Robertson. Introducing Z-80 Assembly Language Programming. London: Newnes Technical, 1983.
122pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Steele, Peter W., and Ivan Tomek. Z80 Assembly Language Programming. Rockville, Maryland: Computer Science Press, 1987.
ix, 308pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Tully, Alan. Z80 Reference Guide. [Richmond]: Melbourne House, 1984.

[Processor: Z80]
Uffenbeck, John E. Microcomputers and Microprocessors. The 8080, 8085, and Z-80: Programming, Interfacing, and Troubleshooting. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1985.
xv, 670pp. 2nd edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1991 (xiv, 690pp). 3rd edition: Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000 (xix, 729pp).

[Processor: Z80]
Yeung, Bik-Cheung. Programming the Z80 Under CP/M. London; Boston: Butterworths, 1984.
x, 192pp.

[Processor: Z80]
Zaks, Rodnay. Programming the Z80. Berkeley, California: Sybex, 1979.
624pp. 2nd edition: Berkeley, California: Sybex, 1980 (624pp). 3rd edition: San Francisco, California: Sybex, 1982 (624pp). Contents (3rd edition): 1. Basic Concepts; 2. Z80 Hardware Organization; 3. Basic Programming Techniques; 4. The Z80 Instruction Set; 5. Addressing Techniques; 6. Input/Output Techniques; 7. Input/Output Devices; 8. Application Examples; 9. Data Structures; 10. Program Development; 11. Conclusion; Appendices.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Brighton, Mark. "Frame Store." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine I (CPU Card): Vol. 6, No. 23. June-August 1987. pp.10-15.
Constructional series. Part I describes the construction of the Z80B-based CPU card (6MHz, 64K or 256K RAM).

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Campbell, Bob. "Z80 DRAM Board." Electronics Today International March 1984. pp.45-48, 69.
Constructional article with a PCB foil pattern. 64K DRAM board for Z80 systems. Uses a 24S10 PROM and eight 4164-15 memory chips.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Durant, Graeme. "Spectrum Co-Processor." Electronics Today International February 1988. pp.24-29, 60-61; March 1988. pp.39-44, 51; April 1988. pp.43-47, 51; May 1988. pp.40-45.
Constructional article with PCB foils and software listing. The processor card has a 4MHz Z80A with its own operating system in EPROM. The memory card has 256K of paged DRAM. The third board is the interface. Although intended for the ZX Spectrum, the CPU and memory cards are 'general purpose' and can be used on any Z80 system.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Harrison, Neil. "The Elegant MINMON." Personal Computer World Vol. 1, No. 1. 1978. pp.26-27.
256 byte monitor program for the Z80 in assembler.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Harrison, Neil. "A Guided Tour of the Z80." Personal Computer World July 1978. pp.48-51.
An overview of the chip.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Harrison, Neil. "Showing Characters." Personal Computer World August 1978. pp.31-34.
Memory-mapped TV display for a Z80 system, with a program listing.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Harrison, Neil. "Binary Finery: Extensions to the MINMON." Personal Computer World October 1978. pp.44-47.
Extending MINMON beyond 256 bytes.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Homes, S. J. "Animation Graphics." Radio and Electronics World January 1983. pp.59-65.
Constructional article. High-resolution colour graphics. Intended for the Nascom but easily adaptable for other Z80 micros. Uses the TMS9928A (525 lines, 60Hz) or TMS9929A (625 lines, 50Hz) chips. Can accomodate the earlier TMS9918 or TMS9918A chip. The board has provision for two AY8910 sound generators.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Lea, Martin. "Brew-It-Yourself." Personal Computer World January 1980. pp.58-63.
Z80 SBC design with a circuit diagram.

[Processor: Z80: ART] Maplin Z80 SBC. Main Board.
Goodman, Dave. "Z80 CPU Module." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine: Project Book 15. Rayleigh, Essex: Maplin Electronic Supplies, 1985. pp.24-29.
Z80 or Z80A CPU. Up to 8Kb memory.

[Processor: Z80: ART] Maplin Z80 SBC. Keypad.
Dixey, Graham. "Keypad for the Z80." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine March 1987. pp.28-31.
Eight 7-segment displays.

[Processor: Z80: ART] Maplin Z80 SBC. Revised version.
Dixey, Graham, and the Maplin Development Team. "The Z80A Development System." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine October 1992. pp.56-68.
The revised version has a touch sensitive keyboard.

[Processor: Z80: ART] Maplin Z80 SBC. PC-Based Development System.
Abbott, Robin, and Maurice Hunt. "Z80 Development System." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine January 1996. pp.4-11.
Designed by Robin Abbott, Chris Barlow, and Maurice Hunt.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Sinclair, Ian. "Z80 Self Assembly Part 2. Using MENTA." Electronics and Computing Monthly July 1982. pp.33-36.
Using the MENTA Z80 programmer.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Sinclair, Ian. "Z80 Self Assembly Part 3. Addressing Methods." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1982. pp.42-45.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Sinclair, Ian. "Z80 Self Assembly Part 4. Accumulator Operations I." Electronics and Computing Monthly September 1982. pp.27-30.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Sinclair, Ian. "Z80 Self Assembly Part 5. Accumulator Operations II." Electronics and Computing Monthly October 1982. pp.32-35.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Sinclair, Ian. "Z80 Self Assembly Part 6. The Other Registers." Electronics and Computing Monthly November 1982. pp.42-43, 46-47.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Sinclair, Ian. "Z80 Self Assembly Part 8. Stack Operation and Calls." Electronics and Computing Monthly January 1983. pp.50-53.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Sinclair, Ian. "Z80 Self Assembly Part 9. Designing Z-80 Programs." Electronics and Computing Monthly February 1983. pp.28-30.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Trevennor, Alan. "Simple Z80 Single Stepper Circuit." Practical Electronics December 1986. p.48.
Constructional article.

[Processor: Z80: ART]
Wang, Li-Chen. "Palo Alto Tiny BASIC. Version Three." PCC's Reference Book of Personal and Home Computing. Edited by Dwight McCabe. Menlo Park, California: People's Computer Company, July 1977. pp.58-88.
For the 8080 or Z80. Full listing.

[Processor: NSC800: ART]
Coles, R. W. "PE Micro-File Filesheet 15: NSC800." Practical Electronics May 1984. Supplement: pp.15/1-15/3.
Between pp.34-35.

[Processor: CDP1802: ART]
James, K. R. "A Mighty Micromite: A COSMAC Microprocessor Based System." Personal Computer World July 1978. pp.22-25.
An introduction to the 1802 CPU.

[Processor: 6502]
Barrow, David. Assembler Routines for the 6502. London: Century Communications, 1985.

[Processor: 6502] The Elektor Junior Computer.
Nachtman, A., and G. H. Nachbar. The Elektor Junior Computer: The Practical Introduction to a Powerful System. Book 1. Canterbury: Elektor Publishers, 1980.
148pp. Contents: 1. Getting Acquainted with the 'Junior Computer'; 2. The Binary Number System; 3. Programming; 4. A Simple Beginning; Appendix 1. Instruction Codes in Numerical Order; Appendix 2. Instruction Listing; Appendix 3. Hex Dump of the Monitor Program; Appendix 4. Pin Assignment of the Connectors.

[Processor: 6502] The Elektor Junior Computer.
Nachtman, A., and G. H. Nachbar. The Elektor Junior Computer: The Practical Introduction to a Powerful System. Book 2. Canterbury: Elektor Publishers, 1981.
212pp. Contents: 5. The Editor and the Assembler; 6. The Peripheral Interface Adapter or PIA; 7. The Monitor Program; 8. The Editor Program; 9. The Assembler Program; Appendix 1. The Program Listing of the EPROM; Appendix 2. Listings of the Programs used in Chapters 5 and 6.

[Processor: 6502] The Elektor Junior Computer.
Nachtman, A., and G. H. Nachbar. The Elektor Junior Computer: The Practical Introduction to a Powerful System. Book 3. Canterbury: Elektor Publishers, 1981.
199pp. Contents: 10. Junior Grow Up: From Single Board to Double-Decker 'Sandwich'; 11. The Cassette Interface: A Magnetic Memory; 12. Adding Peripherals to the Junior Computer; Appendix 1. The Main Board Plus a Single RAM/EPROM Card; Appendix 2: Using the PIA RAM with the Original Monitor Routine; Appendix 3. The Vectors and Bus Board Memory; Appendix 4. The Hex Dump for the Tape Monitor (TM) Program; Appendix 5. The Hex Dump for the Printer Monitor (PM) Program; Appendix 6. RAM Test Program; Appendix 7. ASCII Character Codes.

[Processor: 6502] The Elektor Junior Computer.
Nachtman, A., and G. H. Nachbar. The Elektor Junior Computer: The Practical Introduction to a Powerful System. Book 4. Canterbury: Elektor Publishers, 1982.
221pp. Contents: 13. Editing and Assembling; 14. 1.2K Bytes of PM Software; 15. The PME Software; 16. The Cassette Software; Appendix 1. The Complete Listing of the PME System Program; Appendix 2. The Hex Dump of the PME System Program; Appendix 3. The Complete Listings of the Tape Monitor and Printer Monitor System Programs; Appendix 4. Working in Decimal; Appendix 5. BASIC on the Junior Computer.

[Processor: 6502] The Elektor Junior Computer.
Nachtman, A., and G. H. Nachbar. The Elektor Junior Computer: VIA6522. Canterbury: Elektor Publishers, 1983.

[Processor: 6502]
Overaa, Paul Andreas. Teach Yourself Assembler 6502. London: Century Communications, 1985.

[Processor: 6502]
Penfold, R. A., and J. W. Penfold. An Introduction to 6502 Machine Code. BP147. 1984; rep. London: Babani, 1989.

[Processor: 6502]
Tully, Alan. 6502 Reference Guide. [Richmond]: Melbourne House, 1985.

[Processor: 6502]
Zaks, Rodnay. Advanced 6502 Programming. Berkeley, California: Sybex, [c.1982].

[Processor: 6502]
Zaks, Rodnay. Programming the 6502. Berkeley, California: Sybex, [c.1978].
3rd (1980); 4th (1983). 6502 series, vol. 1.

[Processor: 6502]
Zaks, Rodnay. 6502 Applications. Berkeley, California: Sybex, [c.1979].
6502 series, vol. 3.

[Processor: 6502]
Zaks, Rodnay. 6502 Games. Berkeley, California: Sybex, 1980.
6502 series, vol. 4.

[Processor: 6502: ART]
Dixey, Graham. "Machine Code Programming with the 6502. Part 1." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 3, No. 7. June-August 1983. pp.6-7, 13.

[Processor: 6502: ART]
Dixey, Graham. "Machine Code Programming with the 6502. Part 3." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 3, No. 9. December 1983-February 1984. pp.39-40.

[Processor: 6502: ART]
Dixey, Graham. "Machine Code Programming with the 6502. Part 4." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 3, No. 10. March-May 1984. pp.26-28.

[Processor: 6502: ART]
Dixey, Graham. "Machine Code Programming with the 6502. Part 5." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 3, No. 11. June-August 1984. pp.48-50.

[Processor: 6502: ART]
Dixey, Graham. "Machine Code Programming with the 6502. Part 6." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 3, No. 12. September-November 1984. pp.25-27.
The 6522 VIA.

[Processor: 6502: ART]
Dixey, Graham. "Machine Code Programming with the 6502. Part 7." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 4, No. 14. March-May 1985. pp.13-15.
The stack.

[Processor: 6502: ART]
Stephenson, A. P. "6502 Programming Course." Computing Today June 1981. pp.33-35.
One of a series of articles.

[Processor: 6800]
Clements, Alan. Microcomputer Design and Construction: Building Your Own System with the Motorola 6800. Englewood Cliffs; London: Prentice-Hall, [c.1982].

[Processor: 6800]
Emmerichs, Jack. Tiny Assembler 6800, Version 3.1: Design and Implementation of a Microprocessor Self Assembler. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Publications, 1978.
Version 3.0 was described in the April and May 1977 issues of Byte magazine. Enhancements were outlined in the September 1977 issue.

[Processor: 6800]
Grappel, Robert D., and Jack E. Hemenway. LINK68: An M6800 Linking Loader. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Publications, 1978.

[Processor: 6800]
Grappel, Robert D., and Jack E. Hemenway. Tracer: A 6800 Debugging Program. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Publications, 1978.
Cover title: 6800 Tracer: An Aid to 6800 Program Debugging..

[Processor: 6800]
Hemenway, Jack E. RA6800ML: An M6800 Relocatable Macro Assembler. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Publications, 1978.

[Processor: 6800]
Peters, Don. MONDEB: An Advanced M6800 Monitor Debugger. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Publications, 1978.

[Processor: 6800]
Staugaard, Andrew C., Jr. How to Program and Interface the 6800. Indianapolis: Sams, 1980.

[Processor: 6800: ART]
Baunach, S. C. "An Example of an M6800-Based GPIB Interface." Dr. Dobb's Journal June/July 1977, Vol. 2, No. 6. pp.31-55 (pp.271-295 of the annual volume).
Includes program listing. The GPIB interface is also known as the IEEE 488 General Purpose Interface Bus.

[Processor: 6800: ART]
Colton, Mark. "Punch Lines: Interfacing a Westrex Punch to a 6800 MPU System." Personal Computer World July 1978. pp.59-61.
Constructional project, with a schematic. The Westrex is a model of paper tape punch.

[Processor: 6800 Family]
Bear Microcomputer Systems. 77-68: The Construction of a Simple Computer using a 6800 Microprocessor. n.p.: Bear Microcomputer Systems, 1977.

[Processor: 6800 Family]
Simpson, Robert J., and Trevor J. Terrell. Introduction to 6800/6802 Microprocessor Systems: Hardware, Software and Experimentation. London: Newnes, 1982.

[Processor: 6800 Family]
Staugaard, Andrew C., Jr. 6801, 68701 & 6803 Microcomputer Programming & Interfacing. Indianapolis: Sams, [c.1980].

[Processor: 6800 Family: ART]
Atkins, C. P. "6802 Evaluation Board." Electronics Today International May 1985. pp.27-32, 58.
Constructional article with a PCB foil. A 7-chip system: 6802, 2716 EPROM, 7400, two 6821 PIAs, and two TIL311 Hex displays.

[Processor: 6800 Family: ART]
Chewter, John. "Data." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1982. pp.69-70.
The Hitachi HD6801, HD6803 (ROMless 6801), HD6301V (enhanced CMOS 6801), and HD6301X (6301V with 48 I/O lines).

[Processor: 6800 Family: ART]
Stone, Richard. "6802 Development Board." Everyday with Practical Electronics August 1994. pp.608-615.
Contructional article with schematic and PCB layout. 6802, 6522 VIA, 6551 ACIA, 8K ROM, 8K RAM.

[Processor: 6809]
Barrow, David. 6809 Machine Code Programming. London: Granada, 1984.

[Processor: 6809]
James, Mike. The 6809 Companion. London: Babani, 1982.

[Processor: 6809]
Leventhal, Lance A. 6809 Assembly Language Programming. Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, [c.1981].

[Processor: 6809]
Leventhal, Lance A., and Sally Cordes. Assembly Language Subroutines for the 6809. London: McGraw-Hill, [c.1989].

[Processor: 6809]
Staugaard, Andrew C., Jr. 6809 Microcomputer Programming and Interfacing, with Experiments. Indianapolis: Sams, [c.1981].

[Processor: 6809]
Warren, Carl D. The MC6809 Cookbook. Blue Ridge Summit: Tab Books, 1980.

[Processor: 6809]
Zaks, Rodnay, and William Labiak. Programming the 6809. Berkeley: Sybex, 1982.

[Processor: 6809]
Bedford, Mike. "The ETI SBC-09." Electronics Today International January 1991. pp.46-51, 62; February 1991. pp.50-55; Correction: April 1991. p.57.
Constructional article with PCB foils. A general purpose 6809 microcontroller system with 2K or 8K RAM and 16K of EPROM.

[Processor: 6809: ART] Wireless World FORTH Computer.
Woodroffe, Brian. "FORTH Computer." Wireless World Part 1 (CPU and memory): May 1983. pp.53-58; Part 2 (Circuit, video, and peripherals): June 1983. pp.55-58; Part 3 (Software, disk controller, and PSU): July 1983. pp.58-61; Part 4 (Construction tips): August 1983. pp.44-45; Part 5 (Disk drives, including the use of 8" drives): September 1983. pp.64-67.
5 parts. 6809-based, 1.5MHz clock, EF69364 display processor, 6850 CIA (for the RS232 interface), and a 6821 PIA.

[Processor: Z8000]
[Manual] Z8000 CPU Technical Manual. n.p.: Zilog Inc., 1983.
Chinese edition published Beijing, 1984.

[Processor: Z8000]
[Manual] Z8000 CPU User's Reference Manual. Englewood Cliffs; London: Prentice-Hall, [c.1982].

[Processor: Z8000]
[Manual] Z8000 PLZ/ASM: Assembly Language Programming Manual. Cupertino, California: Zilog, 1979.
Revision A.

[Processor: Z8000]
Coffron, James W. Using and Troubleshooting the Z8000. Reston, Virginia: Reston Publishing Co., [c.1982].

[Processor: Z8000]
Fawcett, Bradly K. The Z8000 Microprocessor: A Design Handbook. Englewood Cliffs; London: Prentice-Hall, [c.1982].

[Processor: Z8000]
Leventhal, Lance A., Chuck Collins, and Adam Osborne. Z8000 Assembly Language Programming. Berkeley: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 1980.

[Processor: Z8000]
Mateosian, Richard. Programming the Z8000. Berkeley, California: Sybex, 1980.
xii, 297pp.

[Processor: Z8000]
Moore, Martin L. The Z8000 Handbook. Englewood Cliffs; London: Prentice-Hall, [c.1982].

Note. Although technically microcontrollers, the 8031, 8032, 8051, and 8052 chips are commonly used in SBC projects, and are consequently included here.

[Processor: 8031/8032: ART]
An, Dr. Pei. "8031 & 80535 Single Board Computer." Electronics Today International Part 1: April 1996. pp.44-54; Part 2: May 1996. pp.58-62; Part 3: June 1996. pp.40-43.
MCS-51 based SBC.

[Processor: 8031/8032: ART]
Böhling, H. -J. "80C32 BASIC Control Computer." Elektor Electronics Part 1: Introduction and Circuit Descriptions. February 1998. pp.30-33; Part 2: Construction and Testing. March 1998. pp.40-43, 45.
Two-board design. Runs the MCS-51 BASIC interpreter. 32Kb SRAM, 32Kb EPROM for the 8Kb interpreter and extensions, and up to 16Kb of EPROM space for programs. Schematic and PCB. Software available separately.

[Processor: 8031/8032: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. "The 8031 Single Board Computer." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Part 1: Vol. 19, No. 149. May 2000. pp.25-27; Part 2: Vol. 19, No. 150. June 2000. pp.41-45.
SBC design in at least 3 parts.

[Processor: 8031/8032: ART]
Reelsen, H. "8032/8052 Single-Board Computer." Elektor Electronics May 1991. pp.17-23.
The Mark II version of the design published in November 1987. Constructional article. Built on a single-sided Eurocard. Can use an 8032, 80C32, or 8052AH-BASIC microcontroller. 32K ROM, 32K RAM, on-board EPROM programmer, memory back-up battery. To 15MHz (8032 or 8052AH-BASIC) or 24MHz (80C32). Includes a schematic, PCB, and program to unload the BASIC interpreter from the 8052AH-BASIC, transfer it to EPROM, and run it with an 8032 or 80C32.

[Processor: 8031/8032: ART]
Rietjens, A. "Faster MCS52 Processor." Elektor Electronics December 1996. p.62.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Allows a DS87C530 (running at up to 33MHz) to replace an 8031, 8032, 8051, or 8052 microcontroller.

[Processor: 8051/8052]
[Manual] MCS BASIC-52 Reference Manual. Santa Clara, California: Intel, 1986.

[Processor: 8051/8052]
Axelson, Janet Louise. The Microcontroller Idea Book: Circuits, Programs and Applications Featuring the 8052-BASIC Microcontroller. Madison, Wisconsin: Lakeview Research, 1994.

[Processor: 8051/8052]
Ayala, Kenneth J. The 8051 Microcontroller: Architecture, Programming and Applications. Minneapolis/St. Paul: West, 1991.
With a floppy disk. 2nd edition: 1997, with a floppy disk.

[Processor: 8051/8052]
Dietsche, K.-H., and M. Ohsmann. MatchBox BASIC Computer: A Miniature Controller System. Dorchester: Elektor Electronics, 1999.
274pp with a 3.5" floppy disk. Describes a microcontroller system built on a 65 x 45mm PCB, running MBL, a higher programming language derived from BASIC and Pascal. Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The MatchBox BASIC Computer; 3. A Development System for the MatchBox; 4. MBL, the MatchBox Language; 5. Connecting Peripherals to the MatchBox; 6. Specialities of the 8051; 7. MatchBox BASIC Computer Applications; 8. Microcontroller Systems; 9. Appendix.

[Processor: 8051/8052]
Ibrahim, Dogan. Microcontroller Projects in C for the 8051. Oxford; Boston: Newnes, 2000.

[Processor: 8051/8052]
Karakehayov, Zdravko, Knud Smed Christensen, and Ole Winther. Embedded Systems Design with 8051 Microcontrollers: Hardware and Software. New York: Marcel Dekker, 1999.
With a 3.5" floppy disk.

[Processor: 8051/8052]
MacKenzie, I. Scott. The 8051 Microcontroller. New York: Merrill, 1992.
2nd edition: 1995; 3rd edition: 1999.

[Processor: 8051/8052]
Predko, Myke. Programming and Customizing the 8051 Microcontroller. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1999.

[Processor: 8051/8052]
Stewart, James W. The 8051 Microcontroller: Hardware, Software, and Interfacing. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1993.
2nd edition, co-authored with Kai X. Miao: 1999, with 2 floppy disks.

[Processor: 8051/8052: ART]
Berg, B. vom, and P. Groppe. "80C537 Microcontroller Board." Elektor Electronics June 1997. pp.44-49.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Programs the 80C537 (an 8051 variant) microcontroller using a PC. Software was available separately.

[Processor: 8051/8052: ART]
Bohling, H. -J., and D. Wulf. "MCS BASIC-52 v.1.3. Rejuvenating a Popular Interpreter." Elektor Electronics February 2001. pp.20-23.
The MCS BASIC-52 v.1.0 interpreter was originally developed by Intel in 1985 for the 8052-AH microcontroller. Intel has kindly released the interpreter as freeware, leading to on-going development.

[Processor: 8051/8052: ART]
"'Matchbox' BASIC Computer." Elektor Electronics Part 3: December 1995. pp.42-45.
3 parts. Constructional article. Based on an 87C51 chip, a derivative of the 8051. Software by Dr. M. Ohsmann.

[Processor: 8051/8052: ART]
Meikle, Colin. "8051-Based EEPROM Microcontrollers." Everyday Practical Electronics June 1998. pp.426-430.

[Processor: 8051/8052: ART]
Reelsen, H. "8032/8052 Single-Board Computer." Elektor Electronics May 1991. pp.17-23.
The Mark II version of the design published in November 1987. Constructional article. Built on a single-sided Eurocard. Can use an 8032, 80C32, or 8052AH-BASIC microcontroller. 32K ROM, 32K RAM, on-board EPROM programmer, memory back-up battery. To 15MHz (8032 or 8052AH-BASIC) or 24MHz (80C32). Includes a schematic, PCB, and program to unload the BASIC interpreter from the 8052AH-BASIC, transfer it to EPROM, and run it with an 8032 or 80C32.

[Processor: 8051/8052: ART]
Rietjens, A. "Faster MCS52 Processor." Elektor Electronics December 1996. p.62.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given. Allows a DS87C530 (running at up to 33MHz) to replace an 8031, 8032, 8051, or 8052 microcontroller.

[Processor: 8080]
Dirksen, A. J. Microcomputers: What They Are and How To Put Them to Productive Use. Slough: W. Foulsham, 1982.
231pp. Translated from the Dutch (1978). Published in the USA as TAB Book No. 1406, Blue Ridge Summit: TAB, 1982 (231pp). Based on the 8080 processor. A detailed examination including a circuit for a Hex microtrainer. Contents (Foulsham edition): 1. What is a Computer?; 2. What is a Microcomputer?; 3. The Microcomputer in General; 4. How Does a Computer Compute?; 5. Circuitry in a Computer; 6. Main Memory; 7. Simple Programming; 8. CPU Architecture-1; 9. CPU Architecture-2; 10. Microcomputer Architecture; 11. Description of the Instructions; 12. Syntax and Subroutines; 13. Addressing Techniques; 14. Flowcharts; 15. From Task to Solution; 16. Sample Programs; 17. Traffic Lights; 18. System Software; 19. Development Systems; 20. Peripheral Equipment; 21. I/O Interfacing; Appendix A. 8080 Instruction Set; Appendix B. 8080 Instruction Timing.

[Processor: 8080]
Titus, Christopher A., and Jonathan A. Titus. DBUG: An 8080 Interpretive Debugger. A Program for Entering, Debugging and Storing Assembly Language Programs. Derby, Connecticut; E. & L. Instruments, 1977.
[98]pp. Later issued with the imprint: Indianapolis: H. W. Sams, 1978. 104pp.

[Processor: 8080]
Uffenbeck, John E. Microcomputers and Microprocessors. The 8080, 8085, and Z-80: Programming, Interfacing, and Troubleshooting. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1985.
xv, 670pp. 2nd edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1991 (xiv, 690pp). 3rd edition: Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000 (xix, 729pp).

[Processor: 8080]
Warme, Paul K. BASEX: A Simple Language and Compiler for 8080 Systems. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Books, 1979.
For the 8080 family (8080, Z80, 8085).

[Processor: 8080: ART]
[8080 PILOT] Starkweather, John A. "Guide to 8080 PILOT, Version 1.1." Dr. Dobb's Journal April 1977, Vol. 2, No. 4. pp.17-29 (pp.173-185 of the annual volume).
Documentation.

[Processor: 8080: ART]
[8080 PILOT] Starkweather, John A. "Source Code for 8080 PILOT, Version 1.1." Dr. Dobb's Journal May 1977, Vol. 2, No. 5. pp.18-33 (pp.216-231 of the annual volume).
Source code.

[Processor: 8080: ART]
Agoston, Max K. "A Microprocessor Operating System: The Kernel." Dr. Dobb's Journal September 1977, Vol. 2, No. 8. pp.20-40 (pp.346-366 of the annual volume).
Includes source code. 'This article describes in detail the kernel for a real-time interactive multiprocess operating system (RIMOS for short). RIMOS was intended to extend the Intel MDS system and because of this the kernel subroutines make use of Intel's ISIS. (The Intel monitor was used only at the start to load ISIS.) However, the source code that will be listed later is basically usable on any computer using the Intel 8080 microprocessor, except that one would have to write a file system and make some simple changes to eliminate reference to ISIS.'

[Processor: 8080: ART]
Berg, Margaret. "8080 Debug Routine." Personal Computer World July 1978. pp.52-53.
Listing.

[Processor: 8080: ART]
Christensen, Ward. "An 8080 Disassembler." Dr. Dobb's Journal February 1977, Vol. 2, No. 2. pp.30-43 (pp.100-113 of the annual volume).
Includes program listing.

[Processor: 8080: ART]
Dickenson, John, Jerry Barber, John Teeter, Royce Eckard, and Eugene Fisher. "Lawrence Livermore Lab's 8080 BASIC. Includes Floating Point Package, User Documentation and Complete, Annotated Source." Dr. Dobb's Journal January 1977, Vol. 2, No. 1. pp.8-62 (pp.18-72 of the annual volume).
Includes program listing.

[Processor: 8080: ART]
Greeb, Fred J. "Denver Tiny BASIC for 8080s. A 2nd Version that Includes 1-D Arrays." Dr. Dobb's Journal March 1976, Vol. 1, No. 3. pp.20-30 (pp.75-85 of the annual volume).
For the 8080. Includes program listing. Additions given in a letter from Fred J. Greeb, Dr. Dobb's Journal September 1976, Vol. 1, No. 8. p.34 (p.261 of the annual volume).

[Processor: 8080: ART]
Mueller, Erik T. "MINOL - Tiny BASIC with Strings in 1.75K Bytes." Dr. Dobb's Journal April 1976, Vol. 1, No. 4. pp.9-17 (pp.95-103 of the annual volume).
For the 8080. Includes program listing. Additions and corrections given in a letter from Erik T. Mueller, Dr. Dobb's Journal June/July 1976, Vol. 1, No. 6. p.36 (p.184 of the annual volume). Additions and corrections given in letters from Erik T. Mueller, Dr. Dobb's Journal June/July 1976, Vol. 1, No. 6. p.36 (p.184 of the annual volume); August 1976, Vol. 1, No. 7. p.32 (p.222 of the annual volume).

[Processor: 8080: ART]
Pack, Charlie. "System Monitor for 8080-Based Microcomputers." Dr. Dobb's Journal April 1976, Vol. 1, No. 4. pp.18-32 (pp.104-118 of the annual volume).
Includes program listing.

[Processor: 8080: ART]
Wang, Li-Chen. "Palo Alto Tiny BASIC." Dr. Dobb's Journal May 1976, Vol. 1, No. 5. pp.12-25 (pp.129-142 of the annual volume).
For the 8080. Includes program listing. Additions given in a letter from Li-Chen Wang, Dr. Dobb's Journal June/July 1976, Vol. 1, No. 6. p.35 (p.183 of the annual volume).

[Processor: 8080: ART]
Wang, Li-Chen. "Palo Alto Tiny BASIC. Version Three." PCC's Reference Book of Personal and Home Computing. Edited by Dwight McCabe. Menlo Park, California: People's Computer Company, July 1977. pp.58-88.
For the 8080 or Z80. Full listing.

[Processor: 8080: ART]
Whipple, Dick, and John Arnold. "Tiny BASIC, Extended Version." Dr. Dobb's Journal January 1976, Vol. 1, No. 1. pp.14-17 (pp.18-21 of the annual volume); February 1976, Vol. 1, No. 2. pp.13-31 (pp.35-53 of the annual volume).
For the 8080. Includes program listing. Additions given in a letter from Charles Skeldon, Dr. Dobb's Journal June/July 1976, Vol. 1, No. 6. p.34 (p.182 of the annual volume). Additions given in a letter from The Penny Tiger, Dr. Dobb's Journal September 1976, Vol. 1, No. 8. p.30 (p.257 of the annual volume).

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86]
Ayala, Kenneth J. The 8086 Microprocessor: Programming and Interfacing the PC. Minneapolis/St. Paul: West, 1995.
With a floppy disk.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86]
Brunning, Peter E. Experimenting with PC Computers: A Beginner's Introduction to the Design of Simple Electronic Circuits, Writing of Assembly Language Programmes, and Interfacing to a PC Computer. Clacton-on-Sea, Essex: Brunning Software, 1996.
300pp. Spiral bound. With a disk containing BrunWord MCA assembler. Contents: 1. Introduction and Software Installation; 2. What is Computer Control?; 3. Simple Digital to Analogue Converter; 4. Three Bit Digital to Analogue Converter; 5. Measuring the Performance; 6. Using a Ladder Network; 7. Analogue to Digital Converter; 8. Creating Simple Computer Graphs; 9. Successive Approximation A/D Converter; 10. Dynamic Temperature Measurements; 11. Plotting Temperature Measurements; 12. Using Screen Mode 12h; 13. Using a Thermocouple; 14. Working with Audio Waves; 15. Analysing Audio Waves; 16. Fourier Analysis; [Appendices:] A. Components and Tools Required; B. The 8086 Registers; C. The 8086 Instruction Set; D. Software Interrupts; E. Logic Circuit Parameters.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86]
Detmer, Richard C. Introduction to 80x86 Assembly Language and Computer Architecture. Boston: Jones and Bartlett Publishers, 2001.
With a CD-ROM.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86]
Erskine, Robert. Assembly Language for the 8086 and 8088. London: Pitman, 1985.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86]
Erskine, Robert. Assembly Language for the 80286. London: Pitman, 1985.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86]
Fulcher, John. An Introduction to Microcomputer Systems. Architecture and Interfacing. 1989; Sydney: Addison-Wesley, 1994.
Designed for undergraduates. Examples use the 8086 and 68000 processors.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86]
Fuller, Walter. Build Your Own Microcomputer Based on the Intel 8088. Albany, New York: Delmar, 1995.
ix, 193pp. Contents: 1. The Voltage Regulator Circuit; 2. The Power Bus; 3. Wire-Wrap Technique and Practice; 4. The 8088 Clock Circuit; 5. The 8088 Microprocessor Installation; 6. The Memory Circuit; 7. The Programmable Timer Circuit; 8. The 8255A Parallel I/O Port; 9. The 8259 Interrupt Controller; 10. The Serial I/O Circuit; 11. The Monitor Program; 12. Simple Parallel I/O Using the 8255A; 13. Exploring Interrupts; 14. The Polled Centronix [sic] Printer Interface; 15. The Interrupt Driven Centronix [sic] Interface; 16. The Interrupt Driven Serial I/O Circuit; 17. Analog-to-Digital Conversion; Appendix A. Parts List for the Microcomputer; Appendix B. Programming Features of the Monitor Program; Appendix C. How to Write and Assembly Language Program for the Microcomputer.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86]
Irvine, Kip R. Assembly Language for Intel-Based Computers. 4th edition; Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall, 2002.
With a CD-ROM containing Microsoft Macro Assembler versions 6.11 and 6.15, an evaluation copy of TextPad 4.5.0 editor, a macro library, and the book's source code. 2nd edition c.1993; 3rd edition c.1999, with a 3.5" floppy disk.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86]
Uffenbeck, John E. The 8086/8088 Family: Design, Programming, and Interfacing. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1987.
2nd (1998) and 3rd (2002) editions retitled: The 80x86 Family: Design, Programming, and Interfacing.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86: ART]
Davy, Bill. "Advanced Intelligence." Personal Computer World September 1978. pp.39-40.
A review of the 8086.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. "8088 Interrupt Based Control Computer." Electronics Today International Part 2: September 1995. pp.56-63, 70.
Constructional article. Part 2 includes the schematic, PCB and sample code.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. [8088 Interrupt Based Control Computer.] "Single Stepping the 8088 in Real Time." Electronics Today International November 1995. pp.47-50.

[Processor: 8086/8088/x86: ART]
Grodzik, Richard. "The ETI 80188 Single Board Computer." Electronics Today International Part 1: January 1995. pp.20-25, 70.
Constructional article. Part 1 includes the schematic and PCB.

[Processor: TMS9900: ART]
Coles, R. W. "PE Micro-File Filesheet 7. 9900." Practical Electronics Vol. 19, No. 6. June 1983. pp.7/1-7/4.
Data and notes on the TI TMS9900, the first 16-bit microprocessor, unveiled in 1976.

[Processor: 68000]
Antonakos, James L. The 68000 Microprocessor: Hardware and Software Principles and Applications. 4th edition; Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, [c.1999].
With floppy disk. 3rd edition (c.1996).

[Processor: 68000]
Barrow, David. 68000 Machine Code Programming. London: Collins, 1985.

[Processor: 68000]
Barry, Ambrose. 68000 Assembly Language Programming and Interfacing: A Unique Approach for the Beginner. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Regents/Prentice-Hall, 1992.

[Processor: 68000]
Brey, Barry B. The Motorola Microprocessor Family: 68000, 68008, 68010, 68020, 68030, and 68040. Programming and Interfacing with Applications. Fort Worth: Saunders, 1992.

[Processor: 68000]
Clements, Alan. 68000 Sourcebook. London; New York: McGraw-Hill, [c.1990].

[Processor: 68000]
Erskine, Robert. Assembly Language for the 68000 Series. London: Pitman, 1984.

[Processor: 68000]
Fleetwood, Lionel. 68000 User Guide. Wilmslow: Sigma Press, 1985.

[Processor: 68000]
Ford, William, and William R. Topp. Assembly Language and Systems Programming for the M68000 Family. [Lexington, Massachusetts]: [D. C. Heath], [1988].
2nd edition: Lexington, Massachusetts: D. C. Heath, 1992 (xxiii, 890, 244pp); Reprinted: Sudbury, Massachusetts: Jones and Bartlett, 1997 (xxiii, 890, 244pp, covers the 68000, 68020, 68030 and 68040). Contents (1997 reprint): 1. Introduction; 2. Representation of Data; 3. Machine Organization and Programming; 4. Assembly Language Programming; 5. Introduction to Branching; 6. Arrays and Stacks; 7. Subroutines; 8. Extended Arithmetic on the MC68000; 9. Character Handling; 10. High-Level Language Run-Time Environment; 11. Data Structures; 12. Communication Interface Programming; 13. Exception Processing; 14. Peripheral Device Interrupts; 15. Advanced MC68000 System Topics; Appendix A. M68000 Family of Integer Instructions; Appendix B. M68000 Family of Supervisor (Privileged) Instructions; Appendix C. Coprocessor Instructions; Appendix D. Input/Output Libraries; Appendix E. Condition Code Computations; Appendix F. ASCII Code Chart.

[Processor: 68000]
Frizell, Anne. Teach Yourself 68000 Assembly Language Programming. London: Interface, [c.1987].

[Processor: 68000]
Fulcher, John. An Introduction to Microcomputer Systems. Architecture and Interfacing. 1989; Sydney: Addison-Wesley, 1994.
Designed for undergraduates. Examples use the 8086 and 68000 processors.

[Processor: 68000]
Jaulent, Patrick. The 68000: Hardware and Software. Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1985.
Translated by M. J. Stewart.

[Processor: 68000]
King, Tim, and Brian Knight. Programming the M68000. London: Addison-Wesley, 1983.
Small Computer series. 154pp. Preface dated March 1983. 2nd edition: Wokingham: Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Co., 1987 (ix, 277pp); Reprint: [n.p.]: Prentice Hall College Division, 1987 (277pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. Introduction; 2. Assembler Syntax and Addressing Modes; 3. Moving and Comparing Data; 4. Stacks and Subroutines; 5. Arithmetic; 6. Logical Operations; 7. Exception Handling; 8. A Complete Example: A Monitor; Appendix.

[Processor: 68000]
Leventhal, Lance A., Gerry Kane, and Doug Hawkins 68000 Assembly Language Programming. 2nd edition; Berkeley: Osborne McGraw-Hill, [c.1986].
First published in 1981.

[Processor: 68000]
Miller, Michael A. The 68000 Microprocessor: Architecture, Programming, and Applications. Columbus, Ohio; London: Merrill, 1988.
xiv, 513pp. 2nd edition (with the amended title: The 68000 Microprocessor Family: Architecture, Programming, and Applications): New York: Merrill; Oxford: Maxwell Macmillan International, 1992 (xix, 569pp).

[Processor: 68000]
Penfold, R. A., and J. W. Penfold. An Introduction to 68000 Assembly Language. BP184. London: Babani, 1986.
Reprinted: London: Babani, 1994.

[Processor: 68000]
Scanlon, Leo J. The 68000: Principles and Programming. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1981.
238pp.

[Processor: 68000]
Triebel, Walter A., and Avtar Singh. The 68000 and 68020 Microprocessors: Architecture, Software, and Interfacing Techniques. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey; London: Prentice-Hall, 1991.

[Processor: 68000]
Wilcox, Alan D. 68000 Microcomputer Systems: Designing and Troubleshooting. London: Prentice-Hall, 1987.

[Processor: 68000]
Woolcock, Richard, and Anthony Burkitt. 68000 Reference Guide. [n.p.]: Melbourne House, 1986.

[Processor: RISC: Manual]
VLSI Technology, Inc., Application Specific Logic Products Division. Acorn RISC machine (ARM) Family Data Manual. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall; London: Prentice-Hall International, 1990.
Multi-paged.

[Processor: RISC]
Furber, Stephen Bo. ARM System Architecture. Harlow; Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1996.
xvi, 416pp. 2nd edition (with the amended title ARM System-on-Chip Architecture): Harlow; New York: Addison-Wesley, 2000 (xii, 419pp).

[Processor: RISC]
Ginns, Mike. Archimedes Assembly Language: The Complete Programming Course. Manchester: Dabs Press, May 1988.
2nd edition: Manchester: Dabs Press, 1989 (368pp); 3rd impression: Manchester: Dabs Press, October 1991. 2nd edition stated to cover the RISC OS. Contents (2nd edition, 3rd impression): 1. Introduction; 2. An Overview of the ARM; 3. Internal Architecture; 4. The BASIC Assembler; 5. The ARM Instruction Set; 6. Data Processing: Format; 7. Shift Instructions; 8. Processing Instructions; 9. Register R15; 10. Data Transfer; 11. Branches and SWI; 12. Stacks and LDM/STM; 13. The BASIC Assembler 2; 14. Techniques & Debugging; 15. Interrupts and Events; 16. Vectors; 17. OS SWI Routines; 18. The WIMP Environment; 19. Managing Fonts; 20. Templates and Input/Output; 21. Manipulating Strings; 22. Functions, Operators; 23. Control Statements and Loops; 24. Graphics Templates; 25. RISC OS Specific; Appendices.

[Processor: RISC]
Jagger, Dave, ed. ARM Architecture Reference Manual. London; New York: Prentice Hall, 1996.
Multi-paged. Document No. ARM DDI 0100B. 2nd edition (edited by David Seal): Harlow: Addison-Wesley, 2001 (Document No. ARM DDI 0100E; multi-paged).

[Processor: RISC]
Sloss, Andrew N., Dominic Symes, Chris Wright, and John Rayfield. ARM System Developer's Guide: Designing and Optimizing System Software. Amsterdam: Elsevier; Boston: Morgan Kaufman, 2004.

[Processor: RISC]
Van Someren, Alex, and Carol Atack. The ARM RISC Chip: A Programmer's Guide. Wokingham: Addison-Wesley, [c.1993-1994].

[Processor: RISC]
Van Someren, Alex, and Nic Van Someren. Archimedes Operating System: A User's Guide. Manchester: Dabs Press, 1988.
320pp. 2nd printing: Manchester: Dabs Press, February 1990 (320pp). Another edition or printing: Manchester: Dabs Press, 1991 (320pp). A disk (ADFS 640K) was produced to accompany the book, and an 8pp manual was supplied with it (First edition: February 1989). Contents (2nd printing): 1. RISC Technology; 2. The ARM Instruction Set; 3. The BASIC V Assembler; 4. The Operating System; 5. Command Line Interpreter; 6. OS_CLI Related SWIs; 7. Filing Systems; 8. The FileSwitch Module; 9. Filing System SWIs; 10. Modules; 11. Writing Modules; 12. Writing Applications; 13. The Window Manager; 14. The Font Manager; 15. Sound Introduction; 16. Sound Star Commands; 17. Sound SWI Calls; 18. The Voice Generator; 19. Character Input/Output; 20. Vectors; 21. Interrupts and Events; 22. Conversion SWIs; 23. Miscellaneous SWIs; 24. The ARM Chip Set; 25. Floating Point Model; Appendices.

[Processor: RISC: ART]
Bedford, Mike. "Reduced Instruction Set Computers." Electronics Today International December 1985. pp.22-26.
Descriptive article.

[Processor: Transputer]
[Manual] Transputer Applications Notebook: Architecture and Software. [Almondsbury, Bristol]: [INMOS], [19--].
INMOS Databook Series.

[Processor: Transputer]
[Manual] Transputer Applications Notebook: Systems and Performance. Almondsbury, Bristol: INMOS, June 1989.
xiv, 298pp. INMOS Databook Series. Document No. 72-TRN-205-00. Contents: 1. INMOS: An Overview; [Hardware:] 2. Designing with the IMS T414 and IMS T800 Memory Interface; 3. Connecting INMOS Links; 4. IMS B003 Design of a Multi-Transputer Board; 5. Using Transputers from EPROM; [Systems:] 6. Designs and Applications for the IMS C004; 7. Module Motherboard Architecture; 8. Dual Inline Transputer Modules (TRAMs); [Software:] 9. Program Design for Concurrent Systems; 10. Exploring Multiple Transputer Arrays; 11. Extraordinary Use of Transputer Links; 12. Analysing Transputer Networks; 13. Loading Transputer Networks; [Applications:] 14. A Transputer Based Radio-Navigation System; 15. The Transputer Based Navigation System - Testing Embedded Systems; 16. A Transputer Based Distributed Graphics Display; [Performance:] 17. Lies, Damned Lies, and Benchmarks; 18. Performance Maximisation.

[Processor: Transputer]
[Manual] The Transputer Databook. Almondsbury, Bristol: INMOS, 1988.
477pp. INMOS Databook Series. 2nd edition: Almondsbury, Bristol: INMOS, 1989 (582pp; Document No. 72-TRN-203-01). Contents (2nd edition): 1. INMOS; 2. Transputer Architecture; 3. Transputer Overview; 4. IMS T805 Engineering Data; 5. IMS T801 Engineering Data; 6. IMS T800 Engineering Data; 7. IMS T425 Engineering Data; 8. IMS T414 Engineering Data; 9. IMS T222 Engineering Data; 10. IMS T225 Preview; 11. IMS M212 Preview; 12. IMS C004 Engineering Data; 13. IMS C011 Engineering Data; 14. IMS C012 Engineering Data; Appendix A. Quality and Reliability; Appendix B. Index.

[Processor: Transputer]
[Manual] Transputer Support Databook: Development and Sub-Systems. [Almondsbury, Bristol]: [INMOS], [19--].
INMOS Databook Series.

[Processor: Transputer]
Transputer Development System. New York; London: Prentice-Hall, 1988.
xx, 491pp.

[Processor: Transputer]
Transputer Instruction Set: A Compiler Writer's Guide. New York; London: Prentice-Hall, 1988.
vii, 167pp.

[Processor: Transputer]
Transputer Reference Manual. Almondsbury, Bristol: INMOS, 1985.
Multi-paged.

[Processor: Transputer]
Transputer Reference Manual. New York: Prentice-Hall, 1988.
xv, 346pp.

[Processor: Transputer]
Transputer Technical Notes. New York; London: Prentice-Hall, 1989.
xiv, 246pp.

[Processor: Transputer]
Feng, M. D., and Chung-Kwong Yuen. A Transputer-Based Parallel Lisp Implementation. DISCS Publication, TRA7/91. Kent Ridge, Singapore: Department of Information Systems and Computer Science, National University of Singapore, 1991.

[Processor: Transputer]
Forster, Peter. A Transputer-Based Autonomous Mobile Robot. DAI Technical Paper, 6. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh, Dept. of Artificial Intelligence, [c.1991].
The robot is called 'Ben Hope'.

[Processor: Transputer]
Graham, Ian, and Tim King. The Transputer Handbook. London: Prentice-Hall, [c.1990].

[Processor: Transputer]
Harp, Gordon, ed. Transputer Applications. London: Pitman, 1989.

[Processor: Transputer]
Hinton, Jeremy, and Alan Pinder. Transputer Hardware and System Design. New York; London: Prentice-Hall, 1993.

[Processor: Transputer]
Molina, Alfonso H. The Transputer Constituency: Building up UK/European Capabilities in Information Technologies. [Edinburgh]: Research Centre for Social Sciences, University of Edinburgh, 1989.

[Processor: Transputer]
Mudi, Harold. Transputer Controlled Robot Arm. n.p.: n.p., 1993.

[Processor: Transputer]
Race, Philip J. A Transputer Based Teletext to Speech Convertor. n.p.: n.p., 1988.

[Processor: Transputer]
Roberts, John. Transputer Assembly Language Programming. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, [c.1992].

[Processor: Transputer]
Transputer Consortium. Transputer Applications. n.p.: The Consortium, [1992].

[Processor: Transputer: ART]
Barwise, Mike. "The Transputer." Electronics Today International March 1987. pp.23-25.
Descriptive article.

[Processor: Transputer: ART]
Coles, R. W. "The Transputer: A Component for the Fifth Generation." Practical Electronics April 1984. pp.26-31.

[Processor: Transputer: ART]
Denning, Adam. "Transputer Trial." Your Computer June 1987. pp.40-41.
Review of the Kuma K-Max Transputer Development System for the Atari ST.

[Robotics]
Arkin, Ronald C. Behavior-Based Robotics. Cambridge, Massachusett: MIT Press, 1998.
xiv, 491pp.

[Robotics]
Arrick, Roger. Robot Building for Dummies. New York; Chichester: Wiley, 2003.
xviii, 359pp.

[Robotics]
Baum, Dave, Michael Gasperi, Ralph Hempel, and Luis Villa. Extreme Mindstorms: An Advanced Guide to Lego Mindstorms. Berkeley, California: Apress, 2000.
xii, 347pp.

[Robotics]
Branwyn, Gareth. Absolute Beginner's Guide to Building Robots. Indianapolis, Indiana: Que, 2004.
xvi, 366pp.

[Robotics]
Bräunl, Thomas. Embedded Robotics: Mobile Robot Design and Applications with Embedded Systems. Berlin; New York: Springer, 2003.
xiii, 434pp. 2nd edition: Berlin: Springer, 2006 (xiii, 458pp).

[Robotics]
Clark, Dennis, and Michael Owings. Building Robot Drive Trains. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2003.
xvi, 400pp.

[Robotics]
Clark, William. Make and Program Your Own Robots for the Sinclair Spectrum. London: Hutchinson, 1985.
48pp. Uses Lego and the Datel Robotek interface (a circuit diagram for it is given). Contents: [1.] About this Book; [2.] Linking Up Robots To Your Computer; [3.] Programming and Robot Control; [4.] Wiring and Electrical Details; [5.] Using LEGO; [6.] Projects: Walking Android; Whirly Turtle; Lift Operator; Card Reader; Mini-Arm; Plotter; Maxi-Arm; [7.] Useful Addresses and Information.

[Robotics]
Cook, David. Robot Building for Beginners. Berkeley, California: Apress, 2002.
xv, 568pp.

[Robotics]
Cook, David. Intermediate Robot Building. Berkeley, California: Apress, 2004.
xxii, 442pp.

[Robotics]
Dudek, Gregory, and Michael Richard MacLean Jenkin. Computational Principles of Mobile Robotics. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 2000.
xii, 280pp.

[Robotics]
Everett, H. R. Sensors for Mobile Robots: Theory and Application. Wellesley, Massachusetts: A. K. Peters, 1995.
xiv, 528pp.

[Robotics]
George, Frank Honywill. The Anatomy of Business: An Introduction to Business Cybernetics and Executive Information Systems. London: Associated Business Programmes, 1974.
ix, 158pp. US edition: New York: Wiley [1974] (ix, 158pp).

[Robotics]
George, Frank Honywill. Automation, Cybernetics, and Society. London: L. Hill, 1959.
283pp. US edition: New York: Philosophical Library, [1959] (283pp).

[Robotics]
George, Frank Honywill. The Foundations of Cybernetics. London: Gordon and Breach, 1977.
xiv, 286pp.

[Robotics]
George, Frank Honywill. Philosophical Foundations of Cybernetics. Tunbridge Wells: Abacus Press, 1979.
ix, 157pp. Cybernetics and Systems series, 1.

[Robotics]
George, Frank Honywill, and John Davison Humphries, eds. The Robots are Coming. Manchester: NCC Publications, 1974.
186pp. National Computing Centre, Computers and People series. Foreword by Isaac Asimov.

[Robotics]
Gibilisco, Stan, ed. Concise Encyclopedia of Robotics. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2003.
xiii, 365pp.

[Robotics]
Hannold, Chris. Combat Robot Weapons. New York: McGraw-Hill/TAB Electronics, 2003.
208pp. With a CD-ROM.

[Robotics]
Hannold, Chris. Combat Robots Complete: Everything You Need to Build, Compete, and Win. New York: McGraw-Hill/TAB Electronics, 2003.
xix, 311pp. With a CD-ROM.

[Robotics]
Hrynkiw, Dave, and Mark W. Tilden. JunkBots, Bugbots, and Bots on Wheels: Building Simple Robots With BEAM Technology. New York: McGraw-Hill/Osborne, 2002.
xxiv, 374pp.

[Robotics]
Iovine, John. Robots, Androids, and Animatrons: 12 Incredible Projects You Can Build. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1998.
xviii, 270pp. 2nd edition: New York: McGraw-Hill, 2002 (xix, 332pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. In the Beginning; 2. Artificial Life and Artificial Intelligence; 3. Power; 4. Movement and Drive Systems; 5. Sensors; 6. Intelligence; 7. Speech-Controlled Mobile Robot; 8. Neural Nets, Nervous Nets, and Subsumption Architecture; 9. Telepresence Robots; 10. Mobile Platforms; 11. Walker Robots; 12. Solar Ball Robot; 13. Underwater Bots; 14. Aerobots; 15. Robotic Arm; 16. Android Hand.

[Robotics]
Iovine, John. PIC Robotics: A Beginner's Guide to Robotics Projects Using the PIC Micro. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2004.
xi, 274pp.

[Robotics]
Jones, Joseph L., and Anita M. Flynn. Mobile Robots: Inspiration to Implementation. Wellesley, Massachusetts: A. K. Peters, 1993.
xvii, 349pp. 2nd edition (with an additional co-author (Bruce A. Seiger) and a CD-ROM): Natick, Massachusetts: A. K. Peters, 1999 (xxii, 457pp).

[Robotics]
Jones, Joseph L., and Daniel Roth. Robot Programming: A Practical Guide to Behavior-Based Robotics. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2004.
xxvi, 293pp.

[Robotics]
Lerner, Aleksandr Yakovlevich. Fundamentals of Cybernetics. London: Chapman and Hall, 1972.
x, 294pp. Translated by Eugene Gros. Edited by Frank Honywill George. Original title: Nachala Kibernetiki. Another edition: New York: Plenum Publishing Corp., 1975 (xii, 294pp).

[Robotics]
McComb, Gordon. Constructing Robot Bases. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2004.
xviii, 350pp.

[Robotics]
McComb, Gordon. Robot Builder's Bonanza: 99 Inexpensive Robotics Projects. Blue Ridge Summit, Philadelphia: Tab Books, 1987.
ix, 326pp. 2nd edition: New York: McGraw-Hill, 2001 (xiii, 753pp). 3rd edition (with an additional co-author, Myke Predko): New York: McGraw-Hill, 2006 (xxxi, 733pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. The Robot Experimenter; 2. Anatomy of a Robot; 3. Tools and Supplies; 4. Buying Parts; 5. Robots of Plastic; 6. Building a Basic Wooden Platform; 7. Building a Metal Platform; 8. Converting Toys into Working Robots; 9. All About Batteries; 10. Build an Experimenter's Power Supply; 11. Build a Battery Recharger; 12. Choosing the Right Motor for the Job; 13. Robot Locomotion with DC Motors; 14. Robot Locomotion with Stepper Motors; 15. Build a Roverbot; 16. Build a Six-Legged Walking Robot; 17. Advanced Locomotion Systems; 18. An Overview of Arm Systems; 19. Build a Revolute Coordinate Arm; 20. Build a Polar Coordinate Arm; 21. Experimenting with Gripper Designs; 22. Adding the Sense of Touch; 23. Adding a Mouth to Your Robot; 24. Build a Music and Sound Effects Generator; 25. Sound Detection; 26. Robotic Eyes; 27. Fire Detection Systems; 28. Collision Avoidance and Detection; 29. Navigating Through Space; 30. Remote Control Systems; 31. Computer Control Via Printer Port; 32. Build a Robot Interface Card; 33. Adding an On-Board Computer; [Appendices:] A. Sources; B. Further Reading; C. Interfacing Logic Families and ICs; D. Drill Bit and Bolt Chart.

[Robotics]
McComb, Gordon. Robot Builder's Sourcebook: Over 2,500 Sources for Robot Parts. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2003.
xvii, 711pp.

[Robotics]
Mukhar, Kevin, and Dave Johnson. The Ultimate Palm Robot. New York: McGraw-Hill/Osborne, 2003.
xv, 285pp. With a CD-ROM.

[Robotics]
Practical Robotics. London: ECC Publications, [1984].
Periodical. Bi-monthly. First issue: May-June 1984.

[Robotics]
Predko, Michael [ie. Myke]. 123 Robotics Experiments for the Evil Genius. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2004.
ix, 355pp.

[Robotics]
Predko, Michael [ie. Myke]. Programming Robot Controllers. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2003.
xx, 456pp. With a CD-ROM.

[Robotics]
Sandhu, Harprit. An Introduction to Robotics. Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire: Nexus Special Interests, 1997.
v, 198pp. Companion disks were available from the author (IBM PC and Apple). Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. History and Future; 3. The Modern Robot; 4. Mobile Robots; 5. Running Motors; 6. Encoders and Amplifiers; 7. Sensors, Input and Output; 8. Computer and Software; 9. A Robot Control Language; 10. Robotic Vision - An Introduction; 11. Selecting a Suitable Robot Design for Building; 12. Skills, Tools, Time and Materials; 13. Making the Walking Robot; 14. RoboWalk - A Language for a Walking Robot; [Appendices:] 1. A Short Glossary of Robotic Terms; 2. Table of ASCII Values; 3. Scott Edwards Controller Information; 4. Information on Software Diskettes; 5. Drawings and Construction Notes; 6. Component Supplier Information.

[Robotics]
Sandin, Paul E. Robot Mechanisms and Mechanical Devices Illustrated. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2003.
xxxv, 299pp.

[Robotics]
Wilcher, Don. Lego Mindstorms Interfacing. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2003.
xviii, 395pp. With a CD-ROM.

[Robotics]
Williams, Douglas H. PDA Robotics: Using Your Personal Digital Assistant to Control Your Robot. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2003.
xix, 232pp.

[Robotics]
Williams, Karl P. Amphibionics: Build Your Own Biologically Inspired Reptilian Robot. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2003.
xvii, 363pp.

[Robotics]
Williams, Karl P. Build Your Own Humanoid Robots: 6 Amazing & Affordable Projects. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2004.
xi, 211pp.

[Robotics]
Williams, Karl P. Insectronics: Build Your Own Walking Robot. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2003.
xiv, 272pp.

[Robotics]
Wise, Edwin. Applied Robotics. Indianapolis, Indiana: Prompt Publications, 1999.
xiv, 311pp. With a CD-ROM.

[Robotics]
Wise, Edwin. Applied Robotics II. Clifton Park, New York: Thomson/Delmar Learning, 2003.
xvi, 344pp.

[Robotics: ART]
Your Robot. Daventry, Northampton; [later] London: EMAP, [1984].
Periodical. Winter 1984 issue notes the title to be new, quarterly, and given away free with Electronics and Computing Monthly. Vol. 1, No. 3 (April 1984) issue, 16pp, in the April 1984 issue of E&CM. Vol. 1, No. 4 (May 1984) issue, 16pp, in the May 1984 issue, etc. By the July 1984 issue of E&CM, the Your Robot supplement was not seperately paginated.

[Robotics: ART]
Alexander, Ken. "Prism's Movits." Electronics and Computing Monthly May 1984. Your Robot Supplement. p.8.
Review of the Movit robots from Prism Consumer Products.

[Robotics: ART]
Becker, Richard. "PE Micrograsp." Practical Electronics I: December 1982. pp.30-35; II: January 1983. pp.44-48.
Constructional series in 2 parts describing the ZX81-based Micrograsp robot arm sold by PowerTran Cybernetics, from whom kits could be purchased.

[Robotics: ART]
Becker, Richard, Tim Orr, and Richard Monkhouse. "PE Robots." Practical Electronics II: December 1981. pp.42-47; III: January 1982. pp.64-71; IV: February 1982. pp.52-58; V: March 1982. pp.56-59; VI: April 1982. pp.46-51.
Constructional series in 6 parts describing the M101, P101, and S101 robots sold by PowerTran Cybernetics, from whom kits could be purchased.

[Robotics: ART]
Billingsley, John. "Off Your Trolley! Your Own Robot to Build Yourself for Under £15?" Popular Computing Weekly Vol. 4, No. 11. 14-20 March 1985. pp.14-15, 17-18.
The PCW Buggy, constructional details with program listings for the Commodore 64, BBC Micro, ZX81, and ZX Spectrum. Kits were sold by Greenweld.

[Robotics: ART]
Bishop, Owen. "Smart Karts." Everyday Practical Electronics I: Basic Construction, October 2004. pp.724-732; II: On Manoeuvres and Software Development, November 2004. pp.814-820.
Constructional article. PIC16F84-based mobile buggy.

[Robotics: ART]
Buckley, David. "Zeaker Micro-Robot." Practical Electronics I: Vol. 19, No. 5. May 1983. pp.42-47; II: Vol. 19, No. 6. June 1983. pp.36-41.
Constructional article. ZX81-controlled robot. Kits and assembled Zeakers were sold by Colne Robotics. Suitable for any micro with an 8-bit bi-directional port. Colne supplied an interface for ZX81 and ZX Spectrum users. The article described interfacing and controlling Zeaker using a ZX81.

[Robotics: ART]
Clark, Nigel. "Robots: Take me to your Micro." Your Computer March 1985. pp.52-53, 55.
Overview of available robots.

[Robotics: ART]
Dawson, John. "Robot Kits." Your Computer January 1986. pp.68-69, 71.
Review of the Milton Bradley Robotix kits. Includes interfacing information for the BBC Micro.

[Robotics: ART]
Fairhead, Harry, and Janet Swift. "Pull the Other LEGO." Computer Shopper November 1998, No. 129. pp.746-749.
Review of the LEGO Invention System.

[Robotics: ART]
Forrester, Eddie, and Robin Moorshead. "Trundle: The Channel Four Robot." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 4, No. 14. March-May 1985. pp.16-25.
ZX81-based robot. Consists of the interface, the CMOS low power 2K memory expansion, the sensor board, and the motor/chassis unit. A kit was sold by Maplin Electronic Supplies. Channel Four is a national UK TV station.

[Robotics: ART]
Hampshire, Nick. "The Robobugs of MIT." Electronics Today International December 1996. pp.9-10, 12, 14.

[Robotics: ART]
Hampshire, Nick. "Servos are Inexpensive and Easy to Build." Practical Computing. June 1980. pp.96-97.
Computer-controlled servos for robotics.

[Robotics: ART]
"HEBOT II." Hobby Electronics November 1982. pp.9-16, 72.
The Hobby Electronics robot, with a ZX81 interface. A full kit was offered by PowerTran Cybernetics.

[Robotics: ART]
Hoffman, Eric. "Big Trak Gets Brains on Board." Practical Robotics Part 1: September/October 1984. pp. 39-45, 48-50.
Constructional project to control a Big Trak with a Z-8671 microcontroller. Big Trak has a TMS1000, 1K ROM, 128 bytes RAM and 24 I/O lines.

[Robotics: ART]
James, Sam, and Harry Fairhead. "Roboshop." Computer Shopper I: September 1997, No. 115. pp.779-781, 783-784; II: October 1997, No. 116. pp.819-821; III: November 1997, No. 117. pp.891-894; IV: December 1997, No. 118. pp.877-879.
The 'Build Your Own Robot' series, based on a BASIC Stamp. Articles with the title "Roboshop 2", "Roboshop 3" etc.

[Robotics: ART]
James, Sam, and Harry Fairhead. "Our Friends Electric." Computer Shopper V: February 1998, No. 120. pp.850-853; VI: April 1998, No. 122. pp.823-826.
Both articles with this title, and concerning the ShopperBot, based on the Stamp II. No articles in Nos. 119 and 121 (January and March 1998).

[Robotics: ART]
King, D. S. "Motors Explained." Electronics and Computing Monthly July 1984. pp.68-69. In the Your Robot Supplement.
Part of a series.

[Robotics: ART]
King, D. S. "Motors Made Simple." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1984. p.58. In the Your Robot Supplement.
Final instalment in a series.

[Robotics: ART]
Peterson, M. "The Biological Basis of Robotics: Pattern Recognition and Neural Networks." Practical Electronics June 1986. pp.46-49.

[Robotics: ART]
Pickard, Alan. "Practical Robotics Techniques. Part 1: An Introduction to Control by Experiment." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 10, No. 42. February-March 1991. pp.16-18.
Primarily based around the BBC Micro.

[Robotics: ART]
"Robots. Special Supplement." Everyday Practical Electronics October 2004. 8pp. Between pp.708-709.
Overview of products and suppliers.

[Robotics: ART]
[Sargeant], Richard. "Bigger Buggy Building." Electronics and Computing Monthly December 1984. pp.72-75. In the Your Robot Supplement.
Adding sensors and an extra interface board to the Hardy Buggy featured in the November 1984 issue.

[Robotics: ART]
[Sargeant], Richard. "Build Your Own Low Cost Robots." Electronics and Computing Monthly July 1984. p.71. In the Your Robot Supplement.
First in a series of articles. Using LEGO.

[Robotics: ART]
[Sargeant], Richard. "Building a Low-Cost Turtle." Electronics and Computing Monthly October 1984. pp.62-64. In the Your Robot Supplement.

[Robotics: ART]
[Sargeant], Richard. "DIY Robot Wall Builder." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1984. pp.52-56. In the Your Robot Supplement.
Constructional article. Uses LEGO.

[Robotics: ART]
Sargeant, Richard. "Low Cost Robot Building: Getting a Grip." Electronics and Computing Monthly February 1985. pp.56-58.
Series. Robot limbs.

[Robotics: ART] Witkowski, Mark. "Robotics." Practical Computing Part 4 (Communication is Problem in Programmed Control): May 1980. pp.90-94.
Series.

[Robotics: ART]"Zero 2." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 4, No. 14. March-May 1985. pp.36-38.
Review of the Zero 2 turtle robot kit sold by Maplin Electronic Supplies.

General Works from 1970

Magazines with PC in the title, but with general news or features are included here. PC-software specific magazines are only listed in the IBM PC section.

8Bit. Ely, Cambridgeshire, [1993-].
Periodical. Quarterly. Issue 18: October-December 1997.

Ahl, David H., ed. 101 BASIC Computer Games. Maynard, Massachusetts: Digital Equipment Corporation, 1973.
249pp.

All Micro Magazine. New Romney, Kent: Steam Computer Society, [199-].
Bi-Monthly. 'For users of the Einstein and other golden oldies micros'. Issue 69, March-April 1994 (20pp).

Allan, Roy A. A Bibliography of the Personal Computer: The Books and Periodical Articles. London, Ontario: Allan Publishing, 2005.
83pp.

Anderson, Phil. Computers and the Radio Amateur. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey; London: Prentice-Hall, 1982.
xii, 208pp. Projects use the TRS-80.

Anderson, Ronald Gordon. Microcomputing. Plymouth: Macdonald and Evans, 1982.
xii, 108pp. The M&E Handbook Series. 2nd edition: Plymouth: Macdonald and Evans; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: International Ideas, 1984 (xiv, 210pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. Profile of Microcomputers; 2. Operating a Microcomputer; 3. Concepts of Programming for Microcomputing; 4. Programming Microcomputers; 5. Arithmetic by Microcomputer; 6. Demonstration Programs.

Annino, Raymond, and Richard D. Driver. Scientific and Engineering Applications with Personal Computers. A Software Approach with Examples for the Apple-, IBM-PC-, and CP/M-Based Microcomputer Systems. New York; Chichester: Wiley, 1986.
xx, 577pp.

Arcade. Bath, Avon: Future, [December 1998-].
Periodical. Issues seen: 1 (December 1998).

Aspray, William, ed. Computing before Computers. Ames: Iowa State Univ. Press, 1990.
[ix], 266pp.

Augarten, Stan. Bit by Bit: An Illustrated History of Computers. New York: Ticknor & Fields, 1984.
324pp. Paperback edition: London; Boston; Sydney: Unwin Paperbacks, 1984 (322pp). Hardback edition: London: George Allen & Unwin, 1985 (324pp). Contents (1985 edition): 1. The First Mechanical Calculators; 2. The Engines of Charles Babbage; 3. The Bridge Between Two Centuries; 4. The Invention of ENIAC; 5. The Stored-Program Computer; 6. The Rise of IBM; 7. The Whirlwind Project; 8. The Integrated Circuit; 9. The Personal Computer; Epilogue: The Lesson of History; Appendix: The FBI Dossier of John William Mauchly; Chronology of the History of Computers.

Bagnall, Brian. On The Edge: The Spectacular Rise and Fall of Commodore. Winnipeg, Manitoba: Variant Press, 2005.
ix, 561pp. Contents: Introduction; Prolog: The Rise of Commodore; 1. MOS Technology - 1974 to 1976; 2. The Acquisition - 1975 to 1976; 3. The PET - 1976 to 1977; 4. Releasing the PET - 1977 to 1978; 5. The Trinity - 1977-1979; 6. Business is War - 1979 to 1980; 7. The Color Computers - 1979 to 1980; 8. The VIC-20 - 1980; 9. Computers for the Masses - 1981; 10. The Race to a Million - 1981 to 1983; 11. The Secret Project - 1981; 12. The Commodore 64 - 1982; 13. Selling the Revolution - 1982; 14. Commodore Mania - 1983; 15. TED - 1983; 16. Dismissing the Founder - 1984; 17. The Sequel - 1984; 18. Brawling for the C128 - 1984 to 1985; 19. The Savior of Commodore - 1982 to 1985; 20. The Amiga - 1985 to 1986; 21. Dropping the Ball - 1985 to 1987; 22. The New Amigas - 1986 to 1987; 23. A Radical New Direction - 1988 to 1992; 24. The Fall of Commodore - 1992 to 1994; Epilogue.

Barden, William T., Jr. Guidebook to Small Computers. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1980.
127pp.

Barden, William T., Jr. How to Buy and Use Minicomputers and Microcomputers. Indianapolis, Indiana: Sams, 1977.

Barden, William T., Jr. How to Program Microcomputers. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1977.
256pp.

Barden, William T., Jr. Microcomputer Math.2nd edition; Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1982.
128pp.

Barden, William T., Jr. Microcomputers for Business Applications. Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1979.
256pp.

Barron, David William. Assemblers and Loaders. London: Macdonald; New York: American Elsevier, 1969.
61pp. Computer Monographs, 6. 2nd edition: London: Macdonald; New York: American Elsevier, 1972 (x, 90pp). 3rd edition: London: Macdonald and Jane's; New York: Elsevier North-Holland, 1978 (xi, 100pp).

Barron, David William, and Judith Mary Bishop. Advanced Programming. A Practical Course. Chichester: Wiley, 1984.
xii, 277pp.

Beech, Graham. Computer Based Learning: Practical Methods for Microcomputers. Wilmslow: Sigma, 1983.

Berners-Lee, Tim, and Mark Fischetti. Weaving the Web. The Original Design and Ultimate Destiny of the World Wide Web by its Inventor. San Francisco, California: HarperSanFrancisco, 1999.
xi, 226pp. London: Orion Business, 1999 (xi, 244pp). Reprinted: 1999; 2000. New York: HarperCollins Publishers, 2000 (ix, 246pp). London: Texere, 2000 (256pp). Contents (Orion Business, 2000 edition): 1. Enquire Within Upon Everything; 2. Tangles, Links and Webs; 3. info.cern.ch; 4. Protocols: Simple Rules for Global Systems; 5. Going Global; 6. Browsing; 7. Changes; 8. Consortium; 9. Competition and Consensus; 10. Web of People; 11. Privacy; 12. Mind to Mind; 13. Machines and the Web; 14. Weaving the Web.

Bird, Peter John. LEO: The First Business Computer. Wokingham, Berkshire: Hasler Publishing, 1994.
vii, 272pp. LEO was created by J. Lyons & Company to manage their company affairs. Contents: 1. Company Origins; 2. Clerical Efficiency Endeavours; 3. Computer Construction Begins; 4. Full Computer Manufacture; 5. Further Automation Improvements; 6. End of an Era - A New Beginning; [Appendices:] 1. Program Actions on the LEO I Computer; 2. LEO II Features at February 1958; 3. LEO I and II Summary of Machine Test Programs; 4. LEO II Prices Quoted to NRDC in January 1959; 5. The First Clerical Jobs: LEO I and II; 6. Sales of LEO II Computers; 7. Program Actions on the LEO III Computer; 8. Components Required to Manufacture a LEO III; 9. Sales of LEO III Computers; 10. Standard Utility Software Supplied with LEO III; 11. Sales of Autolector (Document Reader); 12. Sales of Xeronic Printers; 13. How LEO I Worked - A Semi-Technical Description; 14. Summary of LEO Characteristics.

Bischoff, David. WarGames. New York: Dell, 1983.
Based on the original screenplay written by Lawrence Lasker and Walter F. Parkes. UK edition: Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1983. French adaptation by Jackie Landreaux-Valabrègue; Illustrated by Nadine Forster; Paris: Hachette, [c.1983].

Bishop, Owen Neville. Simple Interfacing Projects. London: Granada, 1983.
168pp.

Blanchet, Michael. How to Beat Atari, Intellivision, and Other Home Video Games. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1982.
128pp. Illustrated by R. B. Backhaus.

Bleackley, Beverley J., and Jean LaPrairie. Entering the Computer Age. The Computer Industry in Canada, the First Thirty Years. Agincourt, Canada: Datacrown and the Book Society of Canada, [1982].
x, 161pp.

Bott, Frank. Professional Issues in Information Technology. Swindon: British Computer Society, 2005.
xxi, 242pp.

Bott, Frank, et al. Professional Issues in Software Engineering. London: Pitman, 1991.
[240]pp; 2nd impression: London: UCL Press, 1994 (224pp); 2nd edition: London: UCL Press, 1995 (xvi, 304pp; Authors of this edition: Frank Bott, Allison Coleman, Jack Eaton, and Diane Rowland; Contents: 1. The Engineering Profession; 2. The Structure of Organizations; 3. Finance and Accounting; 4. Anatomy of a Software House; 5. Computer Contracts; 6. Intellectual Property Rights; 7. The Framework of Employee Relations Law and Changing Management Practices; 8. Human Resource Management and Software Engineering; 9. Health and Safety at Work; 10. Software Safety: Liability and Practice; 11. Computer Misuse and the Criminal Law; 12. Data Protection); 3rd edition: London: Taylor & Francis, 2001 (xvi, 364pp).

Bradbeer, Robin. The Personal Computer Book. Bradford, West Yorkshire: Input Two-Nine, 1980.
[6], 220pp 2nd edition: Aldershot, Hampshire: Gower, 1981 ([220]pp). Another '2nd' edition: Aldershot, Hampshire: Gower, 1982 (240pp). 3rd edition (with the title Robin Bradbeer's Personal Computer Book): Aldershot, Hampshire: Gower, 1984 (280pp).

Bradbeer, Robin, et al. Choosing and Using a Business Microcomputer. Aldershot, Hampshire: Gower, 1982.
172pp.

Bradbeer, Robin, Peter De Bono, and Peter Laurie. The Beginner's Guide to Computers. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., 1982.
208pp. Additional material and editing by Susan Curran, David Allen, BBC.

Bradley, Alan C. Peripherals for Computer Systems. Basingstoke, Hampshire: Macmillan Education, 1991.
ix, 226pp. Preface dated February 1990. Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Input/Output Peripherals; 3. Storage Peripherals; 4. Hardware and Software Support.

Bronson, Po. The Nudist on the Late Shift and Other True Tales of Silicon Valley. New York: Random House, 1999.
xxxv, 248pp. London: Secker & Warburg, 1999 (xxxv, 288pp). London: Vintage, 2000 (xxxv, 252pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. The Newcomers; 2. The IPO; 3. The Entrepreneur; 4. The Programmers; 5. The Salespeople; 6. The Futurist; 7. The Dropout; 8. Is the "Revolution!" Over?

Budnick, Ken. Paperbyte Bar Code Loader. [Peterborough, New Hampshire]: Byte Publications, 1977.
The decoding algorithm designed by Budnick of Micro-Scan Associates for Byte Publications, to enable program listings to be printed as bar codes in Paperbyte books. The general algorithm is described along with assembler for 6502, 6800, and 8080 processors.

Burks, Alice R., and Arthur W. Burks. The First Electronic Computer. The Atanasoff Story. 1988; Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan Press, 1992.

Business 2.0. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [2000-].
UK edition. Periodical. Monthly. 'Premiere issue' has the cover date June 2000.

BYTE: The Small Systems Journal. Peterborough, New Hampshire: BYTE Publications; Highstown, New Jersey: McGraw-Hill, September 1975-July 1998 (Vol. 23, No. 7).
Periodical. Monthly. US and regionalised versions. The September 1995 issue (Vol. 20, No. 9) was a special issue celebrating twenty years of publishing. Some covermounted CD-ROMs were issued with the title 'Explore Byte': Volume 3, Fall [Autumn] 1997; Volume 4, Winter 1997-1998.

Cailliau, Robert, and James Gillies. How the Web was Born. The Story of the World Wide Web. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press, 2000.

Caminer, David. LEO: The Incredible Story of the World's First Business Computer. New York; London: McGraw-Hill, 1998.
xxiv, 392pp.

Campbell, Keith. The Computer and Video Games Book of Adventure. Tring, Hertfordshire: Melbourne House, [1983].
Foreword by Scott Adams. With listings for the BBC Micro, Commodore 64, and ZX Spectrum.

Campbell-Kelly, Martin. From Airline Reservations to Sonic the Hedgehog: A History of the Software Industry. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 2003.

Carlton, Jim. Apple: The Inside Story of Intrigue, Egomania, and Business Blunders. New York: Times Business, 1997.
xiii, 463pp. Foreword by Guy Kawasaki. Paperback edition: New York: HarperBusiness, 1998 (xiii, 465pp). Revised edition: London: Random House Business Books, 1999 (xiii, 469pp). Contents (1997 edition): 1. In the Beginning; 2. The Glory Years; 3. The Licensing Debate; 4. A 'Noble Village'; 5. An Engineering Morass; 6. The Fall of Jean-Louis Gassée; 7. Crossing a Canyon; 8. Looking for Another Way Out; 9. Sculley's Waterloo; 10. A New Sheriff in Town; 11. The March to PowerPC; 12. From Power Mac to the Cliff; 13. The Wreck of the Diesel; 14. Spindler's Last Stand; 15. Mission: Impossible; 16. NeXT: A Founder's Return; Epilogue.

Carton, Sean. The Dot.Bomb Survival Guide: Surviving (and Thriving) in the Dot.Com Implosion. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2002.

Cassidy, John. Dot.Con: The Greatest Story Ever Sold. New York: HarperCollins, 2002.
Paperback edition with the title Dot.Con: How America Lost its Mind and its Money in the Internet Era, New York: HarperCollins (Perennial), 2003.

Cater, John P. Electronically Hearing: Computer Speech Recognition. Indianapolis: H. W. Sams, 1984.

Cater, John P. Electronically Speaking: Computer Speech Generation. Indianapolis: H. W. Sams, 1983.

CD Powerplay. Macclesfield, Cheshire: IDG Media, [1995-1996].
Periodical. A slim magazine-style guide accompanying a CD-ROM. Issue 5: September/October 1995; 6: November 1995; 7: December 1995; 8: Christmas Special 1995; 9: January 1996; then monthly to 12: April 1996. Name changed to PC Powerplay with issue 13 (May 1996).

CD-ROM Magazine. London: Dennis, [May 1994-].
Periodical. Monthly. Issues 1 (May 1994) and 2 (August 1994) were given away free with other magazines. Issue 3 was the first to be available only by purchase. Launch editor: Guy Sneesby. Vol. 1 runs to issue 14. Vol. 2 begins with the October 1995 issue.

Cellan-Jones, Rory. Dot.Bomb: The Rise and Fall of Dot.Com Britain. London: Aurum, 2001.
Revised and updated edition published in 2003.

Ceruzzi, Paul E. A History of Modern Computing. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 1998.
x, 398pp. 3rd printing: 1999; 2nd edition: 2003 (xi, 445pp). Contents (1st edition, 3rd printing): Introduction: Defining 'Computer'; 1. The Advent of Commercial Computing, 1945-1956; 2. Computing Comes of Age, 1956-1964; 3. The Early History of Software, 1952-1968; 4. From Mainframe to Minicomputer, 1959-1969; 5. The Go-Go Years and the System/360, 1961-1975; 6. The Chip and its Impact, 1965-1975; 7. The Personal Computer, 1972-1977; 8. Augmenting Human Intellect, 1975-1985; 9. Workstations, UNIX, and the Net, 1981-1995; Conclusion: The Digitization of the World Picture. The 2nd editon has an additional chapter: 10. Internet Time, 1995-2001.

CGI. London: Media Directories International, [February/March 1996-].
Periodical. Originally bi-monthly. Issue 1: February/March 1996 (as Computer Generated Imaging).

Children's Computing. Bicester, Oxfordshire: Children's Computing Ltd., [1994-].
Periodical. Issues seen: 7: June 1995; 8: July/August 1995.

[Children's Computing.] Family Summer Challenge. Bicester, Oxfordshire: Children's Computing Ltd., 1995.
July/August 1995 supplement. 16pp.

The Chip Shop: BASICODE 2. London: Broadcasting Support Services for The Chip Shop, BBC Radio 4, January 1984.
47pp. Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. How to use BASICODE-2; 3. BASICODE-The Specifications; 4. BASICODE-2 Protocol; 5. Apple II & IIe; 6. BBC (A & B); 7. Commodore Computers; 8. Sharp MZ80A; 9. Sinclair ZX81; 10. Tandy TRS-80 & VideoGenie; 11. The Future. BASICODE was developed by Hobbyscoop, a weekly Dutch radio programme broadcast by Nederlanse Omroep Stichting (NOS) the Dutch domestic service. Using a simple interface, micros could receive software transmitted in radio broadcasts. A kit of parts for the BASICODE 2 interface could be obtained from Broadcasting Support Services for £3.95.

Chposky, James, and Ted Leonsis. Blue Magic: The People, Power and Politics Behind the IBM Personal Computer. London: Grafton Books, 1989.
xi, 228pp.

Clough, Bryan, and Paul Mungo. Approaching Zero: Data Crime and the Computer Underworld. New York: Random House, 1992.
UK edition: London: Faber and Faber, 1992.

Communications 2000: The Magazine for British Telecom's Online Users. London: Goldlink Magazines, 1989.
Periodical. Issue 1: September/October 1989. Launch editor: Surya Lovejoy.

CompuServe. Introductory Membership to the World's Most Comprehensive Computerised Information Service. One Month Free Membership Plus a Credit to Explore Extended and Premium Services. Bristol: CompuServe, May 1994.
40pp introduction to the service. Rear cover has: 'CS-1579 (05/94)'.

Computer Act!ve. London: VNU Business Publications, [1998-].
Periodical. Fortnighly. Issues seen: 1: 26 February-11 March 1998.

Computer and Software Retailing. London: Argus Specialist Publications, 1984-[1985].
Periodical. Weekly. Trade magazine.

Computer and Video Games. London; Peterborough: EMAP, [1981-].
Periodical. Monthly. Gaming magazine. Issue 3: January 1982.

Computer Answers. London: VNU Business Publications, [1983-].
Periodical. Monthly. Issue 11: December 1983.

Computer Arts. Bath, Avon: Future, [1996-].
Periodical. Issue 2: July/August 1996 (editor: Mark Higham). Bi-monthly until issue 8 (July/August 1997), monthly from issue 9 (September 1997). Sporadic anomalous issues (ie. 13: Winter 1997).

[Computer Arts] Computer Arts. [Sampler.] Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1996.
Supplement. Free with issue 43 of MacFormat, November 1996. 32pp.

[Computer Arts] Showing Off! Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1997.
Supplement. July/August 1997. 32pp.

[Computer Arts] Computer Arts. Issue 17.5. [Sampler.] Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1998.
Supplement. 32pp. With a variant of the cover of issue 17 (April 1998). Issue 18 (May 1998) is advertised in this sampler as forthcoming, due to be published on 23 April.

[Computer Arts] 1998 Graduate Showcase. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1998.
Supplement. 1998. 32pp. Editor: Robin Abbott.

[Computer Arts] Photoshop Special. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1998.
Supplement. June 1998. 32pp. Editor: Robin Abbott.

Computer Buyer. [Issue 52:] London: Dennis Publishing, September 1995.
Periodical. Monthly.

[Computer Buyer] Step-By-Step Pocket Expert No. 1: Choose the Perfect PC. London: IDG Communications, 1997.
Free with issue 77 of Computer Buyer. 32pp excluding the covers.

The Computer Fair. 23-25 April 1982. Earls Court, London. Exhibition Guide. [Sutton, Surrey?]: [IPC Exhibitions?], [1982].
Sponsored by Practical Computing and Your Computer. 28pp excluding the covers. Price: 50p.

The Computer Fair. Earls Court, London. 16-19 June 1983. Exhibition Guide. [Sutton, Surrey]: [Reed Exhibitions], [1983].
Sponsored by Practical Computing and Your Computer. 40pp. Price: 80p.

Computer Gaming World. London: Ziff-Davis, [January 1997-].
Periodical. Issue 1: January 1997 (editor-in-chief: David Kelly); 2: March 1997; 4: May 1997. Renamed: PC Gaming World from issue 7 (August 1997).

ComputerLife. London: Ziff-Davis, [May 1995-].
Periodical. Monthly. Issue 1: May 1995 (editor: Rob Beattie). Supplied with a cover disk (optionally FD(s) or CD-ROM during the media transition period). Latest issue seen: 19 (November 1996).

[ComputerLife] Complete Guide to the Internet. More than 400 Great Sites to Visit! London: Ziff-Davis, 1995.
Free with the July 1995 issue. 100pp. By Steve Browne.

[ComputerLife] 40 Unbelievable Upgrades. London: Ziff-Davis, 1995.
Free with the October 1995 issue. 100pp. By Alistair Dabbs.

[ComputerLife] Over 1200 Great Internet Sites for You! London: Ziff-Davis, 1995.
Free with the January 1996 issue. 100pp. By Marcus Austin.

Computer Music. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [October 1998-].
Periodical. Issue 1: October 1998. Launch editor: Andy Jones.

Computer Publishing. Bath: Future Publishing, 1999.
16pp free 'taster'. Issue 1 due on sale on 11 October 1999. To be published monthly. Taster sample edited by Nick Veitch.

Computer Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, [March 1988-].
Periodical. Monthly.

[Computer Shopper.] What Can a Computer Do For You? London: Dennis Publishing, 1994.
Free. 64pp excluding wrappers.

[Computer Shopper.] The Computer Shopper Guide to CompuServe and the Internet. London: Dennis Publishing, [1995-1996].
Free. 72pp excluding wrappers. By Sue Schofield. Copyright date given as '1995/1996'.

[Computer Shopper.] How to Buy the Perfect... London: Dennis Publishing, 1996.
Free. 72pp excluding wrappers.

[Computer Shopper.] 1996 Computer Shopper Buyer's Bible. London: Dennis Publishing, 1996.
Free with issue 104. 72pp excluding wrappers.

[Computer Shopper.] Computer Shopper Buying Guide: Why You Need a Personal Computer. London: Dennis Publishing, 1996.
Free with issue 106. 72pp excluding the wrappers. Authors: Jeremy Spencer, Graeme Kidd, and Chris Lang.

[Computer Shopper.] Your Guide to AOL, the Internet, and More. London: Dennis Publishing, 1997.
Free with issue 109. 68pp excluding wrappers. By Ric Shepheard.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 1997.
Free with issue 115 (September 1997). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] The Perfect Home Software Guide. London: Dennis Publishing, 1997.
Free with issue 118. [2], 25, [1]pp. Sponsored by Microsoft and copyright Microsoft.

[Computer Shopper.] Your Guide to Buying a Personal Computer: How to Get More Kit for Your Cash! London: Dennis Publishing, 1997.
Free with issue 119. 72pp excluding wrappers.

[Computer Shopper.] Computer Shopper 10th Anniversary Supplement. London: Dennis Publishing, 1998.
Free with issue 121. 64pp.

[Computer Shopper.] The Complete Xmas '98 Buying Guide. London: Dennis Publishing, 1999.
Free with issue 131 (January 1999). 68pp excluding wrappers. Authors: Kay Ewbank, Mike James, and Janet Swift.

[Computer Shopper.] Mobile Shopper. Your Complete Guide to Portable Power. London: Dennis Publishing, 1999.
Free with issue 132 (February 1999). 68pp excluding wrappers. Authors: Kay Ewbank, Mike James, and Janet Swift.

[Computer Shopper.] Complete Business Buying Guide 99. London: Dennis Publishing, 1999.
Free with issue 134 (April 1999). [2], 50pp. Authors: Kay Ewbank, Mike James, and Janet Swift.

[Computer Shopper.] Portable Shopper. Your Complete Pocket Guide to Mobile Solutions. London: Dennis Publishing, 1999.
Free with issue 138 (August 1999). 68pp excluding wrappers. Authors: Kay Ewbank, Mike James, and Janet Swift.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 1999.
Free with issue 139 (September 1999). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 1999.
Free with issue 140 (October 1999). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 1999.
Free with issue 141 (November 1999). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 1999.
Free with issue 142 (December 1999). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Games Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 1999.
Free with issue 143 (January 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 1999.
Free with issue 143 (January 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 144 (February 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 145 (March 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 146 (April 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Games Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 147 (May 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 147 (May 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 148 (June 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 149 (July 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 150 (August 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 151 (September 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 152 (October 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 153 (November 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 154 (December 2000). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2000.
Free with issue 155 (January 2001). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2001.
Free with issue 156 (February 2001). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2001.
Free with issue 157 (March 2001). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2001.
Free with issue 158 (April 2001). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Internet Shopper. London: Dennis Publishing, 2001.
Free with issue 161 (July 2001). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Mobile Shopper. Your Complete Guide to Portable Power. London: Dennis Publishing, 2001.
Free with issue 161 (July 2001). 68pp. Authors: Kay Ewbank, Mike James, and Janet Swift.

[Computer Shopper.] How to... Get the Most from Your PC. 21 Inspirational Ideas to Get You Started. London: Dennis Publishing, 2001.
Free with issue 167 (January 2002). 68pp. Authors: Kay Ewbank, Mike James, and Janet Swift.

[Computer Shopper.] Ultimate How To... 50 Step-By-Step Workshops That Get Results. Volume 1. London: Dennis Publishing, 2003.
Free with issue 192 (February 2004). 68pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Ultimate How To... 50 Step-By-Step Workshops That Get Results. Volume 3. Spring 2005. London: Dennis Publishing, 2005.
Free with issue 204. 68pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Ultimate How To... 50 Step-By-Step Workshops That Get Results. Volume 4. Summer 2005. London: Dennis Publishing, 2005.
Free with issue 209 (July 2005). 68pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Upgrade Shopper: Your Practical Guide to Upgrading. Step-By-Step Guides. No. 1. London: Dennis Publishing, 2005.
Free with issue 212 (October 2005). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Upgrade Shopper: Your Practical Guide to Upgrading. Step-By-Step Guides. No. 2. London: Dennis Publishing, 2005.
Free with issue 213 (November 2005). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Upgrade Shopper: Your Practical Guide to Upgrading. Step-By-Step Guides. No. 3. London: Dennis Publishing, 2005.
Free with issue 214 (December 2005). 36pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Ultimate How To... 50 Step-By-Step Workshops That Get Results. Volume 5. London: Dennis Publishing, 2006.
Free with issue 216 (February 2006). 68pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Ultimate How To... 50 Step-By-Step Workshops That Get Results. Volume 6. London: Dennis Publishing, 2006.
Free with issue 222 (August 2006). 68pp.

[Computer Shopper.] Ultimate How To... 50 Step-By-Step Workshops That Get Results. Volume 7. London: Dennis Publishing, 2007.
Free with issue 228 (February 2007). 68pp.

Computer Shopper [US Edition.] New York: ZD Inc., [1980-].
Periodical. Monthly. Issue seen: Vol. 20, No. 12; Issue 249 (December 2000).

Computer Video. London: WV Publications, [May/June 1997-].
Periodical. Issue 1: May/June 1997. Launch editor: Bob Crabtree.

Computer Weekly. Sutton, Surrey: Reed Business Information, [1966-2007-].
Periodical. Weekly.

[Computer Weekly.] Get Certified and Get Ahead. An Extract. [n.p.]: [n.p.], [199-].
'Free to readers of Computer Weekly'. [40]pp excluding wrappers. By Anne Martinez.

Computers & Electronics. Los Angeles, California: Ziff-Davis, (Vol. 20, No. 11) November 1982-April 1985 (Vol. 23, No. 4).
American periodical. Monthly. A continuation of Popular Electronics magazine which concluded with Vol. 20, No. 10 (October 1982).

Computing Age. London: EMAP, [October 1985-1986].
Periodical. Monthly. Continues Electronics and Computing Monthly.

Computing Today. London: Modmags, [1978-1985].
Periodical. Monthly. Issues 1-4 issued as a supplement within Electronics Today International (Issue 1 in the November 1978 issue). Also known as Computing Today International.

Computing Today. Ramsgate, Kent: Nexos, [March 1995-].
Periodical. Issue 1: March 1995. Launch editor: Richard Williams.

Connect. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [July 1997-].
Periodical. Issue 1: July 1997 (placed on sale on 29 May; editor: Simon Crook). Initially supplied with a covermount CD-ROM. Debut issue CD-ROM coded: CON/00/6/97. A 'Tasty Taster CD' (May 1997) was given away free with .net magazine and is coded: CON/00/5/97. Stated to be the magazine formerly known as The .net Directory.

Connecting Microvitec CUB Monitors to Amiga's, Atari ST's, Acorn Archimedes etc. [n.p.]: Meedmore Ltd., [1991].
Stack Technical Reference May 1991. Sheet No. 20. [2]pp.

The Corporate Software Guide. Feltham: Corporate Software Ltd., [1994].
Periodical. Continuation of The International Software Guide. Issues recorded: No. 11 (1994).

Creative Computing. Morristown, New Jersey: Creative Computing Press, (Vol. 1, No. 1) November/December 1974-December 1985 (Vol. 11, No. 12).
Periodical. Initially bi-monthly. Monthly from 1979.

[Creative Computing] The Best of Creative Computing. Volume 1. Morristown, New Jersey: Creative Computing Press, January 1976.
Edited by David H. Arl. 2nd edition: Morristown, New Jersey: Creative Computing Press, 1977 (ix, 326)pp.

[Creative Computing] The Best of Creative Computing. Volume 2. Morristown, New Jersey: Creative Computing Press, [1979].
xii, 323pp. Edited by David H. Arl.

[Creative Computing] The Best of Creative Computing. Volume 3. Morristown, New Jersey: Creative Computing Press, [1980].
viii, 323pp. Edited by David H. Ahl and Burchenal Green.

Crevier, Daniel. AI: The Tumultuous History of the Search for Artificial Intelligence. New York: BasicBooks, 1993.
xiv, 386pp. Contents: Introduction: Probing the Mystery of Human Intelligence; 1. Engineering Intelligence: Computers and Programming; 2. The First AI Program: Defining the Field; 3. The Dawn of the Golden Years: 1956-63; 4. The Conquest of Micro Worlds: 1963-70; 5. Clouds on the AI Horizon; 6. The Tree of Knowledge; 7. Coming of Age; 8. The Rollercoaster of the 1980s; 9. Game Playing: Checkmate for Machines?; 10. Souls of Silicon; 11. How Many Bulldozers for an Ant Colony?; 12. The Silicon Challengers in Our Future.

Cringely, Robert X. Accidental Empires. How the Boys of Silicon Valley Make Their Millions, Battle Foreign Competition, and Still Can't Get a Date. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley; London: Viking, 1992.
Reprinted: London: Penguin, 1993. 2nd revised edition: New York: Harper Business; London: Penguin, 1996 (to accompany the TV series based upon it, Triumph of the Nerds broadcast on Channel 4 in the UK).

Cringely, Robert X. Triumph of the Nerds. Oregon Public Broadcasting and John Gau Productions for PBS and Channel 4, in association with RM Associates and Pacific Mountain Network, 1996. Three one-hour programmes on two videocassettes with an additional 20 minutes of footage. Written and presented by Robert X. Cringely. Series director: Paul Sen. Series producers: John Gau and Stephen Segaller. VHS PAL: VSL0144. Derived from Accidental Empires.

Crookall, Philip. Programming for Real Beginners. Nantwich, Cheshire: Shiva, [1983].
82pp.

Crookall, Philip. Programming for Real Beginners. Stage 2. Nantwich, Cheshire: Shiva, [1983].
80pp.

Curran, Ste. Game Plan: Great Designs that Changed the Face of Computer Gaming. Mies, Switzerland: RotoVision, 2004.
160pp. Contents: Introduction; 1. Populous; 2. Street Fighter II; 3. Super Mario 64; 4. Broken Sword: The Shadow of the Templars; 5. Tomb Raider; 6. Gran Turismo; 7. Half-Life; 8. Metal Gear Solid; 9. EverQuest; 10. The Sims.

Cusumano, Michael A., and David B. Yoffie. Competing on Internet Time. Lessons from Netscape and its Battle with Microsoft. New York: Free Press, 1998.
xvi, 361pp. Revised edition: New York; London: Touchstone, 2000.

Cusumano, Michael A., and Richard W. Selby. Microsoft Secrets. How the World's Most Powerful Software Company Creates Technology, Shapes Markets, and Manages People. New York: Free Press, 1995.
UK edition: London: HarperCollins, 1996. Revised paperback edition: New York: Simon and Schuster, 1998.

CyberSoft Abingdon, Oxfordshire: CyberSoft Publishing, [November 1995-].
Periodical. Issue seen: 1: November 1995, subtitled 'The only magazine for CyberKids'. A covermounted CD-ROM entitled 'CyberSoft Demo Disc' has been noted with the text 'Issue 1, November 1995', and so presumably it is the disk supplied with the first issue. The Read Me file states: Sampler Disc 2, 10 April 1995. The disc was created using Macromedia Director 4.04 for Windows.

Dacom Systems Ltd. 2424 MNP Modem. User Guide. Milton Keynes: Dacom Systems Ltd., [198-].
vi, 136pp. Spiral bound. First leaf notes a change of address 'from the Summer of 1989'. Doc. No. 17-065. Internal title page: DACOM 2424 MNP Modem Instruction Manual (Doc No 17-065 Rev 2.0). Contents (Rev 2.0): [1. Introduction:] 1. Preview; 2. Getting Started; 3. Status Indicator Lamps; 4. Modem Commands; 5. The S Registers; 6. Result Messages; [2. Tutorial:] 7. General Operation; 8. Synchronous Applications; 9. Diagnostic Commands; 10. MNP Reliable Link; [3. Appendices:] A. RS-232-C Serial Interface; B. ASCII Character Table; C. Glossary; D. Specifications; E. BABT User Instructions; F. Figures; British Telecom New Plan Sockets.

Daines, Derrick. 26 BASIC Programs for Your Micro. London: Newnes Technical, 1982.
124pp. Written in SWTP BASIC. American edition: Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, [1983] (174pp).

Data/Fax/Voice Modem Operation Manual. [n.p.]: [n.p.], [199-].
Thorough 40pp guide to modem operations presumably to accompany OEM modems (internal ISA bus and external). Code on rear: 712-0003-003. Contents: 1. Command Summary; 2. S-Register Summary; 3. Result Codes Summary; 4. Specification of Modem; 5. Trouble Shooting; 6. FCC Requirements. Supplied with a loose sheet: 'Installation Procedure for Fax Modem (CD Version)', 2pp, code on rear: 712-0000-013 (RW). The sheet covers Windows95 installation (including OSR editions) for Rockwell chipset modems, hence the 'RW' in the code. Sheet contents: 1. Hardware Installation; 2. Software Installation.

Deutschman, Alan. The Second Coming of Steve Jobs. New York: Broadway Books, 2000.
321pp. Preface dated February 2000. Contents: 1. Next; 2. Pixar; 3. Crises; 4. Comeback; 5. Apple; 6. Being Steve.

Devine, Kieran, and Francis John Smith. QUILL: An On-Line Text Retrieval System. [Belfast]: [Queen's Univ. of Belfast], [c.1983].
Spiral bound.

Devlin, Keith J. Microchip Mathematics. Number Theory for Computer Users. Nantwich, Cheshire: Shiva, [1984].

DiBona, Chris, Sam Ockman, and Mark Stone, eds. Open Sources: Voices of the Open Source Revolution. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly Media Inc., January 1999.
viii, 272pp. Contents: 1. Introduction (Chris diBona, Sam Ockman, and Mark Stone); 2. A Brief History of Hackerdom (Eric S. Raymond); 3. Twenty Years of Berkeley Unix: From AT&T-Owned to Freely Redistributable (Marshall Kirk McKusick); 4. The Internet Engineering Task Force (Scott Bradner); 5. The GNU Operating System and the Free Software Movement (Richard Stallman); 6. Future of Cygnus Solutions: An Entrepreneur's Account (Michael Tiemann); 7. Software Engineering (Paul Vixie); 8. The Linux Edge (Linus Torvalds); 9. Giving It Away: How Red Hat Software Stumbled Across a New Economic Model and Helped Improve an Industry (Robert Young); 10. Diligence, Patience, and Humility (Larry Wall); 11. Open Source as a Business Strategy (Brian Behlendorf); 12. The Open Source Definition (Bruce Perens); 13. Hardware, Software, and Infoware (Tim O'Reilly); 14. Freeing the Source: The Story of Mozilla (Jim Hamerly, Tom Paquin, and Susan Walton); 15. The Revenge of the Hackers (Eric S. Raymond); Appendix A: The Tanenbaum-Torvalds Debate; Appendix B: The Open Source Definition, Version 1.0.

DiBona, Chris, Danese Cooper, and Mark Stone, eds. Open Sources 2.0. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly Media Inc., October 2005.
xl, 445pp. Contents: Foreword: Source is Everything (Kim Polese); I: Open Source: Competition and Evolution; 1. The Mozilla Project: Past and Future (Mitchell Baker); 2. Open Source and Proprietary Software Development (Chris DiBona); 3. A Tale of Two Standards (Jeremy Allison); 4. Open Source and Security (Ben Laurie); 5. Dual Licensing (Michael Olson); 6. Open Source and the Commoditization of Software (Ian Murdock); 7. Open Source and the Commodity Urge: Disruptive Models for a Disruptive Development Process (Matthew N. Asay); 8. Under the Hood: Open Source and Open Standards Business Models in Context (Stephen R. Walli); 9. Open Source and the Small Entrepreneur (Russ Nelson); 10. Why Open Source Needs Copyright Politics (Wendy Seltzer); 11. Libre Software in Europe (Jesus M. Gonzalez-Barahona and Gregorio Robles); 12. OSS in India (Alolita Sharma and Robert Adkins); 13. When China Dances with OSS (Boon-Lock Yen, Louisa Liu, and Sunil Saxena); 14. How Much Freedom Do You Want? (Bruno Souza); II: Beyond Open Source: Collaboration and Community; 15. Making a New World (Doc Searls); 16. The Open Source Paradigm Shift (Tim O'Reilly); 17. Extending Open Source Principles Beyond Software Development (Pamela Jones); 18. Open Source Biology (Andrew Hessel); 19. Everything is Known (Eugene Kim); 20. The Early History of Nupedia and Wikipedia: A Memoir (Larry Sanger); 21. Open Beyond Software (Sonali K. Shah); 22. Patterns of Governance in Open Source (Steven Weber); 23. Communicating Many to Many (Jeff Bates and Mark Stone); Appendix A: The Open Source Definition; Appendix B: Referenced Open Source Licenses; Appendix C: Columns from Slashdot.

Digit. London: IDG, [May/June 1998-].
Periodical. Bi-monthly. Issue 1: May/June 1998 (editor-in-chief: Simon Jary). Later monthly. Cross-platform. Covermounted CD-ROMs have the title CDigit. Issues seen: 1.

Digital PhotoFX. Peterborough: EMAP Apex Publications, [1998-].
Periodical. Issues seen: Special Reprint Issue No. 1. 68pp. Editor: Pete Bargh. A condensed version of the first issue. Undated, but subscription offer closes 31 December 1998.

DV: Digital Video Magazine. London: IDG, [May 1996-].
Periodical. Issue 1: May 1996 (28pp, £2.75). Launch editor: Vic Lennard.

Dirksen, A. J. Microcomputers: What They Are and How To Put Them to Productive Use. Slough: W. Foulsham, 1982.
231pp. Translated from the Dutch (1978). American edition: No. 1406; Blue Ridge Summit, Philadelphia: Tab Books, 1982 (231pp). Based on the 8080 processor. A detailed examination including a circuit for a Hex microtrainer. Contents (Foulsham edition): 1. What is a Computer?; 2. What is a Microcomputer?; 3. The Microcomputer in General; 4. How Does a Computer Compute?; 5. Circuitry in a Computer; 6. Main Memory; 7. Simple Programming; 8. CPU Architecture-1; 9. CPU Architecture-2; 10. Microcomputer Architecture; 11. Description of the Instructions; 12. Syntax and Subroutines; 13. Addressing Techniques; 14. Flowcharts; 15. From Task to Solution; 16. Sample Programs; 17. Traffic Lights; 18. System Software; 19. Development Systems; 20. Peripheral Equipment; 21. I/O Interfacing; Appendix A. 8080 Instruction Set; Appendix B. 8080 Instruction Timing.

Dr. Dobb's Journal of Computer Calisthenics & Orthodontia: Running Light Without Overbyte. A Reference Journal for Users of Home Computers. Menlo Park, California: People's Computer Company; [Later:] Redwood City, California: M. & T. Pub.; [Later:] San Mateo, California: Miller Freeman; [Later:] San Francisco, California: CMP Media Inc., [January 1976-].
Periodical. Monthly (initially ten issues per annum). Title varies. Typically known as Dr. Dobb's Journal. Annual cumulations published.

[Dr. Dobb's Journal] Dr. Dobb's Journal of Computer Calisthenics & Orthodontia: Running Light Without Overbyte. A Reference Journal for Users of Home Computers. Volume 1. Menlo Park, California: People's Computer Company, 1977.
359pp. Vol. 1, Nos. 1-10. Edited by Jim C. Warren, Jr. Preface dated 21 January 1977.

[Dr. Dobb's Journal] Dr. Dobb's Journal of Computer Calisthenics & Orthodontia: Running Light Without Overbyte. A Reference Journal for Users of Home Computers. Volume 2. Rochelle Park, New Jersey: Hayden Book Company, 1980.
480pp. Vol. 2, Nos. 1-10. Edited by Tom Williams.

[Dr. Dobb's Journal] Dr. Dobb's Journal of Computer Calisthenics & Orthodontia: Running Light Without Overbyte. A Reference Journal for Users of Home Computers. Volume 3. Rochelle Park, New Jersey: Hayden Book Company, 1980.
479pp. Vol. 3, Nos. 1-10. Edited by Tom Williams.

DVD-ROM Drive Unit. DVD1240E. SR-8586-B/SR-8586-C. Safety Instruction Manual. [n.p.]: [n.p.], [199-].
Folded sheet. Multi-lingual (English, German and French). Printed in Japan. Coded: 'LMQT00400'. The OEM drive designated 'SR-8586' was manufactured by Panasonic and marketed as the DVD1240E by Creative [Labs] although no manufacturer or reseller is noted on the sheet.

e.business. London: Crimson Publishing, [1999-2001-].
Periodical. Monthly. Latest issue seen: 16: March 2001. Editor for at least issues 9-16, Stuart Derrick.

Edstrom, Jennifer, and Marlin Eller. Barbarians Led by Bill Gates. Microsoft from the Inside: How the World's Richest Corporation Wields its Power. New York: Henry Holt, 1998.
xiv, 256pp. 1. The Road Behind; 2. The Making of the Microsoft Marketing Machine; 3. Be Like the Mac; 4. Death March; 5. Anything for IBM; 6. The Clandestine Effort; 7. Bad Marriages End in Divorce; 8. Pen Ultimate Warfare; 9. Go-Ing Down; 10. Meet the Jetsons; 11. High Road to Memphis - Low Road to MSN; 12. Dodging Bullets; 13. Windows 95 - Power in Numbers; 14. Continual Chaos; Epilogue.

Educational Computing. London: EMAP, [1980-1989].
Periodical. Monthly. Issue 1: February 1980.

Eglash, Joanne. How to Write a .Com Business Plan: The Internet Entrepreneur's Guide to Everything You Need to Know About Business Plans and Financing Options. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2001.
ix, 191pp. Contents: [Part 1: The Plan:] 1. Introduction; 2. Executive Summary; 3. Mission Statement and Company Description; 4. The Management; 5. The Competition; 6. Your Market and Customer; 7. Products and Services; 8. Marketing and Sales; 9. Operations; 10. Financial Projections and Financial Management Plan: Going for the Gold (and Green); 11. Final Flourishes; 12. Sample Business Plans; [Part 2: The Directory].

Electro-Media. London: CMP London, [1986].
Annual periodical, published in 1986 in association with Kodak Ltd., Motion Picture & Television Division. Continuation of The Electronic Media Directory and New Media Handbook: The Complete Guide to the UK Electronic Media Industry.

Electronic Entertainment. San Mateo, California: IDG Communications, [1994-].
Periodical. Monthly.

The Electronic Media Directory and New Media Handbook: The Complete Guide to the UK Electronic Media Industry. Dunstable, Bedfordshire: WOAC, [1984-1985].
Annual periodical, published in 1984 and 1985. Continued as Electro-Media.

Electronics and Computing Monthly. Daventry, Northampton; London (from June 1983): EMAP, 1981-1985.
Periodical. Monthly. Vol. 2, No.9 incorrectly numbered Vol. 3, No. 9. Continued as Computing Age.

Electronics: The Maplin Magazine. Westcliff-on-Sea, Essex: Maplin Publications, [1981-].
Periodical. Initially quarterly, later monthly. First issue: December 1981-February 1982. Maplin were an electronic components supplier.

Elkan, David. A Guide to Playing The Hobbit. Tring, Hertfordshire: Melbourne House, 1984.
A guide to the adventure game produced by Melbourne House, initially on the ZX Spectrum, based on the book by J. R. R. Tolkien.

Emmerichs, Jack. Superwumpus. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Publications, 1978.
6800 assembler and BASIC listings.

EQ8. London: Dennis Publishing, [1995-1996].
'The Magazine on a Disc'. A CD-ROM based magazine, the title being a contraction of 'equate'. Issues 1 and 2 have copyright dates of 1995; Issues 3-8 have copyright dates of 1996. Discs 1 and 2 produced by Dennis Publishing and Noho Digital; Discs 6-8 produced by Dennis Publishing and developed by Studio Fish. Issues 3-8 stated to be for PC and Mac.

Evans, Christopher. The Mighty Micro: The Impact of the Computer Revolution. London: Victor Gollancz, September 1979.
255pp. The author died in October 1979. 2nd Gollancz impression: 'before publication'. 3rd Gollancz impression: November 1979. 4th and 5th Gollancz impressions: December 1979. Another edition: Dunton Green: Coronet, 1979 (255pp). 6th Gollancz impression: January 1980. Another edition (with the title Mighty Micro: The Impact of the Micro-Chip Revolution): London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1980. Another edition (with the title Mighty Micro: The Impact of the Micro-Chip Revolution): Sevenoaks, Kent: Coronet, 1980 (255pp). 2nd edition (with the original title The Mighty Micro: The Impact of the Computer Revolution and a foreword by Robin Webster): London: Gollancz, 1982 ([vi], 255pp). Reprint of the 2nd edition: 1983. Contents (6th impression (1980) of the 1st Gollancz edition): Introduction: The Computer Revolution; [Part 1: The Past:] 1. The Weavers of Numbers; 2. Computers go to Work; [Part 2: The Present:] 3. The Revolution Begins; 4. The Springs of Growth; [Part 3: The Short-Term Future: 1979-1983:] 5. Of Gadgets and Gimmicks; 6. Political, Economic and Social Consequences; [Part 4: The Middle-Term Future: 1983-1990:] 7. Into the Exponential; 8. The Death of the Printed Word; 9. The Decline of the Professions; 10. Of Money and Crime; 11. Of Work and Robots; [Part 5: Interlude: On Intelligent Machines:] 12. The Nature of Intelligence; 13. Can a Machine Think?; 14. Towards the Ultra-Intelligent Machine; [Part 6: The Long-Term Future: 1991-2000:] 15. The Evolution of the Intelligent Machine; 16. Political and Social Issues; 17. Scientific and Psychological Issues; 18. Bizarre Issues; Epilogue: Into the Unknown.

Explain IT. Great Doddington, Northants: SS Consultants, [October 1996-].
Periodical. Bi-monthly. Issue 1: October 1996. Issue 2: Christmas 1996. 'Presented by Crown Computer Products' (a UK computer retailer, Bascrown Ltd., trading as Crown Computer Products).

Fellows, James W. All About Computer-Aided Design and Manufacture. A Guide for Executives and Managers. Wilmslow: Sigma, 1983.

Ferry, Georgina. A Computer Called LEO. Lyons Teashops and the World's First Office Computer. London: Fourth Estate, 2003.
xi, 220pp. Reprinted: London: HarperPerennial, 2004 (xi, 220pp). Contents: 1. A Mission to Manage; 2. The Electronic Brain; 3. Made in Britain; 4. A Computer for Lyons; 5. LEO Goes to Work; 6. In Business; 7. LEO's Last Roar.

FileMaker User Group. FileMaker Views. Oxford: FileMaker User Group, [1991-1992].
Periodical. Issues seen: I, 3 (Summer 1992, 16pp); I, 4 (Autumn 1992, 20pp); II, 1 (Winter 1992, 20pp). Newsletter of the user group supporting FileMaker, the database program produced by Claris.

Forster, Winnie. Game.Machines. The Encyclopedia of Consoles, Handhelds and Home Computers 1972-2005. Utting, Germany: Gameplan, 2005.
224pp. Translated by Rafael Dyll; Localised by David McCarthy. Beautifully illustrated. Underestimates the number of games produced for the popular machines. Contents: 1. First Era: Birth of Electronic Games. Mainframes, Arcades, and TV Games; 2. Second Era: Videogame Crash and Home Computer Success Story; 3. Third Era: 16-Bit; 4. Fourth Era: Rendered Crazy; 5. Fifth Era: The 21st Century: Caught in the Net of Gaming; Appendix. Technical Data.

Foster, Caxton Croxford. Content Addressable Parallel Processors. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1976.
xiii, 233pp.

Foster, Caxton Croxford. Cryptanalysis for Microcomputers. Rochelle Park, New Jersey: Hayden Book Co., 1982.
333pp.

Foster, Caxton Croxford. Real Time Programming: Neglected Topics. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison-Wesley, 1981.
xv, 190pp.

Foster, Caxton Croxford. A Simulated Associative Memory. Amherst: Computer Science Department, 1970.
11pp. TN/cs 23.

Foster, Caxton Croxford. Computer Architecture. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1970
xiv, 225pp. 2nd edition: New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1976 (xvii, 300pp). 3rd edition (with a co-author, Thea Iberall): New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1985 (xx, 386pp).

Freedman, David H., and Charles C. Mann. At Large. The Strange Case of the World's Biggest Internet Invasion. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1997.
315pp. Contents: 1. Busy Signals; 2. Crazy House; 3. Crashing the Shuttle; 4. SU-QVT; 5. Apocalypse Now; 6. The Hacker Ethos; 7. The Tale of the Tape; 8. Infomaster; 9. The Dot Zone; 10. @Large; 11. Intel Inside; 12. The Never-Ending Story; 13. Hong Kong Heist; 14. Breaking the Backbone; 15. Hard Case; Epilogue.

Freestone, Nigel. Databases for Fun and Profit. London: Granada, 1983.
viii, 133pp.

Freiberger, Paul, and Michael Swaine. Fire in the Valley. The Making of the Personal Computer. Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 1984.
xiii, 288pp. 2nd edition: New York; London: McGraw-Hill, 2000 (xxv, 463pp, with [64]pp of plates). A 'collector's edition' of the 2nd edition was also released in 2000 with a CD-ROM. Contents (2nd edition): 1. Tinder for the Fire; 2. The Voyage to Altair; 3. The Miracle Makers; 4. Homebrew; 5. The Genie in the Box; 6. Retailing the Revolution; 7. American Pie; 8. The Gate Comes Down; 9. Fire and Ashes; 10. Wealth and War; Epilogue: After the Revolution.

GamePro. San Mateo, California: IDG Communications, [1989-].
Periodical. Monthly.

[games.] Retro Micro Games Action: The Best of 24 Issues of games Retro. Vol. 1. Bournemouth: Highbury Entertainment, 2005.
Reprinted and anthologised from the 'Retro' column of games magazine. 260pp. £9.99.

Games Computing. London: Argus Specialist Publications, [1984].
Periodical. Monthly. Known issue: May 1984.

George, Frank Honywill. After 1984: Prospects for a Better World. Tunbridge Wells: Abacus, 1984.

George, Frank Honywill. Computers, Science and Society. London: Pemberton, 1970.
Based on the Charles Beard memorial lectures, Ruskin College, Oxford, 1965. Introduction by David John Stewart.

George, Frank Honywill. Machine Takeover: The Growing Threat to Human Freedom in a Computer-Controlled Society. Oxford: Pergamon, 1977.
Pergamon International Library.

George, Frank Honywill, and Pronob A. Sarkar. Practical Database for Major Mini and Micro Computers. Gerrards Cross, Buckinghamshire: Chiltern Educational & T-S Services, 1981.

Gerrard, Mike. The Adventurer's Notebook. London: Duckworth, 1984.
Spiral bound.

Gifford, Clive. Using a Modem with Your Computer. London: Interface, 1986.

Gifford, Clive. Using Computers in Education. London: Interface, 1985.

Goldberg, Adele, ed. A History of Personal Workstations. New York: ACM Press, 1988.
Revised versions of papers presented at the ACM Conference on the History of Personal Workstations, 9-10 January, 1986, Palo Alto, California.

Grace, Mike. Home Applications on Your Micro. Practical Ideas for Home Users. London: Sunshine Books, 1984.

Green, Danny, ed. Business Guide to Communications Systems. London: Pitman, 1987.
x, 230pp. An edited and updated compilation of recent articles from the magazine Communications. Contents: A. Data Communications; B. Local Area Networks; C. Network Management; D. Call Logging; E. PABXs and Keyphones; F. Mobile Voice; G. Modems; H. Computer Communications; I. Value-Added Networks; J. Financial Services; K. Text and Image; L. Fax; M. Conferencing.

Grossman, Wendy M. Net.Wars. New York: New York Univ. Press, 1998.

Grossman, Wendy M., ed. Remembering the Future. The Personal Computer World Interviews. London: Springer, 1996.
Interviews from Personal Computer World magazine.

Hafner, Katie, and Matthew Lyon. Where Wizards Stay Up Late: The Origins of the Internet. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1996.
304pp. Contents: 1. The Fastest Million Dollars; 2. A Block Here, Some Stones There; 3. The Third University; 4. Head Down in the Bits; 5. Do It To It Truett; 6. Hacking Away and Hollering; 7. E-Mail; 8. A Rocket on Our Hands. Paperback edition: New York; London: Touchstone, 1998 (304pp); New Edition: London: Pocket Books, 2003 (307pp). Translated into French by Georges Loudière as Les Sorciers du Net. Paris: Calmann-Lévy, [1999] (346pp).

Hafner, Katie, and John Markoff. Cyberpunk. Outlaws and Hackers on the Computer Frontier. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1991.
UK edition: London: Fourth Estate, 1991; London: Corgi, 1993; Revised edition: New York; London: Touchstone, 1995.

Hammond, Ray. The Writer and the Word Processor. A Guide for Authors, Journalists, Poets and Playwrights. London: Coronet, 1984.

Handley, Mark, and Jon Crowcroft. The World Wide Web: Beneath the Surf. London: UCL Press, 1995.
ix, 198pp. Contents: 1. The Information Highstreet - Introduction; 2. Information - Are You Being Served?; 3. The World Wide Web; 4. Client Programs; 5. Serving Information to the Web; 6. Academic Examples of WWW Servers; 7. Commercial Web Servers; 8. Servers Galore; 9. Problems with WWW; 10. Where is WWW Heading?; [Appendices:] A. HTML Grammar; B. Uniform Resource Locators (URLs); C. Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP); D. Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME); E. URLs Cited.

Harding, A. J. Writing Software for Profit. London: Virgin, 1984.

Hartnell, Tim. The Big Fat Book of Computer Games. London: Interface, 1984.

Hartnell, Tim. Creating Adventure Games on Your Computer. New York: Ballantine Books, 1984.
xii, 196pp.

Hartnell, Tim. Creating Simulation Games on Your Computer. New York: Ballantine Books, 1986.
xii, 324pp.

Hartnell, Tim. Desktop Publishing. London: Interface, 1987.

Hartnell, Tim. The Easy Way to Program Your New Computer. London: Interface, 1984.

Hartnell, Tim. Exploring Artificial Intelligence on Your Microcomputer. London: Interface, 1984.
x, 357pp.

Hartnell, Tim. Exploring Expert Systems on Your Microcomputer. London: Interface, 1985.

Hartnell, Tim. The Personal Computer Guide. London: Virgin Books, 1982.
2nd edition updated by Stephen Pugsley: London: Virgin, 1983.

Hartnell, Tim. Replicating Reality - Exploring Computer Simulations. London: Interface, 1985.

Hartnell, Tim. Tim Hartnell's Giant Book of Computer Games. London: Interface Publications, 1983.
Another edition: Oxford: Fontana/Collins, 1983.

Hartnell, Tim. Tim Hartnell's Second Giant Book of Computer Games. New York: Ballantine Books, 1985.
437pp.

Hartnell, Tim, and Stan Veit. The Complete Buyer's Guide to Personal Computers.Toronto; New York: Bantam Books, 1983.
xii, 388pp.

Helms, Harry L., Jr. Introduction to Microcomputers for the Ham Shack. Indianapolis: H. W. Sams, 1979.
Amateur radio and computing.

Hertzfeld, Andy. Revolution in the Valley: The Insanely Great Story of How the Mac was Made. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly, December 2004.
xxiv, 291pp. Hertzfeld was co-creator of the Apple Macintosh. Foreward by Steve Wozniak.

Herz, Jessie Cameron. Joystick Nation: How Videogames ate our Quarters, Won our Hearts, and Rewired our Minds. Boston, Massachusetts: Little, Brown, 1997.
230pp. Contents: 1. Primitive Blips; 2. A Natural History of Videogames; 3. The Madonna/Whore Complex of Consumer Electronics; 4. A la Recherche du Arcades Perdu; 5. The Classics; 6. Why Doom Rules; 7. Virtual Construction Workers; 8. Ditties of the Apocalypse; 9. Cartridge Wars; 10. Videogame Porn; 11. Mario über Alles; 12. Having a Wonderful Time...Wish I Were Here; 13. Superhero Sushi; 14. Boys Versus Girls; 15. Mortal Kombat; 16. The Military-Entertainment Complex; 17. Sim Society.

Higgo, John, David Hobbs, Wally Milner, Martin Perkins, David Tall, Joe Watson, and William Wynne Willson. 132 Short Programs for the Mathematics Classroom. Leckhampton, Cheltenham: Stanley Thornes, 1985.
ix, 194pp. Spiral-bound. 'A set of short programs for use in schools, written for the Mathematical Association Sub-Committee on Microcomputers in Mathematics Teaching'. A disk containing the programs was available for the BBC Micro, but the programs are in BASIC with versions included for the ZX Spectrum and 380Z when graphics are used. Contents: 1. Number; 2. Sequences and Series; 3. Geometry; 4. Algebra; 5. Statistics and Probability; 6. Calculus; 7. Miscellany.

Hiltzik, Michael A. Dealers of Lightning: Xerox PARC and the Dawn of the Computer Age. New York: HarperBusiness, 1999.
xxviii, 448pp. Paperback edition: New York: HarperCollins, 2000 (xxviii, 448pp). London: Orion Business, 2000 (xxviii, 448pp). Contents (London, 2000 edition): Introduction: The Time Machine; [Part I. Prodigies:] 1. The Impresario; 2. McColough's Folly; 3. The House on Porter Drive; 4. Utopia; 5. Berkeley's Second System; 6. "Not Your Normal Person"; 7. The Clone; 8. The Future Invented; [Part II. Inventors:] 9. The Refugee; 10. Beating the Dealer; 11. Spacewar; 12. Thacker's Bet; 13. The Bobbsey Twins Build a Network; 14. What You See Is What You Get; 15. On the Lunatic Fringe; 16. The Pariahs; 17. The Big Machine; [Part III. Messengers:] 18. Futures Day; 19. Future Plus One; 20. The Worm that Ate the Internet; 21. The Silicon Revolution; 22. The Crisis of Biggerism; 23. Steve Jobs Gets His Show and Tell; 24. Supernova; 25. Blindsided; 26. Exit the Impresario; Epilogue: Did Xerox Blow It?

Hole, David R. Practical Uses for the Microcomputer in the Home. London: Interface, 1983.
x, 102pp.

Home Computing Weekly. [1983-1985].
Periodical. Weekly.

Hope, Mary H. Micros for Children with Special Needs. London: Souvenir Press, 1987.
237pp. Human Horizons series. Preface dated April 1987. Contents: [1. Background:] 1. What Micros Can and Cannot Do; 2. Can You Use Micros with Pre-School Children?; 3. The Starting Point Must be the Problem or Need; 4. How are Micros Being Used in Schools?; 5. Linking the Work at Home with that at School; [2. Practicalities:] 6. Some Ways of Using Micros to Help with Particular Difficulties; 7. Choosing Hardware and Software; [3. Issues:] 8. Some Issues and Questions; [4. Resources:] 9. Where to get Help and Advice.

Horenstein, Henry, and Eliot Tarlin. ComputerWise. An Introduction to Understanding, Using and Buying a Personal Computer. New York: Vintage, 1983.
193pp. UK edition (with the title The Business Computer Guide. An Introduction to Understanding, Using and Buying a Personal Computer): London: Joseph & Sunshine, 1984 (195pp).

Howe, Jim A. M. Using Computers in Special Education. Edinburgh: Edinburgh Univ., 1980.
4pp. University of Edinburgh Department of Artificial Intelligence Research Paper, No. 148.

Idrees, Muhammad. Design and Management of Distributed Data Processing: A Practitioner's Approach. Manchester: National Computing Centre, 1989.
[360]pp. Another edition: Manchester; Oxford: NCC Blackwell, 1990 ([24], 272pp; Acknowledgements dated November 1988). Contents (1990 edition): 1. What, Why and Where of a DDP System; 2. DDP Systems Node; 3. Data Transmission Over a Data Link; 4. Computer Networking; 5. An Overview of Transmission Facilities; 6. Physical Elements of Communication Subsystem; 7. Local Area Networks; 8. Life Cycle for DDP System Development; 9. Design Objectives and System Selection; 10. DDP System Design Methodology; 11. Management of DDP Systems; 12. Description of a DDP System.

Input. London: Marshall Cavendish, [1984-1985].
Weekly partwork. 52 parts. Continuously paginated. Four binders were available, each holding 13 issues of 32pp each.

Interactive Wave. Paris: LVI-Presse, 1996.
CD-ROM based magazine sold in a card folder, distributed in the UK by Future Publishing, Bath, Avon. Issue 1 sold for £9.99. PC/Macintosh compatible. Also given as i-wave.

The International Software Guide. Brentford: International Software, [1986-1993].
Periodical. Twice a year by No. 7. Continued as The Corporate Software Guide (No. 11; 1994). Issues recorded (as 'editions'): No. 1 (1986); No. 2 (1987); No. 5 (1989; ix, 451pp); No. 7 (xxvi, 644pp).

Internet Advisor. London: VNU Business Publications, [Summer 1996-].
Periodical. Issue 1: Summer 1996. Launch editor: Ben Tisdall. Aimed at business people.

Internet and Comms Today. Bournemouth: Paragon Publishing, [1994-December 1995].
Periodical. Issue 14: December 1995. Continued as Internet Today from issue 15.

Internet Business. Hove, East Sussex: Internet Business World, [January 1997-].

Issue 1: January 1997. Launch editor: Tim Wilson.

Internet Magazine. London: EMAP, [1994-2000-].
Periodical. Monthly. Latest issue seen: 62 (January 2000).

[Internet Magazine.] Hosting: A Complete Guide to Finding the Very Best Home for Your Web Site. London: EMAP, 2000.
Free with issue 62 (January 2000). 36pp. By Gail Robinson.

Internet Money. Clifton, Bristol: Nick Moss, [1999].
Periodical. Issues seen: 2 (editor: Donna Constable, copyright date: 1999, with a cover-mounted CD-ROM).

Internet Today. Bournemouth: Paragon Publishing, [January 1996-1997-].
Periodical. Monthly. Begins with issue 15 (January 1996). Latest issue seen: 30: April 1997. Editors: 19, 21: (Geoffrey Harris, managing editor); 23-30 (Richard Baguley). Previously Internet and Comms Today.

[Internet Today.] Hot Webs: A Guide to the Cream of the World Wide Web. Bournemouth: Paragon Publishing, [199-].
Free with an issue of Internet Today. 32pp.

Internet Works. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [December 1997-2001-].
Periodical. Monthly. Issue 1: December 1997 (with a CD-ROM cover disc; editor: Marcus Austin). Latest issue seen: 47 (August 2001).

Internet World. London: VNU Business Publications, [Autumn 1996-].
Periodical. Launch issue: Autumn 1996, 'November 1996' on spine (editor: Ben Tisdall); Issue 1 (December 1996) on sale 28 November 1996; Issue 2 (March 1997) on sale 7 February 1997. Generally monthly although a July/August 1997 issue seen. Issue numbering not used after issue 2. Latest issue seen: November 1997 (editor: Ken Young).

James, Hazel, ed. Home Software: The Complete Buyers' Guide. London: HCP Hutchinson Computer, 1984.
A Which Micro? & Software Review publication.

James, Mike. The Complete Programmer: A Guide to Better Programming in BASIC. London: Granada, 1983.
viii, 149pp. US edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1984 (viii, 149pp).

Jones, Richard M., ed. The Good Hardware Guide. Watford, Hertfordshire: Absolute Research, 1991.
Loose leaf. Paperback edition (286pp): London: Kogan Page, 1991. Senior researcher: Peter Sarson. Contributing reviewers: Steve Gold and Steve Mansfield.

Jones, Richard M., ed. The Good Software Guide for IBM PCs and Compatibles. Watford, Hertfordshire: Absolute Research, 1989.
[500]pp. 2nd edition: London: Kogan Page, 1990 (342pp); 3rd edition: London: Kogan Page, 1991 (342pp).

Juliff, Peter Laurence. Program Design: The Art of Structured Programming. London: Interface, 1984.
vii, 247pp. 2nd edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1986 (vii, 308pp). 3rd edition: New York: Prentice Hall, 1990 (x, 340pp). 4th edition: New Delhi: Prentice-Hall of India, 2000 (x, 228pp).

Kantaris, Noel, and Patrick F. Howden. The Universal Equation Solver: A Simple, New Method for Microcomputers. Wilmslow, Cheshire: Sigma, 1983.
ix, 196pp. General work with listings for Apple and BBC computers.

Kantaris, Noel, and Phil R. M. Oliver. First Bytes. London: Babani, 1997.
1st edition: July 1997 (84pp). A promotional sampler containing content from a number of Babani books. Contents: 1. Windows 95 One Step at a Time; 2. Windows 95 Explained; 3. MS-Word 97 Explained; 4. MS-Access 97 One Step at a Time; 5. MS-Excel 97 Explained; 6. MS-Office 97 Explained; 7. MS-Works for Windows 95 Explained; 8. Using MS-Explorer on the Internet; 9. Using Netscape on the Internet.

Kaplan, David A. The Silicon Boys and their Valley of Dreams.358pp. The 'silicon boys' are listed on the rear cover as: Jerry Yang, John Doerr, Marc Andreessen, Bill Gates, Jim Clark, and Steve Jobs. New York: William Morrow, 1999.
Contents: Prologue: Woodside 94062; 1. Dreams; 2. Genesis; 3. Belief; 4. Prophets; 5. Oz; 6. Money; 7. Profits; 8. Mozilla; 9. Godzilla; 10. Yahoo; Epilogue: Lincolnville 04849.

Kaspersky, Kris. Hacker Disassembling Uncovered: Powerful Techniques to Safeguard your Programming. Wayne, Pennsylvania: A-List Publishing, 2003.

Kidder, Tracy. The Soul of a New Machine. Boston: Little, Brown, 1981.
293pp. Thorndike, Maine: Thorndike Press, 1981 (471pp; Large print edition). New York: Avon, 1982 (293pp). London: Allen Lane, 1982 (254pp). Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1983; 1987. New York: Modern Library, 1997 (xii, [4], 384pp; With a new introduction by the author). Boston, Massachusetts: Little, Brown, 2000 (293pp). Pulitzer Prize-winning classic. Kidder describes the creation of a new computer by a team of engineers at Data General.

Kline, Raymond M. Digital Computer Design. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1977.
xii, 429pp. Prentice-Hall Computer Applications in Electrical Engineering series.

Kline, Raymond M. Structured Digital Design: Including MSI/LSI Components and Microprocessors. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 1983.
Prentice-Hall Computer Applications in Electrical Engineering series.

Klitzner, Carol, and Herbert Klitzner. Help Your Child Succeed with a Computer. Choosing and Using the Right Computer for Your Child. New York: Simon and Schuster, [c.1984].

Knight, Timothy Orr. The World Connection. Indianapolis: H. W. Sams, [c.1983].

Know Your Net. United Kingdom: Digital Equipment Corporation, 1996.
Spiral bound. 68pp. Part number: ED-H010B-95 200.0. Written, designed, and produced by The Red Group, Banbury.

Kosniowski, Czes. Fun Mathematics on Your Microcomputer. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1983.
Reprinted: 1983 (195pp; comb bound). Contents (1983 reprint): [1.] Start Here, An Introduction; [2.] And So On ... Forever, About Sequences and Series; [3.] Up and Down, Round and Round, About Functions, Graphs, and Polar Coordinates; [4.] 5 Miles North, 4 Miles East, About Geometry; [5.] Stretching and Shrinking, About Matrices; [6.] Playing the Game, About Games of Strategy; [7.] Rearranging Things, About Groups; [8.] Wait, About the Theory of Queues or Lines; [9.] Pretty Pictures, About Functions of Two Variables; [10.] On the Move, About Differential Equations; [11.] Appendix - Converting Your Program, Notes to Help You Convert the Programs.

Krantzler, Mel, and Patricia Biondi Krantzler. Down and Out in Silicon Valley: The High Cost of the High-Tech Dream. Amherst, New York: Prometheus Books, 2002.

Kuo, J. David. Dot.Bomb: My Days and Nights at an Internet Goliath. Boston; London: Little, Brown, 2001.
The rise and fall of Value America.

[La Cie.] La Cie Hardware Installation Manual. [n.p.]: La Cie, [May 1998].
Hardware guide to a range of peripherals produced by La Cie. 141pp. In English, French, German, Italian, and Spanish. Code on rear cover: 'NTHARD5L 9805'.

Laing, Gordon. Digital Retro: The Evolution and Design of the Personal Computer. Lewes, East Sussex: Ilex, 2004.
192pp. Coffee table-style guide to 40 early micros.

Lally, Elaine. At Home with Computers. Oxford: Berg, 2002.

Lavington, Simon Hugh. Early British Computers: The Story of Vintage Computers and the People Who Built Them. Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press, 1980.

Lavington, Simon Hugh. A History of Manchester Computers. Manchester: NCC Publications, 1975.

Lavington, Simon Hugh. "Manchester Computer Architectures, 1948-1975." IEEE Annals of the History of Computing, Vol. 15, No. 3, 1993, pp.44-54.
Reprinted: [Essex]: Univ. of Essex, Department of Computer Science, 1993.

Lavington, Simon Hugh. The Pegasus Story: A History of a Vintage British Computer. London: Science Museum, 2000.

Levy, Steven. Crypto: How the Code Rebels Beat the Government, Saving Privacy in the Digital Age. New York: Viking, 2001.
viii, 356pp. Preface dated September 2000. UK edition (with the title Crypto: Secrecy and Privacy in the New Code War): London: Allen Lane, 2001 (viii, 356pp). Contents (UK edition): [1.] The Loner; [2.] The Standard; [3.] Public Key; [4.] Prime Time; [5.] Selling Crypto; [6.] Patents and Keys; [7.] Crypto Anarchy; [8.] The Clipper Chip; [9.] Slouching Toward Crypto; [10.] Epilogue: The Open Secret.

Levy, Steven. Hackers. Heroes of the Computer Revolution. Garden City, New York: Anchor Press/Doubleday, 1984.
xv, 458pp. Inspirational study of the development of computing from the 1950s. US-centric. New York: Dell, 1994 (455pp). Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin, 1994. Reprinted (with an updated afterword): New York: Penguin, 2001 (xv, 455pp). Reprinted: 2002.

Levy, Steven. Insanely Great. The Life and Times of Macintosh. The Computer that Changed Everything. New York: Viking, 1994.
x, 292pp. Reprinted (with minor revisions and an afterword): Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1995 (vi, 312pp). New York: Penguin Books, 2000 (vi, 328pp).

Linux Answers. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [November 1999-].
Periodical. Issue 1: November 1999. Sold with a covermounted CD-ROM.

Linux Journal: The Monthly Magazine of the Linux Community. Seattle, Washington: Specialized Systems Consultants, [March 1994-].
Periodical. Monthly. Founded by Phil Hughes.

Linux Magazine. Macclesfield, Cheshire: Linux New Media, [October 2000-].
Periodical. Issue 1: October 2000. Launch editor: Julian Moss. Sold with a covermounted CD-ROM.

Linzmayer, Owen W. Apple Confidential. The Real Story of Apple Computer, Inc. San Francisco, California: No Starch Press, 1999.
268pp. 2nd edition (with the title Apple Confidential 2.0: The Definitive History of the World's Most Colorful Company): San Francisco, California: No Starch Press, 2004 (x, 323pp).

Linzmayer, Owen W. The Mac Bathroom Reader. San Francisco, California: Sybex, 1994.
xii, 306pp. Historical trivia relating to Apple Computers.

Littman, Jonathan. The Fugitive Game: Online with Kevin Mitnick. The Inside Story of the Great Cyberchase. Boston, Massachusetts: Little, Brown, 1996.
x, 383pp. Preface dated 18 October 1995. Paperback edition: Boston, Massachusetts: Little, Brown, 1997 (x, 397pp).

Littman, Jonathan. The Watchman: The Twisted Life and Crimes of Serial Hacker Kevin Poulsen. Boston, Massachusetts: Little, Brown, 1997.
289pp. Contents: Dungeon Master; WarGames; Play a Game?; Network News; Good Fellas; Top Secret; Identity Crisis; Command Control; Corporate Headquarters; Watchman; The Anti-Hacker; The Storage Locker; The Bust; Blindfolded; The Meeting; The Wiretap Machine; Home Shopping; Risky Business; Controlled Detonation; Classified; Tap Dancing; Kevin's Court; Grand Jury; Happy Birthday; The Indictment; Blonds Have More Fun; The Giveaway; The Stakeout; The Chase; Unsolved Mysteries; Musical Chairs; The Office; Houdini; Epilogue; Author's Note.

Load Runner London: ECC Publications, [1983].
Periodical (comic). Fortnightly. Issue 10: 27 October-9 November 1983. An issue 13 is known.

Lundstrom, David E. A Few Good Men from Univac. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 1987.
xii, 227pp. MIT Press series in the History of Computing. Reprinted: Bridgewater, New Jersey: Replica Books, 1997 (xii, 227pp).

Malmsten, Ernst, Erik Portanger, and Charles Drazin. Boo Hoo: A Dot.Com Story from Concept to Catastrophe. London: Random House Business, 2001.
ix, 386pp. The story of boo.com.

Malone, Michael Shawn. Infinite Loop. How the World's Most Insanely Great Computer Company Went Insane. New York: Doubleday, 1999.
viii, 597pp. UK edition: London: Aurum Press, 1999. Reprinted: 2000. A history of Apple Computers. Contents (New York edition): 1. Roots; 2. Seed; 3. Sprout; 4. Sapling; 5. Blossoms; 6. Bearing Fruit; 7. Early Harvest; 8. Blight; 9. Stump; 10. Green Shoots.

Malone, Michael Shawn. The Microprocessor: A Biography. Santa Clara, California: TELOS, 1995.
xiv, 333pp. Preface dated June 1995. Contents: 1. A Calculating Risk: Inventing the First Microprocessors; 2. A Revolution in Miniature: The Importance of the Microprocessor; 3. Fire, Water, Earth and Air: Fabricating the Microprocessor; 4. The Cities of the Planar: How the Microprocessor Works; 5. History I: Beginnings: The First Decade; 6. History II: The PC Era: The Second Decade; 7. History III: Break-Out: The Third Decade; 8. The Future: Dreams of Light: The Microprocessor in the 21st Century.

Management Computing. Sutton, Surrey: Reed Business Publishing, {Vol. 13, No. 10) October 1990-February 1991 (Vol. 14, No. 2).
Periodical. Monthly. Continuation of Practical Computing.

Markoff, John. What the Dormouse Said. How the Sixties Counterculture Shaped the Personal Computer Industry. New York: Viking, 2005.
xxiii, 310pp. Contents: 1. The Prophet and the True Believers; 2. Augmentation; 3. Red-Diaper Baby; 4. Free U; 5. Dealing Lightning; 6. Scholars and Barbarians; 7. Momentum; 8. Borrowing Fire from the Gods.

Marshall, Garry J. Computer Languages and Their Uses. London: Granada, 1983.

Marshall, Garry J. Microcomputer Puzzles. London: Collins, 1985.

Marshall, Garry J. Programming with Graphics. London: Granada, 1983.

Maté, George. Engineering Micro Application. E.M.A. Progress Files. An Overview of Industrial Engineering Application Software and References on CP/M and PC DOS Microcomputers. Sunbury: E.I.T. Services, 1984.
Spiral bound.

Maxfield, Clive Richard. Bebop to the Boolean Boogie: An Unconventional Guide to Electronics Fundamentals, Components, and Processes. Eagle Rock, Virginia: LLH Technology Publishing, 1995.
xxxi, 471pp. Contents: 1. Analog Versus Digital; 2. Atoms, Molecules, and Crystals; 3. Conductors and Insulators; Voltage, Current, Resistance, Capacitance, and Inductance; 4. Semiconductors: Diodes and Transistors; 5. Primitive Logic Functions; 6. Using Transistors to Build Primitive Logic Functions; 7. Alternative Numbering Systems; 8. Binary Arithmetic; 9. Boolean Algebra; 10. Karnaugh Maps; 11. Using Primitive Logic Functions to Build More Complex Functions; 12. State Diagrams, State Tables, and State Machines; 13. Analog-to-Digital and Digital-to-Analog; 14. Integrated Circuits (ICs); 15. Memory ICs; 16. Programmable ICs; 17. Application-Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs); 18. Circuit Boards (PWBs and DWBs); 19. Hybrids; 20. Multichip Modules (MCMs); 21. Alternative and Future Technologies; Appendix A: Assertion-Level Logic; Appendix B: Positive Logic Versus Negtive Logic; Appendix C: Reed-Müller Logic; Appendix D: Gray Codes; Appendix E: A Reed-Müller Extraction Utility; Appendix F: Linear Feedback Shift Registers (LFSRs); Appendix G: Pass-Transistor Logic; Appendix H: No-Holds-Barred Seafood Gumbo.

Maximum. [n.p.]: [n.p.], [1995].
Periodical. Video game magazine covering Sega Saturn, Sony PlayStation, PC, Neo Geo CD, Arcade, and 3DO. No publisher information noted in issue 1. Issue 2 promised in 'mid-November'. Issue 1 includes an advert for the first issue of EMAP's PlayStation Plus which was due out on 22 September 1995. Only issue 1 seen.

Maxtor. DiamondMax Hard Drive Installation Sheet. [n.p.]: Maxtor Corporation, 1999.
Folded sheet. Part No. 1417/A. Contents: 1. Before You Begin; 2. General Requirements; 3. Hard Drive Identification; 4. Mounting Drive in System; 5. Attaching IDE Interface and Power Cables; 6. Attaching System Cables; 7. System Setup; 8. Hard Drive Preparation; 9. System Hangs During Boot.

McCabe, Dwight, ed. PCC's Reference Book of Personal and Home Computing. Menlo Park, California: People's Computer Company, July 1977.
248pp. Contents: [1.] An Elementary Introduction to Home Computers for the Complete and Absolute Novice. Excerpted from the Byte Shopper; [2.] A Simple Glossary: Or How to Translate Computer Talk into Near-English. Excerpted from the Byte Shopper; [3.] An Overview: Personal and Hobby Computing. By Jim Warren; [4.] Computer Languages and Personal Computers. By Jef Raskin; [5.] Why I Hate my Computer when it Speaks in BASIC. By James W. Garson; [6.] Free Software? Or, Support Your Local Software Vendor. By Tom Pittman; [7.] Palo Alto Tiny BASIC. Version Three. By Li-Chen Wang; [8.] How to Buy a Personal Computer and get the Right Thing or: You're Really Buying Software. By Jef Raskin; [9.] The Future of Personal Computers. By Theodor H. Nelson; [10.] The Household Pet Robot. By Robert Rossum; [11.] A General Bibliography; [12.] A Computer Music Bibliography; [13.] Professional Societies; [14.] Clubs and Newsletters; [15.] Magazines; [16.] An Index of Articles in the Major Hobbyist Magazines; [17.] Stores; [18.] Companies; [19.] Index of Advertisers; [20.] Advertisements.

McLeod, Rosetta. Learning with Adventure Programs. Tring, Hertfordshire: Melbourne House, [1984].

[Melbourne House.] Melbourne House Books and Software Catalogue. Richmond: Melbourne House, [198-].
24pp.

Micro Adventurer. London: Sunshine Books, November 1983-February 1985.
Periodical. Monthly. Adventure games.

Micro Computer Mart. Later: Micro Mart. Birmingham: Trinity Publications, 1985-2006; London: Dennis Publishing, 2006-.
Periodical. Originally fortnightly, weekly from 1991. Issue 364 (16 November 1995) was a 10th anniversary special issue.

[Micro Computer Mart.] Micro Computer Mart 500 Supplement. Birmingham: Trinity Publications, 1997.
Free with issue 500. 64pp.

Microcomputer Printout. London: Printout Publications, [1981-1984].

Periodical. Monthly. Previously called Printout.

Mims, Forrest M., III. Understanding Digital Computers: A Self-Learning Programmed Text that will Teach you the Basics for the Microcomputer Revolution. Texas: Radio Shack, 1978.
62-2027. 160pp. 4th printing: 1980 (160pp; spiral bound). 2nd edition: Indianapolis, Indiana: H. W. Sams, 1987 (317pp). Contents (4th printing, 1980): 1. What's a Computer?; 2. Number Systems; 3. Binary Logic; 4. Combinational Logic; 5. Sequential Logic; 6. Arithmetic Logic; 7. Memories; 8. Computer Organization; 9. Computer Peripherals; 10. Computer Programming; A Quick Reference Glossary of Computer Buzzwords.

Moody, Glyn. Rebel Code: Inside Linux and the Open Source Revolution. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Perseus Publishing, January 2001.
viii, 334pp. London; New York: Allen Lane, 2001 (viii, 334pp). New York: Basic Books, 2002 (x, 342pp). London: Penguin, 2002 (viii, 343pp). Contents (Perseus Publishing edition): 1. The Coolest Year; 2. The New GNU Thing; 3. A Minor Rebellion; 4. Factor X; 5. Patching Up; 6. Root then Boot; 7. Linus 2.0; 8. Learning from Berkeley; 9. The Art of Code; 10. Low-Down in the Valley; 11. Free the Lizard; 12. A Foothold; 13. Alliances and IPOs; 14. Open for Business; 15. Trolls Versus Gnomes; 16. Lies, Damned Lies, and Benchmarks; 17. Tomorrow's Hothouse; 18. Beyond the Market.

Morgan, Christopher P., ed. The Byte Book of Computer Music. Peterborough, New Hampshire: Byte Books, 1979.

Murray, Charles J. The Supermen: The Story of Seymour Cray and the Technical Wizards behind the Supercomputer. New York: John Wiley, 1997.
vii, 232pp. Contents: Prologue: At the Crossroads; 1. The Codebreakers; 2. The Incubator; 3. Seymour; 4. Engineers' Paradise; 5. The Hog Trough; 6. The CRAY-1; 7. The Cray Way; 8. The New Genius; 9. Shakeout.

Murray, Janet Horowitz. Hamlet on the Holodeck: The Future of Narrative in Cyberspace. New York: Free Press, 1997.
xii, 324pp. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 1998 (xii, 324pp). Reprinted: 1999. Contents (1997 edition): Introduction: A Book Lover Longs for Cyberdrama; [Part I. A New Medium for Storytelling:] 1. Lord Burleigh's Kiss; 2. Harbingers of the Holodeck; 3. From Additive to Expressive Form; [Part II. The Aesthetics of the Medium:] 4. Immersion; 5. Agency; 6. Transformation; [Part III. Procedural Authorship:] 7. The Cyberbard and the Multiform Plot; 8. Eliza's Daughters; 9. Digital TV and the Emerging Formats of Cyberdrama; 10. Hamlet on the Holodeck?

Naylor, Chris. Programs that Write Programs. Wilmslow, Cheshire: Sigma, 1983.
vi, 220pp.

Nelson, Andrew. Creating Adventure Programs on Your Computer. London: Interface, 1983.
xii, 236pp. Foreword by Tim Hartnell.

.net. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [December 1994-].
Periodical. Monthly. Issue 1 (December 1994; editor: Matt Bielby) published on 26 October 1994. An Issue Zero 32pp 'taster' (cover-dated November 1994) was given away free with copies of PC Format and MacFormat.

[.net] The .net Directory. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1995.
Supplement. April 1995. 48pp.

[.net] Longhurst, Richard. The Bible: The Plain English Guide to Getting on the Net. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1995.
Supplement. October 1995. Free with issue 11.

[.net] The 100 Best Web Sites. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1995.
Supplement. December 1995. 32pp. Free with issue 13. Produced in association with Bogomip.

[.net] How to Make Light of HTML: The Plain English Guide to Creating Your Own Web Site. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1995.
Supplement. January 1996. 100pp. Free with issue 14.

[.net] The .net Guide to CompuServe. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [1995].
Magazine format. Includes an advertisement for Issue 15 of .net, which is stated to have been on sale from 4 January 1996.

[.net] The Internet Dictionary. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1996.
Supplement. May 1996. 100pp.

[.net] The Beginner's Guide to the Internet. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1996.
Supplement. 1996. 32pp. Free with .net. Produced in association with Yell.

[.net] The Best of the Web 1997. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1997.
Supplement. 1997. 32pp. Free with .net. Produced in association with Yell and The Computer Channel.

[.net] Make the Most of the Internet: Essential Tips for Getting More from Your Time On-Line! Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1997.
Supplement. December 1997. 100pp. Free with issue 39.

[.net] The .net Essential Guide to On-Line Gaming. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1999.
Supplement. January 1999. 32pp. Free with issue 53.

[.net] The .net Essential Guide to On-Line Shopping. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1999.
Supplement. Spring 1999. 32pp. Free with issue 57.

[.net] .net and peoplesound.com Present the Ultimate Guide to the Music of the Future... MP3. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1999.
Supplement. January 2000. 32pp. Free with issue 66.

The .net Directory. Bath, Avon: Future, [August 1995-].
Periodical. 1: August 1995; 2: October/November 1995; 3: January 1996; 4- (undated). Issue 10 known. Half the width of a typical magazine. Re-titled and published in a normal magazine format as Connect (Issue 1: July 1997).

[The .net Directory.] .net Directory CD. Bath, Avon: Future, [January 1996].
Denominated as a 'Special Edition' of the magazine on CD-ROM accompanied by a half-width 8pp guide.

NetGamer. Bournemouth: Paragon Publishing, [1997-].
Periodical. Eventually monthly. Issue dates given as 2: 17 July 1997; 3: 4 September 1997; 4: 10 October 1997; 5: 13 November 1997; 6: 18 December 1997. Sold initially with a covermounted CD-ROM. Issues seen: 1-5, all edited by Geoff Spick.

NetUser. Bournemouth, Paragon Publishing: [1995-1997-].
Periodical. Launch issue: Spring 1995; Issue 2: June/July 1995; Issue 3: September 1995, then mainly monthly. Issue 15: September/October 1996. Issues seen to 22: April 1997. Editors: 1: Nick Merritt; 2-3: Sean Clarke; 4-8: Gary Fenton; 9-15: Chris Marke; 16-22: Ian Lynch.

Object Expert. Newdigate, Surrey: SIGS, [November/December 1995-].
Periodical. Issue 1: November/December 1995 (editor: John Daniels).

O'Hara, Rob. Commodork: Sordid Tales from a BBS Junkie. [Morrisville, North Carolina]: Lulu.com, 2006.
168pp.

Oric User Monthly with Alternative Micros. [n.p.]: Robert Cook; Aylesbury, Buckinghamshire: Dave Dick, September 1987-September 1999 (No. 145).
Periodical. Monthly. Edited by Robert Cook (Nos. 1-34); by Dave Dick (Nos. 35-145). An index was maintained monthly, and printed to order.

Osborne, Adam, and John Dvorak. Hypergrowth: The Rise and Fall of Osborne Computer Corporation. Berkeley, California: Idthekkethan Publishing Co., 1984.

[Packet SwitchStream] Gladman, Peter, ed. Packet SwitchStream: A Basic Guide and Directory. London: Packet SwitchStream, [August 1983].
'Produced by Yellow Pages' (presumably for British Telecom National Networks). Rear cover gives: 'PH:3395(8/83)'. 52pp with a pouch at the rear containing forms to submit to access the service and to subscribe to publications, a table of charges (2pp), and details of 'The Packet NETMUX' (2pp).

[Packet SwitchStream] Lane, John E. The Packet SwitchStream Service: A User's Guide. Manchester: NCC Publications, 1985.
Another edition published in 1987.

[Packet SwitchStream] Packet SwitchStream: First Steps in Packet Switching. London: Packet SwitchStream, [May 1983].
Available from PSS Customer Service Group. Rear cover gives: 'PH 2828(5.83)' and 'British Telecom National Networks'. 52pp excluding the covers.

[Packet SwitchStream] Packet SwitchStream Technical Guide. London: Packet SwitchStream National Sales Office, [1983-].
British Telecom Technical Guide 17. Loose-leaf. Sometimes listed as a periodical. Updated as required.

Parents & Computers. Macclesfield: IDG Media, [Autumn 1995-1997-].
Periodical. Quarterly. Issue 1: Autumn 1995 (editor: Pam Turnbull). A Summer 1997 issue was produced with a next issue due on 20 October 1997. This was the November 1997 issue, and the first monthly edition, the magazine being revamped under a new editor, Tony Jackson. Latest issue seen: December 1997.

PC Attack. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [May 1995-].
Periodical. Monthly. With a CD-ROM cover disk. Issue 1: May 1995 (editor: Jon Smith). Issues seen: 1-4, 6(October 1995, editor: Garrick Webster).

PC Direct. London: Ziff-Davis, [-1998-].
Periodical. Monthly.

[PC Direct] Education Direct. London: Ziff-Davis, 1995.
Supplement. Free with the September 1995 issue of PC Direct. 88pp.

[PC Direct] Education Direct. London: Ziff-Davis, 1996.
Supplement. Free with the August 1996 issue of PC Direct. 78pp.

[PC Direct] Education Direct. London: Ziff-Davis, 1997.
Supplement. Free with the February 1997 issue of PC Direct. 134pp.

[PC Direct] The Ultimate Buyer's Guide. London: Ziff-Davis, 1997.
Supplement. Free with the March 1997 issue of PC Direct. 100pp.

[PC Direct] Education Direct. London: Ziff-Davis, 1997.
Supplement. Free with the August 1997 issue of PC Direct. 102pp.

[PC Direct] Education Direct. London: Ziff-Davis, 1998.
Supplement. Free with the February 1998 issue of PC Direct. 94pp.

[PC Direct] Education Direct. London: Ziff-Davis, 1998.
Supplement. Free with the August 1998 issue of PC Direct. 68pp.

PC Football. London: IDG Media, [1996].
Periodical format, perhaps only one issue published. IDG Collector's Series, 1. Supplied with a free Euro '96 wallchart.

PC Format. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [1991-].
Periodical. Monthly. Issue seen: 46 (July 1995). Supplied with a cover disk (optionally FD(s) or CD-ROM during the media transition period).

[PC Format] Best of British: The Movers and Shakers of the UK Games Scene. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [1995].
Supplement. 32pp. Edited by Mark Ramshaw. Undated, but most likely free with issue 46 (July 1995). Articles on: Bullfrog (Peter Molyneux); Rowan Software (Rod Hyde); DMA Design (David Jones); The Bitmap Brothers (Eric Matthews); Geoff Crammond; Argonaut (Jez San); Sensible Software (Jon Hare); Probe Entertainment (Fergus McGovern); Tony Crowther (co-founder of Gremlin); Revolution (Charles Cecil); Mythos Games (Julian Gollop); Dimension Creative Design (Kev Bulmer); Software Refinery (Ian Martin); David Braben (co-author of Elite).

PC Gaming World. London: Ziff-Davis, [1997-].
Periodical. Previously Computer Gaming World (Issues 1-6). First issue with this title, issue 7 (August 1997).

PC Guide. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [July 1995-1996].
Periodical. Monthly. A 16pp Issue 0 'taster' (June 1995) was issued as a supplement and given away for free with another magazine. Issue 1 (July) was published on 8 June 1995 (editor: Mark Higham). Latest issue seen: 8 (February 1996).

[PC Guide] Choosing a PC. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1995.
Supplement. Free with issue 3 of PC Guide (September 1995). 100pp. By William Poel.

[PC Guide] Get the Most out of Your Home PC. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1996.
Supplement. Free with the January 1996 issue of PC Guide. 100pp. Extracts from the new PC Guide book by Mark Higham and Paul Pettengale.

PC Home. Macclesfield, Cheshire: IDG Media, [1992-].
Periodical. Monthly. Supplied with a cover disk (optionally FD(s) or CD-ROM during the media transition period). Issue 33 (May/June 1995) was a single issue to accomodate preparations for a relaunch.

PC Magazine. London: Ziff-Davis, [1992-].
Periodical. Monthly.

[PC Magazine] PC Magazine Guide to Mobile Computing. London: Ziff-Davis, 1997.
Free with the March 1997 issue. 16pp.

[PC Magazine] PC Magazine Guide to Windows NT 4.0. London: Ziff-Davis, 1997.
Free with the April 1997 issue. 16pp.

[PC Magazine] PC Magazine Guide to Building Your Own Network. London: Ziff-Davis, 1997.
Free with the July 1997 issue. 16pp.

[PC Magazine] PC Magazine Guide to Servers. London: Ziff-Davis, 1997.
Free with the August 1997 issue. 16pp.

[PC Magazine] PC Magazine Guide to Display Technologies. London: Ziff-Davis, 1997.
Free with the September 1997 issue. 16pp.

[PC Magazine] PC Magazine Guide to IT Desktop Management. London: Ziff-Davis, 1997.
Free with the October 1997 issue. 16pp.

[PC Magazine] PC Magazine Guide to Upgrading Your PC. London: Ziff-Davis, 1997.
Free with the December 1997 issue. 16pp.

[PC Magazine] PC Magazine Guide to Clustering. London: Ziff-Davis, 1998.
Free with the January 1998 issue. 16pp.

[PC Magazine.] Gadgets: The Ultimate Guide. London: Ziff-Davis, 1998.
Free with the March 1998 issue. 68pp.

[PC Magazine.] Getting the Best out of Office 97. London: Ziff-Davis, 1998.
Free with the May 1998 issue. 68pp.

PC Plus. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [199-].
Periodical. Monthly.

[PC Plus] Keeping Your PC Virus-Free. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1995.
Free with issue 106 (August 1995).

[PC Plus] Getting Started with Visual Basic 4. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1996.
Free with the January 1996 issue. 100pp.

[PC Plus] All You Need to Know About Buying a PC. New 1996 Edition. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1996.
Free with issue 113 (March 1996). 100pp. By William Poel.

[PC Plus] The Best of... Multimedia. How to Upgrade, Plus All the Best CD-ROM Software. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1996.
Free with issue 114 (April 1996). 100pp. By Peter Comeau, Jon Smith, Matthew Richards, Rachel Harrison, and Dave Pearman.

[PC Plus] Getting Started with Micrografx Windows Draw! Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1996.
Free with issue 121. 100pp.

[PC Plus] The Networking Guide for Today's Growing Business. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, 1997.
Free with issue 131. 28pp.

PC Power. Bournemouth, Dorset: Paragon Publishing, [January 1994-].
Periodical. Monthly. Issue 1: January 1994. Supplied with a cover disk (optionally FD(s) or CD-ROM during the media transition period). Issue seen: 20 (August 1995).

[PC Power.] PC Power Platinum. Bournemouth, Dorset: Paragon Publishing, [1995-].
Periodical. Quarterly. Issue 2 advertised as going on sale in November 1995 (possibly 'Platinum Sports Vol. 2'); Issue 3: 1996; Issue 4 advertised as going on sale in May 1996.

[PC Power] Get Yourself Connected: The Complete Guide to the Internet! Bournemouth, Dorset: Paragon Publishing, 1995.
Supplement. Free an issue of PC Power. 68pp. By Darren Irvine and John Kennedy.

PC Powerplay. Macclesfield, Cheshire: IDG Media, [Issue 13: May 1996-].
Periodical. A slim magazine-style guide accompanying a CD-ROM. Originally called CD Powerplay, the name changed at issue 13. Latest issue seen: 14 (June 1996; 20pp).

PC Pro. London: Dennis Publishing, [1994-].
Periodical. Monthly.

PC Review. London: EMAP Images, [1991-1995-].
Periodical. Monthly. Issue seen: 45: July 1995.

PC Sports. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [1995-].
Periodical. Issue 1: Summer 1995; 2: Winter 1995. Issues seen: 1-2 (editor: Chris Buxton). With a free CD-ROM.

Penfold, J. W. How to Get Your Computer Programs Running. London: Babani, 1985.

Penfold, R. A. An Introduction to Computer Communications. London: Babani, 1986.

Penfold, R. A. An Introduction to Computer Peripherals. BP170. London: Babani, 1985.

Penfold, R. A. Micro Interfacing Circuits Book 1. BP130. London: Babani, [1984].

Penfold, R. A. Micro Interfacing Circuits Book 2. BP131. 1984; rep. London: Babani, 1990.

Penfold, R. A., and J. W. Penfold. Computer Hobbyist's Handbook. BP251. London: Babani, May 1989.
Reprinted April 1990; Reprinted May 1992 (120pp). Contents (1992): 1. The Popular Microprocessors; 2. Interfaces; 3. Languages; 4. Numbering Systems; 5. Operating Systems; 6. Computer Graphics; 7. Lexicon; 8. MIDI Technicalities; Appendix A. ASCII Table; Appendix B. Epson Standard Printer Controls; Appendix C. Abbreviations; Appendix D. Support Chips; Appendix E. Decimal - Binary - Hex; Appendix F. The Standard Symbols for Use in Flow-Charts.

Penfold, R. A., and J. W. Penfold. An Introduction to Desktop Publishing. London: Babani, 1991.

Personal Computer Games. London: VNU, Summer 1983-February 1985.
Periodical. Quarterly, bi-monthly, then monthly.

Personal Computer News. London: VNU, 11-18 March 1983-1985.
Periodical. Weekly.

Personal Computer World. London: Intra Press, 1978-1986; VNU Business Publications, [1986-].
Periodical. Originally intended to be bi-monthly (in Vol. 1, No. 1) but stated to be monthly from Vol. 1, No. 2. Vol. 1, No. 3 was the first issue with a cover date (July 1978, on sale from 15 June). Launch publisher: A. Zgorelec. Launch editor: Meyer N. Solomon. Launch issue cover stated: 'Europe's first magazine for personal computers for home and business use', and was first placed on sale at the Microsystems '78 exhibition, West Centre Hotel. The May 1998 issue (Vol. 21, No. 5) had a 64pp supplement celebrating 20 years of publication.

[Personal Computer World] Guide to Getting Online. London: VNU Business Publications, 1996.
Supplement in association with CompuServe. January 1996. 16pp.

Personal Computing Today. London: Argus Specialist Publications, [August 1982-].
Periodical. Monthly. First issue: August 1982.

Pimentel, Ken, and Kevin Teixeira. Virtual Reality: Through the New Looking Glass. New York: Intel/Windcrest/McGraw-Hill, 1993.
xvii, 301pp. Foreword by Gordon E. Moore, Chairman, Intel Corporation. 2nd edition: New York: Intel/McGraw-Hill, 1995 (xxvi, 438pp). Contents (1st edition): [Part 1. Stepping Through the New Looking Glass:] 1. The Disappearing Computer; 2. The Evolution of Cyberspace; 3. Pioneers in Cyberspace; 4. Cyberspace for Sale; [Part 2. 21st Century Tools:] 5. Reality Engines; 6. Virtual-World Building Blocks; 7. Desktop VR; 8. Gloves, Goggles, & Wands; [Part 3. Brave New Worlds:] 9. Designing Virtual Worlds; 10. Business Enters the Cyberage; 11. Medical Applications; 12. Entertainment; 13. Art in VR; 14. The Next Generation; [Appendices:] A. Product Resource Guide; B. Company and Institution Guide; C. Sample Source Code.

Platinum Sports. Bournemouth: Paragon Publishing, [1995].
Periodical. Possibly in the PC Power Platinum series. Internally states that the sequel would be published 'next year'. The CD-ROM cover disc instructions note that 'sport is the name of the game this month'. Issues seen: 'Volume 2' (editor: Damian Butt, 100pp).

Popular Computing Weekly. London: Sunshine Publications, 28 October 1982-1990 (No. 415, 14-20 June).
Periodical. Weekly. Initially with volumes/part numbers, these vanish with only dates given, and then numerical issue numbers are used (1989-1990). Issues from I, 1 to I, 28 have colour covers. Launch editor: Duncan Scot. 1985 index in Vol. 5, No. 10, 6-12 March 1986, pp.23-26.

Popular Electronics. New York: Ziff-Davis, October 1954-December 1971.
American periodical. Monthly. Vols. 1-35.

Popular Electronics. New York: Ziff-Davis, January 1972-October 1982 (Vol. 20, No. 10).
American periodical. Monthly. Vol. 1, No. 1 to Vol. 20, No. 10. Vol. 20, No. 11 (November 1982) was published with the new title of Computers & Electronics.

Poulton, Adrian S. Microcomputer Speech Synthesis and Recognition. Wilmslow, Cheshire: Sigma Technical Press, [1983].
vii, 194pp.

Practical Computing. Sutton, Surrey: IPC; Sutton, Surrey: Reed Business Publishing, 1978-September 1990 (Vol. 13, No. 9).
Periodical. Monthly. Continued by Management Computing.

Practical Internet. Bournemouth: Paragon Publishing, 1997.
Periodical. Issue 1 editor: Geoff Harris. Issue 2 advertised to be on sale on 8 May 1997.

Practical Web Pages: The Easy Way to Build a Web Site. Bath, Avon: Future Publishing, [July 2000-].
Periocal. Issue 1: July 2000, with a cover-mounted CD-ROM. Title changed to Practical Web Design: Helping You Build Better Web Sites.

Princeton Graphic Systems. LM-301 Monitor. Operations Manual. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton Graphic Systems, [n.d.].
Folded card. 15" monochrome monitor.

Printout. Newbury, Berkshire: Printout Publications, [1979-1980].

Periodical. Monthly. Continued as Microcomputer Printout.

Pritchard, Alan. A Guide to Computer Literature: An Introductory Survey of the Sources of Information. London: Clive Bingley, 1969.
130pp. 2nd edition: London: Clive Bingley, 1972 (194pp). 2nd edition published simultaneously in the US by Linnet Books, an imprint of Shoe String Press, Inc., Hamden, Connecticut. Contents (2nd edition): 1. Computer Literature; 2. The Cost of Information in Computing; 3. Periodicals in Information Transfer; 4. Academic Periodicals; 5. Commercial Periodicals; 6. News and Special Periodicals; 7. Research Reports and Government Publications; 8. Trade Literature; 9. Theses; 10. Patents; 11. Conferences; 12. Translations; 13. Abstracts and Indexes in Information Transfer; 14. Computer Abstracts and Indexes; 15. Books and Handbooks; 16. Annual Reviews; 17. Bibliographies; 18. Glossaries and Dictionaries; 19. Standards; 20. Directories and Company Data; 21. Hardware Information Sources; 22. Software Information Sources; 23. Installations and Industry Statistics; 24. Biographical Data; 25. Libraries and Organisations; 26. Library and Union Catalogues; Appendix: List of Serials Containing Approximately 50 per Cent of References in 1966.

Public Domain and Shareware Library. Software Reference Guide. Crowborough, Sussex: PDSL, [19--].
Periodical. Updates to the Shareware Encyclopaedia 'Major Issues'. Each 'Update Issue' appears to consist of four supplements. Update Issue 22 Supplement 1 notes 'Our 14th Year'.

Pugh, Emerson William. Memories that Shaped an Industry: Decisions Leading to IBM System 360. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT, 1984.
MIT Press series in the History of Computing.

Quittner, Joshua, and Michelle Slatalla. Masters of Deception. The Gang that Ruled Cyberspace. New York: HarperCollins, 1994.
225pp. UK edition: London: Vintage, 1995 (225pp). New York: HarperPerennial, 1996 (225pp).

Quittner, Joshua, and Michelle Slatalla. Speeding the Net. The Inside Story of Netscape and How it Changed the World. New York: Atlantic Monthly Press, 1998.
323pp. UK edition: London: Orion Business, 1998 (323pp). Contents (1st edition): Prologue; 1. Birth of a Browser; 2. Start-Up; 3. Barksdale Builds a Business; 4. The Giant Strikes Back.

Ranade, Jay, and Alan Nash, eds. The Best of Byte. Two Decades on the Leading Edge. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1994.

Rank Radio International Ltd. The Service Engineers Guide to Teletext. Ware, Hertfordshire: Rank Radio International, 1978.
Includes circuit diagrams.

Raymond, Eric S. The Cathedral and the Bazaar. Musings on Linux and Open Source by an Accidental Revolutionary. Cambridge, Massachusetts: O'Reilly, 1999.
Revised edition: Cambridge, Massachusetts: O'Reilly, 2001.

Retro Gamer. Macclesfield: Live Publishing, [2004-2005]; Bournemouth, Dorset: Imagine Publishing, [2005-].
Periodical. Monthly. The original magazine collapsed. The title was then revived. Issues 1-12 (vol. 1, 1-12); Issues 13-18 (vol. 2, 1-6); Issues from 19 (vol. 2, 7) entitled 'Load' 19, etc. Cover CDs: Vol. 2, Issue 1: 'Amiga Forever'; Vol. 2, Issue 2: 'The Ur-Quan Masters'; Vol. 2, Issue 3: '105 Essential Emulators'; Vol. 2, Issue 4 (not stated on casing): 'The Elder Scrolls: Arena'; Vol. 2, Issue 5: 'The Ultimate 2D Shoot-Em-Up Collection'; Vol. 2, Issue 6: 'The Last Ninja Trilogy'. The first 30 issues were released on a DVD in 2007.

Retro Gamer Anthology. Macclesfield: Live Publishing, [December] 2004.
164pp. New content with revised and expanded articles from previous issues.

Rickitt Educational Media. Educational Software Yearbook 1996. Langport Somerset: REM, 1995.
132pp commercial catalogue of Acorn, Mac, and PC software.

Rogers, Everett Mitchell, and Judith K. Larsen. Silicon Valley Fever. Growth of High-Technology Culture. New York: Basic Books, 1984.
x, 302pp. UK edition: London: George Allen and Unwin, 1985 (x, 302pp). Chinese edition (with the title Kuei Gu Re): [Beijing]: Zhongguo you yi chu ban gong si, 1986 (364pp). Contents (UK 1985 edition): [Part I. Beginnings:] 1. The Apple Story; 2. The Rise of Silicon Valley; [Part II. The Culture of High Technology:] 3. Catching the Silicon Valley Fever; 4. Venture Capital; 5. Networks; 6. Winning at the Game: Intel; 7. Losing: Companies That Don't Make It; 8. Working; 9. Lifestyles; 10. Goodies; 11. Problems in Paradise; [Part III. The Tomorrow of Silicon Valley:] 12. Growing Competition: The Japanese; 13. The Spread of 'Silicon Valleys'; 14. The Impact of Silicon Valley.

Rose, Mike. Creating Political and Military Simulation Games on Your Micro. London: Interface, 1985.
viii, 187pp.

Samish, Francis. Choosing a Microcomputer. London: Granada, 1983.
viii, 140pp.

Samish, Francis. Choosing a Word Processor. London: Granada, 1984.
vii, 182pp.

Samsung. Samsung SyncMaster 3Ne Color Display Unit. User's Manual. [n.p.]: [Samsung], [199-].

Multi-paged in English, French, Spanish, and German. For models CQB4147 and CQB4147L of the 14" colour monitor (maximum resolution: 1024 x 768). Printed in the UK. Code: BH68-60087A. Contents: [1.] Introduction; [2.] FCC, IC and Safety Information; [3.] Operating Guide; [4.] Specifications; Appendix.

Sattler, Michael. Internet TV with CU-SeeMe. Indianapolis, Indiana: Sams.net, 1995.
xiii, 300pp. Contents: 1. Introduction to Internet Videoconferencing and CU-SeeMe; 2. Typical CU-SeeMe Usage; 3. The Internet; 4. Hardware; 5. Software; 6. CU-SeeMe User's Guide; 7. Reflector Operator's Guide; 8. History, Culture, and Usage; 9. Other Videoconferencing Technologies; 10. What the Future Holds in Store; [Appendices:] A. Troubleshooting Q&A; B. Reflectors Around the World; C. Glossary; D. Bibliography.

Scambray, Joel, Stuart McClure, and George Kurtz. Hacking Exposed: Network Security Secrets & Solutions. Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, [1999].
484pp. 2nd edition: Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 2001 (xxix, 703pp); 3rd edition: Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 2001 (xxviii, 729pp); 4th edition: Berkeley, California: Osborne/McGraw-Hill, [2003] (xxiv, 737pp); 5th edition: Emeryville, California: McGraw-Hill/Osborne, 2005 (xxiii, 692pp). Contents (2nd edition): 1. Footprinting; 2. Scanning; 3. Enumeration; 4. Hacking Windows 95/98 and ME; 5. Hacking Windows NT; 6. Hacking Windows 2000; 7. Novell NetWare Hacking; 8. Hacking UNIX; 9. Dial-Up, PBX, Voicemail, and VPN Hacking; 10. Network Devices; 11. Firewalls; 12. Denial of Service (DoS) Attacks; 13. Remote Control Insecurities; 14. Advanced Techniques; 15. Web Hacking; 16. Hacking the Internet User; Appendix A: Ports; Appendix B: Top 14 Security Vulnerabilities; Appendix C: About the Companion Website.

Schatt, Stanley. Linking LANs: A Micro Manager's Guide. Blue Ridge Summit, Pennsylvania: Windcrest/McGraw-Hill, 1991.
xviii, 298pp. 3rd printing: 1991. 2nd edition: New York: McGraw Hill, 1995 (xiii, 287pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. LAN Hardware Basics; 2. LAN Software Basics; 3. Unlocking Network Protocol Mysteries; 4. Ethernet and the Token Bus; 5. Token Ring Network and FDDI; 6. The Nonstandard Apple Networks and Arcnet Standards; 7. Local Bridges; 8. Local Routers and Brouters; 9. Wide Area Networks; 10. ISDN; 11. Gateways to the Mainframe World; 12. Major Systems Integration Issues; Appendix: Seminars on LANs, Internetworking, and Enterprise Networks.

Seyer, Martin D. RS-232 Made Easy: Connecting Computers, Printers, Terminals, and Modems. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall Inc., 1984.
xiii, 214pp. 2nd edition: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1991 (xii, 436pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. Introduction to RS-232; 2. Communication Jargon; 3. Asynchronous Modems and RS-232-C; 4. RS-232-C Operation in a Private-Line Environment; 5. Synchronous Environments; 6. Secondary Signals and Flow Control; 7. Cross Connections; 8. Interfacing Equipment; 9. Answers to Review Questions; Appendix A. EIA Standard RS-232-C; Appendix B. EIA Standard RS-449; Appendix C. Industrial Electronics Bulletin No. 12; Appendix D. RS-232 Circuit Summary with CCITT Equivalents; Appendix E. Tools of the Trade; Appendix F. RS-232 Pin Assignments for Computers and Peripherals; Appendix G. Interfacing Problems and Remedies.

The Silicon Valley Phenomenon. Documentary film produced by PC Magazine in association with NetEvents. Interviews and narration by Manek Dubash, Editor-in-Chief, PC Magazine. Directed and produced by Mark A. Fox. Duration 1hr 18mins. Released on the covermounted DVD-ROM accompanying the November 2000 issue of PC Magazine.

Simmons, John Richardson Mainwaring. Leo and the Managers. London: Macdonald, 1962.

Sinclair, Ian Robertson. Desktop Publishing on a Shoestring. Oxford: BSP Professional Books, 1988.
v, 138pp. Preface dated September 1988. Contents: 1. What is Desktop Publishing?; 2. Getting Started; 3. More Text Techniques; 4. Starting with Graphics; 5. Advanced Techniques; 6. Final Words; Appendix A. Fleet Street Editor and Machines; Appendix B. Some Useful Addresses; Appendix C. Laser Printers and Page-Description Languages.

Sinclair, Ian Robertson. Introducing Microcomputers and Programming. Gravesend: Dickson Price, 1983.

Sinclair, Ian Robertson. Introducing Microprocessors. London: Keith Dickson, 1981.

Sklyarov, Dmitry. Hidden Keys to Software Break-Ins and Unauthorized Entry. Wayne, Pennsylvania: A-List Publishing, 2004.

Smith, Douglas K., and Robert C. Alexander. Fumbling the Future. How Xerox Invented, then Ignored the First Personal Computer. New York: William Morrow, 1988.
274pp. Paperback edition: New York: toExcel, 1999 (274pp). Contents (1999 edition): [1.] The Commercial; [2.] Marketing: The Architecture of Information; [3.] Research: The Creation of the Alto; [4.] Finance: The Rejection of the Alto; [5.] Marketing: The Reaffirmation of the Copier; [6.] Research: The Harvest of Isolation; Epilogue.

Smith, Raoul, ed. The Facts on File Dictionary of Artifical Intelligence. New York; Oxford: Facts on File Publications, 1989.
211pp. Later published in paperback as: Collins Dictionary of Artificial Intelligence., London; Glasgow: Collins, 1990.

Smith, Raoul, ed. Collins Dictionary of Artificial Intelligence. London; Glasgow: Collins, 1990.

374pp. First published in hardback as: The Facts on File Dictionary of Artifical Intelligence, New York; Oxford: Facts on File Publications, 1989.

The Software Directory. Cartmel, Cumbria: CTD Ltd., [1996-].
Periodical. National Launch Issue: May/June 1996. A Pilot Issue had been published prior to this.

Softwords: The Journal of the Microcomputer Software Club. Oxford: Microcomputer Software Club, [c.1982].
Periodical. Known: Issues 1-2. Issue 2 has 32pp. Free membership, the newsletter containing reviews of software that was available to members at a discount. Operated by Yewacre Ltd.

Sports Fan. London: EMAP Images, [c.1997-1998].
Periodical. 'No. 1' only seen, undated, but a competition closing date of 30 January 1998. 24pp. Written by Shaun White. Possibly given away free with a computer magazine. Reviews of sports games for computers and consoles.

The Source. America's Information Utility. McLean, Virginia: Source Telecomputing Corporation, 1983.
8pp publicity leaflet for the electronic information service. Code on front cover: 0004-4. The same code appears on a 'rates and fees' sheet correct as of 1 October 1983. Source Telecomputing Corp. was a subsidiary of The Reader's Digest Association. The service was offered in participation with Control Data Corporation.

Stallman, Richard M. Free Software, Free Society. Selected Essays of Richard M. Stallman. Boston, Massachusetts: GNU Press, 2002.
220pp. Introduction by Lawrence Lessig. Edited by Joshua Gay.

Stallman, Richard M. No Sir, No Monopoly! Free Software, A Perspective. Hyderabad, India: Prajasakti Book House, 2002.
86pp.

Standage, Tom. The Victorian Internet: The Remarkable Story of the Telegraph and the Nineteenth Century's On-Line Pioneers. New York: Walker and Co., 1998.
ix, 227pp. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1998 (216pp). London: Phoenix, 1998 (216pp). London: Phoenix, 1999 (216pp). New York: Berkley Books, 1999 (ix, 227pp). Contents (New York, 1998 edition): 1. The Mother of all Networks; 2. Strange, Fierce Fire; 3. Electric Skeptics; 4. The Thrill Electric; 5. Wiring the World; 6. Steam-Powered Messages; 7. Codes, Hackers, and Cheats; 8. Love Over the Wires; 9. War and Peace in the Global Village; 10. Information Overload; 11. Decline and Fall; 12. The Legacy of the Telegraph.

Stein, Dorothy. Ada: A Life and a Legacy. Cambridge, Massachusetts; London: MIT Press, [1985].
xix, 321pp. MIT Press series in the History of Computing. Biography of Ada, Countess of Lovelace (1815-1852).

Sterling, Bruce. The Hacker Crackdown: Law and Disorder on the Electronic Frontier. New York: Bantam Books, 1992.
xiv, 328pp. UK edition: London: Viking, 1993 (xiv, 328pp). Paperback edition: Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1994 (xiv, 328pp). Print on demand edition produced by Indypublish.com, McLean, Virginia.

Stern, Nancy Beth. From ENIAC to UNIVAC: Appraisal of the Eckert-Mauchly Computers. Bedford, Massachusetts: Digital Press, 1981.
ix, 286pp. Digital Press History of Computing series.

Stewart, Ian. Computers in a Nutshell. Nantwich, Cheshire: Shiva, [1984].
115pp.

Stoll, Clifford. The Cuckoo's Egg: Tracking a Spy Through the Maze of Computer Espionage. New York: Doubleday, 1989.
vi, 326pp. UK edition: London: Bodley Head, 1990 (vi, 326pp). Paperback edition: London: Pan, 1991 (393, [1]pp). New York: Pocket Books, 2000 (vi, 402pp). New York: Pocket Books, 2005 (viii, 399pp). An abridged audio-book version was published: New York: Bantam Audio, 1990 (2 cassettes; 3hrs; read by the author).

Stone, Florence M. The Oracle of Oracle: The Story of Volatile CEO Larry Ellison and the Strategies Behind his Company's Phenomenal Success. New York; London: AMACOM (American Management Association), 2002.
xiv, 226pp.

Stross, Randall E. eBoys: The First Inside Account of Venture Capitalists at Work. The True Story of the Six Tall Men Who Backed eBay, Webvan, and Other Billion-Dollar Start-Ups. New York: Crown Business, 2000.
xxii, 327pp. London: Texere, 2000 (xxii, 327pp). New York; London: Texere, 2002 (xxii, 325pp). Contents (1st edition): 1. The Right Answer; 2. Good People; 3. Go Big or Go Home; 4. Accidents Happen; 5. Don't Get Screwed; 6. Room at the Top; 7. Privileged; 8. Name Your Price; 9. World Class; 10. All e-, All the Time; 11. Buds; 12. The Art of the Deal; 13. Getting Out; 14. Techniqued; 15. Go Fast or Go Home; 16. One Monkey Don't Make No Show; 17. Off the Dole; 18. Communist Capitalism; 19. "R" Toys Us?; 20. Crash; 21. Hoover Dam; 22. Built to Win.

Summer, Claire, and Walter A. Levy, eds. The Affordable Computer. Microcomputer Applications in Business and Industry. New York: AMACOM (American Management Association), [1979].
vi, 179pp.

Swisher, Kara, and Lisa Dickey. There Must Be a Pony in Here Somewhere: The AOL Time Warner Debacle and the Quest for a Digital Future. New York: Crown Business, 2003.

Taggart, Ralph E. Weather Satellite Handbook. [Peterborough, New Hampshire]: [73 Inc.], 1976.
2nd edition: Peterborough, New Hampshire: 73 Inc., 1979 (62pp). 3rd edition (with the title The New Weather Satellite Handbook): Peterborough, New Hampshire: Wayne Green Inc., 1981 (132pp). 4th edition (reverting to the original title): [Newington, Connecticut]: American Radio Relay League, 1990 (multi-paged; Preface dated January 1990). Reprinted: 1991. 5th edition: [Newington, Connecticut]: American Radio Relay League, 1994 (multi-paged). Reprinted: 1996. Contents (4th edition): 1. Operational Satellite Systems; 2. Weather-Satellite Antenna Systems; 3. Weather-Satellite Receivers; 4. Video Formats and Display Systems; 5. The WSH Microcontroller; 6. Scan-Converter Display Board; 7. Scan-Converter and Computer Interfacing; 8. Satellite Tracking; 9. Station Operations; 10. Advanced Applications; Appendix I. Parts and Equipment Suppliers; Appendix II. Scan-Converter Parts List; Appendix III. WSH1700 BASIC Program Listing.

TeleLink. Stockport: Database Publications, [1984-1985].

Periodical. Issue 2: January/February 1985.

Temple, Kelly, Peter Shaw, and Roger Munford. Capital Radio's Book of Computers and Simple Programming. London: Interface, 1984.

Total Internet. Newton Abbot, Devon: Rapide Publishing, [December 1996-].
Periodical. Monthly. Issue 1 undated, published c.November 1996 (editor: Chris Marke). January [1997; No. 2] issue advertised for sale on 27 December in issue 1; February [1997; No. 3] issue advertised for sale on 31 January in issue 2. Issues seen: 1-2.

Tracton, Ken. 57 Practical Programs and Games in BASIC. No. 1000; Blue Ridge Summit, Philadelphia: Tab Books, [1978].
204pp.

Tracton, Ken. 24 Tested, Ready-to-Run Game Programs in BASIC. Blue Ridge Summit, Philadelphia: Tab Books, [1978].
251pp.

UKdirectory. Winchester, Hampshire; [Later:] Eastleigh, Hampshire: UKdirectory Ltd., [199-].
Periodical. Directory of British websites. Issue 3: Spring 1998; Issue 7: April/May 1999; Issue 14: May 2000.

Ultimate Player. Bournemouth: Paragon Publishing, [1996].
Periodical. Quarterly. Issues seen: 1 (Copyright date 1996; 'Next issue not on sale until Summer 1996').

US Robotics. The Sportster Guide. Connecting Your PC to the World. Wokingham, Berkshire: US Robotics, 1996.
40pp. Preface by Emma Forbes. Published by The Edge Partnership Publications. Probably given away as a free supplement with either .net or The .net Directory, both magazines being advertised inside the back cover.

Viewdata in Local Government. London: Information Technology Division, Department of Trade and Industry, [c.1984-1985].

VisiCorp. User Support Plan. San Jose, California: VisiCorp, 1982.
Fan-fold leaflet. Coded: 50001-1011 2/83. Bound with a copy of the literature accompanying the Apple IIe version of the program.

[VisiCorp.] DIF Technical Specification. Newton Lower Falls, Massachusetts: DIF Clearinghouse, 1983.
Copyright Software Arts Products Corp. 1983. Cover has: DIF Clearinghouse, P.O. Box 638, Newton Lower Falls, MA 02162. DIF is the format for data interchange developed by Software Arts Products Corp. 23pp. Dated Friday 28 January 1983. Coded: SAM-115C. Coded on rear: 50001-9010. Bound with a copy of the literature accompanying the Apple IIe version of VisiCorp's VisiCalc.

[VisiCorp.] The VisiSeries from VisiCorp. San Jose, California: VisiCorp, 1982.
[16]pp leaflet. Coded: 990052 12/82. Advertising software for the Apple II, Apple III, IBM PC, and DEC Professional Series (325 and 350).

Waldrop, M. Mitchell. The Dream Machine: J. C. R. Licklider and the Revolution That Made Computing Personal. New York: Viking, 2001.
502pp. UK paperback edition: Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin Books, 2002 (502pp). Contents: Prologue: Tracy's Dad; 1. Missouri Boys; 2. The Last Transition; 3. New Kinds of People; 4. The Freedom to Make Mistakes; 5. The Tale of the Fig Tree and the Wasp; 6. The Phenomena Surrounding Computers; 7. The Intergalactic Network; 8. Living in the Future; 9. Lick's Kids.

Walker, John. The Which? Software Guide. John Walker's Personal Assessment of Over 1000 Programs for Home Computers. London: Consumers' Association; Hodder and Stoughton, 1984.

Wallace, James, and Jim Erickson. Hard Drive: Bill Gates and the Making of the Microsoft Empire. New York: Wiley, 1992.
v, 426pp. New York: HarperBusiness, 1993 (v, 426pp; preface dated February 1992). Revised edition: Chichester: Wiley, 1993 (v, 458pp). Contents HarperBusiness 1993 edition): Prologue; 1. The Early Years; 2. "It's Going to Happen"; 3. The Microkids; 4. Hitching a Ride with Big Blue; 5. Growing Pains; 6. King of the Hill.

Ward, Brice. Computer Technician's Handbook. No. 554; Blue Ridge Summit, Philadelphia: Tab Books, 1971.
1st printing: March 1971; 2nd printing: November 1972; 3rd printing: May 1974 (475, [5]pp). Contents: [I. Techniques & Circuitry:] 1. Introduction to Computers; 2. Number Systems; 3. Coding Systems; 4. The Teletype; 5. Boolean Algebra; 6. Basic Computer Circuits; 7. Computer Blocks; 8. Decoding, Gating & Steering Arrays; 9. Counters, Shift Registers & Memories; 10. Adders; [II. Analysis of a Typical Small Computer:] 11. General Description of the PDC808; 12. Processor Instructions; 13. Input-Output Section; 14. I-O Interface Reference; [III. Maintenance:] 15. Introduction to Maintenance; 16. System & Functional Components; 17. Processor Operation; 18. Input-Output Operation; 19. Diagnostic Information.

WarGames. MGM, 1983. 108 mins. Colour. Screenplay by Lawrence Lasker and Walter F. Parkes. Produced by Leonard Goldberg. Directed by John Badham. Music by Arthur B. Rubinstein. Matthew Broderick (David Lightman), Dabney Coleman (McKittrick), John Wood (Falken), Barry Corbin (General Beringer), and Ally Sheedy (Jennifer). VHS videocassette: MGM Movie Time 15928S. DVD: MGM Movie Time 15928DVDZ1. VFC 15390. Rated PG.

The Web. London: IDG Media, [November 1995-].
Periodical. Launch editor: Tony Leah; Issues 2-6 editor: Stevie Kennedy; Issues 7-8 editor: Adam Phillips. Issues seen: 2: January 1996; 3: February 1996; 4: March 1996; 5: April 1996; 6: May/June 1996; 7: July/August 1996 with a cover-mounted CD-ROM; 8: September/October 1996 'Relaunch issue'.

[The Web.] The Web Guide to Everything Educational. London: IDG Media, 1996.
Free with issue 4 (March 1996). 48pp excluding wrappers. By Pam Turnbull.

Webspace. London: Forme Digital Media, 1999.
Periodical. Issue seen: August 1999 (group managing editor: Katherine Morris).

What Micro? London: VNU Business Publications, [1982-19--].
Periodical. Monthly. Continued as What PC?.

Wh@t Net? London: WV Publications, [199-].
Periodical. Issue 2: Summer 1995.

What Personal Computer? London: EMAP, [June/July 1989-].
Periodical. Issue 1: June/July 1989 (cover states: 'Display until July 16'). Launch editor: Rob Beattie.

Which Micro? & Software Review. Peterborough: Business and Computer Publications, [May/June 1982-December 1984].
Periodical. Bi-monthly to September/October 1982 issue, monthly from November 1982.

Wilkes, Maurice Vincent. Memoirs of a Computer Pioneer. Cambridge, Massachusetts; London: MIT Press, 1985.
viii, 240pp. MIT Press series in the History of Computing.

Wilkes, Maurice Vincent, and R. M. Needham. The Cambridge CAP Computer and its Operating System. New York; Oxford: North Holland Inc., 1979.
x, 165pp.P> Williams, Sam. Free as in Freedom. Richard Stallman's Crusade for Free Software. Sebastopol, California: O'Reilly, 2002.
xii, 225pp. Contents: 1. For Want of a Printer; 2. 2001: A Hacker Odyssey; 3. A Portrait of the Hacker as a Young Man; 4. Impeach God; 5. Small Puddle of Freedom; 6. The Emacs Commune; 7. A Stark Moral Choice; 8. St. Ignucius; 9. The GNU General Public License; 10. GNU/Linux; 11. Open Source; 12. A Brief Journey Through Hacker Hell; 13. Continuing the Fight; Epilogue: Crushing Loneliness; [Appendices:] A. Terminology; B. Hack, Hackers, and Hacking; C. GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL).

Wilson, Mike. The Difference Between God and Larry Ellison. Inside Oracle Corporation. New York: William Morrow, 1997.
385pp. The 'difference' noted on the cover as being that God doesn't think he is Larry Ellison (CEO of Oracle).

Wired. [UK edition.] London: Wired Ventures, April 1995-.
Periodical. Monthly. Month of 'premiere' edition from page footers.

Wired. [US edition.] San Francisco: Wired, March/April 1993-.
Periodical. First 4 issues bi-monthly; monthly from November 1993 (issue 5).

Worden, Paul. Winning at the Races Using Your Computer. London: Interface, 1985.

The World Wide Web Directory. Bournemouth: Paragon, [Spring 1996-1997].
Periodical. Quarterly. Issues seen: 1 (Spring 1996)-5 (Summer 1997). Editors: 1-2 (Chris Marke); 3-5 (Ian Lynch).

Wozniak, Steve, and Gina Smith. iWoz. Computer Geek to Cult Icon: Getting to the Core of Apple's Inventor. London: Headline, 2006.
313pp. American edition published by W. W. Norton. Contents: 1. Our Gang: The Electronics Kids; 2. The Logic Game; 3. Learning by Accident; 4. The 'Ethical' TV Jammer; 5. Cream Soda Days; 6. Phreaking for Real; 7. Escapades with Steve; 8. HP and Moonlighting as a Crazy Polack; 9. Wild Projects; 10. My Big Idea; 11. The Apple I; 12. Our Very Own Company; 13. The Apple II; 14. The Biggest IPO Since Ford; 15. The Woz Plan; 16. Crash Landing; 17. Have I Mentioned I Have the Voice of an Angel?; 18. Leaving Apple, Moving to Cloud Nine; 19. The Mad Hatter; 20. Rules to Live By.

Young, Jeffrey S. Steve Jobs: The Journey is the Reward. Glenview, Illinois: Scott, Foresman, 1988.
UK edition: Barnet: Glentop Press, 1989.

Your Computer. Sutton, Surrey: IPC, 1981-1988.
Periodical. Monthly. Issue 3: October 1981. Index: February 1985, pp.135-138; March 1985, p.130 (in two parts, by Simon Rollins).

Zimmerman, Steven M., and Leo M. Conrad. Understanding and Using Microcomputers. St. Paul, Minnesota: West Publishing Co., 1986.
2nd edition: St. Paul, Minnesota: West Publishing Co., 1988 (xxvi, 371pp). 3rd edition: St. Paul, Minnesota: West Publishing Co., 1991 (xxv, 436pp). Contents (2nd edition): 1. Microcomputers; 2. Hardware of Microcomputers; 3. Operating Systems; 4. Word Processing; 5. Electronic Spreadsheets; 6. Data Base; 7. Graphics; 8. Microcomputer Communications; 9. Communications with Central Computers; 10. Local Area Networks; 11. The Integration of Operations and Data Files; 12. How To Select Software and Microcomputers; Appendix A. The History of Microcomputers Time Line; Appendix B. Types of Index Organization; Appendix C. Cases; Appendix D. The Importance of Software Documentation.

[ART] "8-Bit-'em-Ups." Retro Gamer No. 22. pp.54-57.
Beat-'em-Up games on 8-bit micros.

[ART] [Adams, Douglas.] "Adams' Apples." Your Computer June 1987. pp.28-29, 31-32.
Interview with Douglas Adams.

[ART] Adams, Douglas. "What Do We Have To Lose?" Wired [UK edition.] Vol. 1, No. 1. April 1995. p.114.
On the future of magazines in an online world.

[ART] Adamson, Ian, Richard Kennedy, and Freda Trovato. "Knight-Clubbing." Your Computer January 1986. pp.50-53.
Feature on Sir Clive Sinclair.

[ART] Alderwick, Brian V. "TV to RGB Monitor Conversion." Electronics and Computing Monthly April 1983. pp.62-64.
Constructional article including PCB layout. Adapting a Ferguson 14" Movie Star portable TV to an RGB monitor.

[ART] Alexander, Ken. "Joysticks." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1983. pp.52-55.

[ART] Allason, Julian. "Firmware: All Roads Lead to ROM." Practical Computing May 1980. pp.98-100.
Advocates the use of ROM over disc storage.

[ART] Allen, T. J. "Computing and Deafness." Personal Computer World July 1978. pp.74-75.
An early article highlighting the possible benefits that computing could offer those with disabilites. The author is given as 'T. D. Allen' in the contents.

[ART] Anderson, John. "Company Profile: Technos." Retro Gamer No. 20. pp.68-73.

[ART] Ash, Neville. "Writing Software: Will it Make You Rich?" Which Micro? & Software Review January 1984. pp.64-65, 84-87.
Includes a 'software house rundown' with notes from software houses on their criteria for selling software, royalties etc.

[ART] Banahan, Mike. "Getting It Together." Personal Computer World Part 1: August 1978. pp.39-40; Part 2: September 1978. pp.32-34; Part 3: October 1978. pp.55-59; Part 4: November 1978. pp.27-29.
A series of articles on assembly language.

[ART] Barker, Philip G. "Computer Interfaces for Slide Projectors." Electronics and Computing Monthly March 1982. pp.18-22, 34.
Constructional article.

[ART] Barker, Philip G. "Data Transfer Between Micros." Electronics and Computing Monthly May 1982. pp.21-25, 46-49.
Described using PETs and SC/MPs as examples.

[ART] Barker, Philip G. "Programming a Hand Print Terminal." Electronics and Computing Monthly July 1982. pp.17-20, 67.

[ART] Bedford, Mike. "Reduced Instruction Set Computers." Electronics Today International December 1985. pp.22-26.
Descriptive article.

[ART] Bedford, Mike. "Foreign Ports." Electronics Today International March 1987. pp.13-18.
Computer interfacing standards: Serial and parallel, RS422, RS423, RS449, 20mA current loop, Centronics, and IEEE-488.

[ART] Bedford, Mike. "EPROM Technology." Electronics Today International December 1988. pp.12-15.
Technical overview.

[ART] Bedford, Mike. "Antique Computers Reborn." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 19, No. 150. June 2000. pp.48-52.

[ART] Bell, M. J. "Machine Code." Computing Today Part 3: June 1980. pp.17-19.
Series on machine code programming. Part 3: 'System monitors are vital to the programmer, and they can save a lot of work too'.

[ART] Bennett, Bob. "Machine Code Programming." Electronics Today International Part: March 1984. pp.30-32.
Series.

[ART] "A Bigger Brother." Electronics and Computing Monthly April 1984. p.22.
Review of the Brother EP-44 printer/typewriter.

[ART] Bond, Paul. "Beyond's Supersecrets." Your Computer October 1985. pp.44-45.
Feature on Beyond (software house).

[ART] Bond, Phil. "Master Pieces." Your Computer January 1986. pp.44-45.
Feature on Mastertronics (software house).

[ART] Brain, David. "Inside the 7910 Single Chip FSK Modem." Radio and Electronics World May 1983. pp.23-25.

[ART] Brew, Simon. "The Classic Game: 'Flood'." Retro Gamer No. 40. pp.78-79.

[ART] Budgett, Henry. "Programming Standards." Computing Today June 1981. pp.45-46.
A formalised way of displaying graphics characters in listings.

[ART] Burchell, Jonathan C. "Acoustic Modem." Radio and Electronics World February 1983. pp.10-13.
Constructional article.

[ART] Campbell, Bob. "Z80 DRAM Board." Electronics Today International March 1984. pp.45-48, 69.
Constructional article with a PCB foil pattern. 64K DRAM board for Z80 systems. Uses a 24S10 PROM and eight 4164-15 memory chips.

[ART] Campbell, Bob. "Digital Cassette Deck." Electronics Today International Part 1: September 1984. pp.27-30.
2 part constructional article. Uses the Tanashin Electric TN-3600 cassette deck.

[ART] Campbell, Ian. "Digital Speech Systems." Electronics and Computing Monthly November 1983. pp.24-26.
Speech chips including the allophone-based SPO0256.

[ART] Campbell, Ian. "Digital Speech Systems." Electronics and Computing Monthly December 1983. pp.83-86.
Examination of National's Digitalker and the techniques of Linear Predictive Coding.

[ART] Carroll, Martyn. "The Complete Lowdown: Freescape." Retro Gamer No. 22. pp.24-29.
Freescape was a 3D gaming engine for 8-bit micros.

[ART] Carroll, Martyn. "The Complete Lowdown: Magic Knight." Retro Gamer No. 27. pp.72-75.
Game character created by David Jones.

[ART] Carroll, Martyn. "The Making of 'Aliens'." Retro Gamer No. 40. pp.74-77.

[ART] Carroll, Martyn. "The Making of 'Another World'." Retro Gamer No. 24. pp.34-37.

[ART] Carroll, Martyn. "The Making of 'Turbo Esprit'." Retro Gamer No. 36. pp.84-87.

[ART] Cassera, Tony. "Interfacing Printers: Parallel Ports Mean Faster Data Transfer." Practical Computing May 1980. pp.96-97.
Detailed explanation.

[ART] Chappell, Paul. "Data Encryption." Electronics Today International September 1985. pp.30-33.
An overview.

[ART] Cheeseman, Gavin. "SPO256 Speech Synthesiser." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 9, No. 36. February-March 1990. pp.48-52; Correction in Vol. 9, No. 39. August-September 1990. p.1 (replace protection diode D1 with a link if insufficient voltage causes problems).
Constructional article.

[ART] Chewter, John. "Developments in Speech Synthesis." Electronics and Computing Monthly February 1982. pp.29-32.
Series. Analysis of techniques and constructional project: a speech encoder.

[ART] Chewter, John. "Digital Speech." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1982. pp.36-39, 45.
Series. Using the speech encoder published in February 1982 with an Acorn Atom.

[ART] Clarkson, Douglas. "Electromagnetism and Man." Electronics Today International December 1991. pp.52-56.
The effects of electromagnetic radiation on human beings.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Alien 3'." Retro Gamer No. 29. pp.40-41.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Canon Fodder'." Retro Gamer No. 35. pp.28-29.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Captain Blood'." Retro Gamer No. 38. pp.86-87.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Castle Adventure'." Retro Gamer No. 33. pp.58-59.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Donkey Kong Country." Retro Gamer No. 34. pp.24-25.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Dynamite Headdy'." Retro Gamer No. 29. pp.20-22.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Feud'." Retro Gamer No. 35. pp.82-83.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Get Dexter'." Retro Gamer No. 41. pp.34-35.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'The Great Escape'." Retro Gamer No. 28. pp.32-33.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Knight Lore'." Retro Gamer No. 20. pp.74-77.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Metro-Cross'." Retro Gamer No. 41. pp.62-63.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Punch-Out!!'." Retro Gamer No. 36. pp.38-39.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Quest for the Rings'." Retro Gamer No. 40. pp.34-35.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'The Revenge of Shinobi'." Retro Gamer No. 30. pp.66-67.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Shufflepuck Cafe'." Retro Gamer No. 36. pp.66-67.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Silent Hill'." Retro Gamer No. 33. pp.42-43.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Street Fighter II: The World Warrior'." Retro Gamer No. 33. pp.70-71.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Super Mario Land." Retro Gamer No. 32. pp.38-39.

[ART] "The Classic Game: 'Zillion'." Retro Gamer No. 34. pp.42-43.

[ART] "Company Profile: Data East." Retro Gamer No. 33. pp.52-57.
Known as DECO in Japan.

[ART] "Company Profile: The Bitmap Brothers." Retro Gamer No. 41. pp.42-47.

[ART] "Company Profile: US Gold." Retro Gamer No. 22. pp.66-71.

[ART] "The Complete Lowdown: 'Leisure Suit Larry'." Retro Gamer No. 19. pp.54-59.

[ART] "Components for Computing." Hobby Electronics Part 1 (I/O ports and the 8255): December 1982. pp.46-48.
A series of articles.

[ART] Cottis, Bob, Dave Howland, and Pat Crowe. "E78. The Europa Bus. A Microprocessor Bus Specification for Eurocard." Personal Computer World Vol. 1, No. 2. 1978. pp.69-72; Addenda: July 1978. p.76.
Description of the new bus standard.

[ART] Crookes, David. "The Classic Game: 'Dizzy'." Retro Gamer No. 19. pp.24-27.

[ART] Crookes, David. "Company Profile: Core Design." Retro Gamer No. 28. pp.70-75.

[ART] Crookes, David. "Company Profile: Zenobi Software." Retro Gamer No. 35. pp.30-36.

[ART] Crookes, David. "The Complete Lowdown: 'Lara Croft: Tomb Raider'." Retro Gamer No. 20. pp.40-47.

[ART] Crookes, David. "Developer Lookback: Being Sensible." Retro Gamer No. 33. pp.36-41.
Sensible Software.

[ART] Crookes, David. "Developer Lookback: Coding Back the Years." Retro Gamer No. 29. pp.60-69.
Richard and David Darling of Codemasters.

[ART] Crookes, David. "Developer Lookback: The Wizards of Oz." Retro Gamer Part 1: No. 36. pp.42-47.
2 parts. Melbourne House.

[ART] Crookes, David. "The Making of 'Last Ninja'." Retro Gamer No. 34. pp.18-23.

[ART] Crookes, David. "The Making of 'Prince of Persia'." Retro Gamer No. 32. pp.18-23.

[ART] Crossley, Rob. "The Making of 'Blast Corps'." Retro Gamer No. 41. pp.86-89.

[ART] Curley, Dan. "The Classic Game: 'Flashback'." Retro Gamer No. 20. pp.36-39.

[ART] Cuthbertson, Paul. "Analogue Computer." Electronics Today International July 1988. pp.38-42, 59; August 1988. pp.28-32, 53.
Constructional article with a PCB foil.

[ART] Cuthbertson, Paul. "The Forgotten Computer." Electronics Today International June 1988. pp.10-15.
A feature on analogue computers.

[ART] Daines, Derrick R. "Computing in the Primary School." Personal Computer World October 1978. pp.22-23.
The introduction of computers into a primary school. The author was Deputy Head of Carsic Primary School, Sutton-in-Ashfield.

[ART] Dance, Brian. "Bubble Memories." Computing Today June 1981. pp.53-56.

[ART] Day, Ashley. "The Classic Game: 'Simon the Sorcerer'." Retro Gamer No. 19. pp.64-67.

[ART] Day, Ashley. "The Classic Game: 'Speedball 2: Brutal Deluxe'." Retro Gamer No. 20. pp.58-61.

[ART] Day, Ashley. "Company Profile: Sega Technical Institute." Retro Gamer No. 36. pp.28-33.

[ART] Day, Ashley. "The Complete Lowdown: 'Worms'." Retro Gamer No. 41. pp.70-75.

[ART] Day, Ashley. "The Making of 'Last Hope'." Retro Gamer No. 28. pp.66-69.

[ART] Day, Ashley. "The Making of 'Sam & Max Hit the Road'." Retro Gamer No. 22. pp.32-35.

[ART] Day, Ashley. "The Making of 'Smash TV'." Retro Gamer No. 35. pp.60-63.

[ART] "Death of the Cassette?" Which Micro? & Software Review January 1984. pp.76-78.
The supply of computer software by PRESTEL (Micronet 800), Teletext (Ceefax and Oracle), and via cable (the Games Network).

[ART] Denning, Adam. "Introducing 6502 and Z80 Vectors." Electronics and Computing Monthly Part 1: December 1983. pp.71-73.
2 parts.

[ART] "Desert Island Disks: Bob Polaro." Retro Gamer No. 27. pp.84-87.

[ART] "Desert Island Disks: Eugene Jarvis." Retro Gamer No. 24. pp.78-81.

[ART] "Desert Island Disks: Gary Liddon." Retro Gamer No. 22. pp.78-81.

[ART] "Desert Island Disks: Pickford Brothers." Retro Gamer Part 1: No. 19. pp.80-84; Part 2: No. 20. pp.80-83.
John and Ste Pickford.

[ART] "Developer Lookback: Magnetic Fields." Retro Gamer No. 19. pp.68-72.
Shaun Southern and Andrew Morris.

[ART] "Developer Lookback: A Rare Breed." Retro Gamer No. 20. pp.26-33.
Chris and Tim Stamper of Ultimate and Rare.

[ART] Dick, James. "Multiprogramming." Electronics and Computing Monthly Part 1: February 1984. pp.65-66; Part 2 with the title "Multiprocessing." April 1984. pp.50-51.
2 part series.

[ART] Dick, James. "Optimal Coding. Part 2." Electronics and Computing Monthly November 1983. pp.80-81.
Pre-coding and the application of the principles of optimal coding.

[ART] "Digital Cameras: How Do They Work?" Elektor Electronics October 1998. pp.22-26.
By the magazine's editorial staff.

[ART] Dixey, Graham. "Computers in the Real World." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Part 1 (introduction): Vol. 8, No. 33. August-September 1989. pp.60-63; Part 2 (interacting with the outside world): Vol. 8, No. 34. October-November 1989. pp.58-62; Part 4 (communication with peripherals, polling and interrupts): Vol. 9, No. 36. February-March 1990. pp.67-71, 75; Part 5 (serial communication): Vol. 9, No. 37. April-May 1990. pp.34-38; Part 7 (magnetic recording: tape and disk): Vol. 9, No. 39. August-September 1990. pp.1(correction to part 8), 25-29.
Series.

[ART] Drury, Paul. "Desert Island Disks: Andy Walker." Retro Gamer No. 41. pp.54-58.

[ART] Drury, Paul. "Desert Island Disks: Ed Logg." Retro Gamer No. 29. pp.76-80.

[ART] Drury, Paul. "Desert Island Disks: Nick Pelling." Retro Gamer No. 26. pp.82-85.
Pelling used the pseudonym Orlando M. Pilchard.

[ART] Drury, Paul. "Desert Island Disks: Owen Rubin." Retro Gamer No. 32. pp.76-80.

[ART] Drury, Paul. "Desert Island Disks: Steve Ellis." Retro Gamer No. 30. pp.72-75.

[ART] Drury, Paul. "Desert Island Disks: Steve Wright." Retro Gamer No. 35. pp.84-87.
The programmer, not the radio DJ.

[ART] Drury, Paul. "Desert Island Disks: Stuart Fotheringham." Retro Gamer No. 34. pp.78-81.

[ART] Drury, Paul. "Desert Island Disks: Vicky Carne." Retro Gamer No. 12. pp.41-43.
Founder of Mosaic Publishing.

[ART] Drury, Paul. "The Making of 'Goldeneye'." Retro Gamer No. 38. pp.28-33.

[ART] Easson, D. Roy. "Microcomputer Organ Interface and Music Editor." Wireless World June 1983. pp.63-66.
Designed for a Nascom 2. Can be adapted to work with any Z80-based micro with two parallel ports.

[ART] Edwards, T. E. "Centronics to RS232 Converter." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1984. pp.40-41.
Constructional article.

[ART] Edwards, William, and Watford Electronics. "Ultimum Computer Interface. Part 7." Practical Electronics Vol. 19, No. 5. May 1983. pp.70-73.
Constructional article. 9 channel sound card with amplification. Uses three AY-3-8910 sound chips, an 8255 PPI and an LM386.

[ART] Edwards, William, and Watford Electronics. "Ultimum Computer Interface. Part 8." Practical Electronics Vol. 19, No. 6. June 1983. pp.68-74 (series update notes on p.57).
Constructional article. The port card (two parallel and one serial) with a real-time clock. Uses a 58174 real-time clock chip, a 6551 ACIA for the serial port, and an 8255 PPI for the parallel ports.

[ART] Elmer-Dewitt, Philip. "The Amazing Video Game Boom." Time International Vol. 142, No. 13, 27 September 1993. pp.52-58.

[ART] Elmer-Dewitt, Philip. "Battle for the Soul of the Internet." Time International Vol. 144, No. 4, 25 July 1994. pp.50-56.
The Internet makes the cover of Time magazine.

[ART] Erskine, Christina. "The Bank Buster." Popular Computing Weekly Vol. 4, No. 10. 7-13 March 1985. p.10.
Interview with David Crane of Activision.

[ART] Erskine, Christina. "First off the Mark." Popular Computing Weekly Vol. 4, No. 14. 4-10 April 1985. p.17.
Interview with Sara Galbraith of First Publishing.

[ART] Evans. Gary. "Copyright Law in Confusion." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1984. pp.12-13.
Software copyright problems.

[ART] Everiss, Bruce. "ROM with a View." Your Computer December 1986. pp.66-67.
An overview of CD-ROM drives with photos of the Hitachi CDR1500S, CDR2500 and CDR2500S models.

[ART] "Extending This Mortal Coil." Electronics and Computing Monthly May 1985. pp.18-20.
Maintenance and reliability issues with microcomputers.

[ART] Finlay, Eric. "The Micro Muse." Personal Computer World November 1978. pp.13-14.
Computer poetry.

[ART] Fisher, Andrew. "Developer Lookback: Gremlins in the Machine." Retro Gamer No. 24. pp.22-29.
Gremlin Graphics.

[ART] Fisher, Andrew. "The Making of 'Armalyte'." Retro Gamer No. 36. pp.78-81.

[ART] Flint, Ernest. "PC Engines - From 4004 to Pentium III." Everyday Practical Electronics May 1999. pp.338-342.

[ART] Fox, Barry. "Colossus Recreated." Everyday Practical Electronics August 1997. pp.540-544.
.

[ART] Fox, Barry. "Consumer Electronics Show-Chicago." Everyday with Practical Electronics September 1993. pp.654-657.
Show report.

[ART] Freestone, N. K. "Understanding Data Structures. Part 1." Electronics and Computing Monthly Part 1: May 1982. pp.53-55; Part 2: June 1982; Part 3: July 1982. pp.25-27.
Series.

[ART] Furminger, Mike. "Speech Recognition Systems." Electronics and Computing Monthly October 1983. pp.56-58.
Includes a circuit diagram of an MF10 based filter. Listing for the Commodore PET included, but a general article.

[ART] Gambotto-Burke, Alexander. "The Making of 'Quake'." Retro Gamer No. 40. pp.62-65.

[ART] Gerrard, Mike. "Tiger's Tale." Which Micro? & Software Review January 1984. p.79.
On the setting-up of Tiger Software by Mark Tyson and Lorraine Brewis. In the 'Dragon Tales' column.

[ART] Giesberts, T. "Fibre Optic Data Communications: RS232 Interface with Fibre Optic Links." Elektor Electronics May 1998. pp.52-53, 55.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given.

[ART] Godwin, Harold. "The Maplin Modem." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 1, No. 5. December 1982-February 1983. pp.2-6.
Constructional article. 300 baud. Uses the 4412VP and XR2211 chips.

[ART] Graaf, B. de. "Small VGA-Tester." Elektor Electronics September 1998. Extra Supplement pp.14-16.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB given.

[ART] Grannell, Craig. "The Classic Game: 'Spy vs Spy'." Retro Gamer No. 30. pp.42-43.

[ART] Grannell, Craig. "The Making of 'Alter Ego'." Retro Gamer No. 33. pp.60-63.

[ART] Grannell, Craig. "The Making of 'Archon'." Retro Gamer No. 40. pp.36-39.

[ART] Grannell, Craig. "The Making of 'Barbarian' and 'Barbarian II'." Retro Gamer No. 38. pp.40-45.

[ART] Grannell, Craig. "The Making of 'Boulder Dash'." Retro Gamer No. 27. pp.24-27.

[ART] Grannell, Craig. "The Making of 'Cauldron' and 'Cauldron II'." Retro Gamer No. 35. pp.48-51.

[ART] Grannell, Craig. "The Making of 'Kikstart II'." Retro Gamer No. 28. pp.50-51.

[ART] Grannell, Craig. "The Making of 'Miner 2049er'." Retro Gamer No. 41. pp.36-39.

[ART] Grannell, Craig. "The Making of 'Pitfall'." Retro Gamer No. 36. pp.62-65.

[ART] Grannell, Craig. "The Making of 'The Way of the Exploding Fist'." Retro Gamer No. 32. pp.60-65.

[ART] Gregory, Liz. "Do it on a Disk Drive." Electronics and Computing Monthly July 1984. pp.74-77.
General guide with a list of current models.

[ART] Gregory, Liz. "Modem Matters." Electronics and Computing Monthly May 1984. pp.52-54.
Survey of available models.

[ART] Grodzik, Richard. "VGA Monitor Tester." Electronics: The Maplin Magazine Vol. 18, No. 136. April 1999. pp.32-35.
Constructional article. Schematic and PCB layout. Uses a PIC16C84, program listing given.

[ART] Harrison, Harry. [pseud., Henry Maxwell Dempsey.] "The Mystery of the Lost Computer." Personal Computer World Vol. 1, No. 2. 1978. pp.28-29.
Autobiographical article by the SF writer describing his use of analogue computers for targeting during WWII.

[ART] Hartley, James. "Make it Live." Your Computer January 1986. pp.92-94.
Controlling six characters in an adventure game. With a BASIC listing.

[ART] Harvey, Phillip. "Print Big: Epson MX Range Enhanced." Personal Computer World November 1983. pp.194-197.
Machine code printer driver for Z80-based micros.

[ART] Hayman, Martin. "Sharper Competitibe Edge for Computerised Estate Agency." Practical Computing January 1981. pp.76-78.
Study of Microbase, an estate agents' computer package developed by Colin Yarwood and Chris Murphy.

[ART] Herman, Gary. "CD-ROMs: The Future of Mass Storage?" Electronics Today International October 1986. pp.22-25.

[ART] Hickman, Ian. "Program Conditioner." Practical Electronics Vol. 19, No. 6. June 1983. pp.20-24.
Constructional article. Filter for improving the reliability of program storage on cassette. Uses a TL084 op-amp. Circuit consists of a selectable high-pass filter, an adjustable all-pass filter, an output stage providing clipping and shaping, and an audio stage driving a monitor loudspeaker. Includes waveform details associated with cassette tape recording.

[ART] Hughes, John. "Micro in Control." Everyday Electronics Part 4: Vol. 19, No. 3. March 1990. pp.172-176; Part 5: Vol. 19, No. 4. April 1990. pp.242-245; Part 12: Vol. 19, No. 11. November 1990. pp.723-727.
12-part series.

[ART] "IC Reliability." Electronics Today International January 1985. pp.23-24.

[ART] "In the Chair with Ralph Baer." Retro Gamer No. 28. pp.78-81.
Baer invented the home videogame.

[ART] "In the Chair with Stephen Robertson." Retro Gamer No. 20. pp.64-67.
Robertson was a 'loading screen' designer.

[ART] "In the Chair with Tim Schaffer." Retro Gamer No. 22. pp.40-43.

[ART] Jackson, James O. "Vid Kids Everywhere." Time International Vol. 142, No. 13, 27 September 1993. p.59.
Popular concerns about the impact of video games upon children.

[ART] Jago, Francis. "The Leading Edge." Your Computer December 1986. pp.84-85.
Article on software house CRL (Computer Rentals Ltd).

[ART] James, Mike. "Computer Creators: Hiroshi Yamauchi." Computer Shopper August 1995, No. 90. pp.615-616.
Profile of Yamauchi, who took Nintendo into the consumer technology market.

[ART] James, Mike. "Micro Graphics Techniques. Part 2." Electronics and Computing Monthly November 1983. pp.67-69.
Internal animation and controlling motion.

[ART] James, Mike. "Micro Graphics Techniques. Part 3." Electronics and Computing Monthly December 1983. pp.35-38.
Steering sprites and the creation of backgrounds and large objects.

[ART] James, Mike. "Micrographic Techniques." Electronics and Computing Monthly February 1984. pp.49-51.
Using geometry.

[ART] James, Mike. "Micrographic Techniques." Electronics and Computing Monthly March 1984. pp.42-44.
Using matrix transformations.

[ART] James, Mike. "Micrographics Techniques." Electronics and Computing Monthly April 1984. pp.33-35.
Extending the concept of UDGs, windowing, and clipping.

[ART] James, Mike. "[Micrographics Techniques.] The Third Dimension." Electronics and Computing Monthly May 1984. pp.42-45.
Exploring 3D graphics.

[ART] James, Mike. "[Micrographics Techniques.] 3D Stereo Vision." Electronics and Computing Monthly July 1984. pp.28-31.
With a corrected 'Listing 1' for the BBC Micro of a program from the June article in the series.

[ART] James, Mike. "[Micrographics Techniques.] The Last Word." Electronics and Computing Monthly August 1984. pp.47-49.
Stated to be the final instalment in the micrographics series.

[ART] James, Mike. "Program Control." Computer Shopper March 1999, No. 133. pp.673-678.
Overview of dial-up networking protocols.

[ART] James, Mike. "Program Control: Pop Culture." Computer Shopper March 2000, No. 145. pp.605-610.
A Pop-3 Control described.

[ART] James, W. N. "3D Noughts and Crosses in 2K." Practical Computing January 1981. pp.102-103.
BASIC listing.

[ART] Janda, David. "Monitors go Cheap." Personal Computer News No. 48. 11 February 1984. p.20.
Review of the Electrohome (JVC) ECM1302-1X and ECM1302-2X 14" colour monitors.

[ART] Jones, Darran. "Bloodsimple: The History of Mortal Kombat." Retro Gamer No. 40. pp.26-33.

[ART] Jones, Meirion. "Into the Arcades." Your Computer February 1985. pp.54-55.
Round-up of arcade games and technology.

[ART] Joostens, J. "Data Acquisition by Modem." Elektor Electronics March 1998. Extra Supplement pp.6-11.
Constructional article. 89C52-based design. Works with ANSI and VT102 terminal programs. 2400 and 9600 baud. Password protection. Schematic and PCB given. Software available separately.

[ART] Josephs, Mark. "Representing Game Positions." Practical Computing January 1981. p.106.
Digital representations of gaming positions so that they may be evaluated by algorithms.

[ART] Krouwel, Andy. "Clearly Minter." Retro Gamer No. 12. pp.60-67.
Retrospective on Jeff Minter.

[ART] Laurie, Peter. "Thinking Big in a World Where Smallness Matters." Practical Computing January 1981. pp.68-74.
Silicon chip developments.

[ART] Lee, John, and Timothy Lee. "Using Hamming Distance as a Basis for Self-Correcting Code." Practical Computing January 1981. pp.104-105.

[ART] Letcher, Piers. "Wheels in Motion." Personal Computer News [Cover:] No. 45. 21 January 1984. (p.1 has incorrectly, No. 44, 7-14 January 1984). p.38.
Review of the Turbo 20 daisy-wheel printer from OEM Peripherals.